Loading...
03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft PlanC I T Y O F B O U L D E R TRANSPORTATION ADVISORY BOARD AGENDA ITEM MEETING DATE: March 14, 2022 AGENDA TITLE: Review and Feedback on the Draft East Boulder Subcommunity Plan PRESENTER/S: Department of Transportation & Mobility Erika Vandenbrande, Director of Transportation and Mobility Natalie Stiffler, Deputy Director of Transportation and Mobility Jean Sanson, Principal Transportation Planner Planning & Development Services Charles Ferro, Planning Senior Manager Jean Gatza, City Principal Planner /Engagement Specialist Kathleen King, City Principal Planner Holly Opansky, Planning and Zoning Specialist EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: In January 2019 City Council identified East Boulder as the first subcommunity since North Boulder to go through a planning process as part of a re-established subcommunity planning program. The East Boulder subcommunity encompasses approximately 1,600 acres, generally located east of Foothills Parkway and north of Arapahoe Avenue. The two- and half-year planning process is now in the final phase of the scope of work, Plan Documentation and Adoption. The Draft East Boulder Subcommunity Plan is available for community review and feedback. Transportation Advisory Board (TAB) feedback on the draft plan will inform final updates to the draft plan and be shared with Planning Board and City Council, the two bodies responsible for adoption. KEY ISSUES: 1. Does the Transportation Advisory Board support the Connections Plan and Access and Mobility Recommendations included in the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan and 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan? 2. Does TAB have feedback to further refine recommendations in the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan or the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan? 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 1 of 232 BACKGROUND: Subcommunity Planning A Subcommunity Plan is a tool for residents, landowners, business owners, city officials and city staff that communicates expectations about the future of a subcommunity and guides decision-making about subcommunity resilience and evolution into the future. The subcommunity planning process is intended to identify how an area of the city can contribute to citywide goals outlined in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan (BVCP). The Draft East Boulder Subcommunity Plan In July 2021, the TAB held a joint session with the Planning Board to review the 60% Draft plan. The TAB provided feedback, including a high level of support for the Connections Plan identified in East Boulder Subcommunity Plan and the vision for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan. Staff and East Boulder Working Group used boards and community feedback to refine recommendations and complete the draft plan. An overall summary of engagement during the 60% Draft engagement window can be found here and results from the recent BeHeardBoulder.org community questionnaire is located here. The draft plan includes the following major deliverables: (1) Land Use Plan – The East Boulder Subcommunity land use plan recommends key changesto the BVCP Land Use Map to achieve the vision statements. These recommended changes are intended to be implemented through amendments to the BVCP, including the land use map and land use map descriptions. The land use plan can also be used to guide changes to the city’s landuse code. The BVCP land use map guides future zoning decisions. The East Boulder Land UsePlan can be found on page 24 of Attachment A. (2) Connections Plan – The East Boulder Connections Plan is created alongside the Land Use Plan to support proposed land uses and contribute to citywide goals for access and mobility. Theplan includes two key components: (1) New Connections; and (2) System Enhancements. NewConnections serve as a right-of-way plan for land development and transportation connections asdescribed in the Boulder Revised Code Section 9-9-8. New Connections will be incorporated into the TMP and replace portions of earlier network plans that cover East Boulder. System Enhancements are projects recommended for consideration in the next TMP update to improveexisting facilities, Transportation improvements included in the Connections Plan will be builtby property owners as part of redevelopment and through city projects or a combination of thetwo. The Connections Plan can be found on page 62 of Attachment A. (3)Recommendations Matrix – The East Boulder Recommendations Matrix identifies keypolicy, program and project recommendations to implement the key deliverables listed above.The matrix represents a collection of community ideas for making changes to East Boulder thatwill result in a resilient future. The Access and Mobility matrix can be found on page 79 of Attachment A. (4) The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan – The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Planprovides more detailed recommendations for redevelopment feasibility and implementation 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 2 of 232 strategies for this key area of change in East Boulder. The station area plan is a part of the East Boulder subcommunity plan and can be found as Attachment B. NEXT STEPS: Community Review and Engagement Window The draft plan will be posted for community review and feedback the week of March 14, 2022. Community comments will be collected through a Be Heard Boulder questionnaire. A community meeting to present the draft plan and answer community questions will be held on March 16. This engagement window will be open through April 6. Planning Board and City Council will review the latest draft plan on March 31 and April 12, respectively. The board and council will provide feedback on the draft document. City staff will use boards, council and community feedback to make final updates to the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Adoption Process City Council and Planning Board will hold a joint public hearing in May to consider adoption of the final East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Planning Board will then consider approval of the Subcommunity Plan. Should Planning Board approve the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan, the plan will be considered for adoption by the City Council. If Planning Board does not approve of the plan, city staff will continue to iterate the plan and return to Planning Board for approval. Once adopted, the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan will serve as a regulatory document for redevelopment in East Boulder and provide city staff with guidance on work planning to implement strategies identified in the plan. ATTACHMENTS: A. DRAFT East Boulder Subcommunity PlanB. DRAFT 55th and Arapahoe Station Area PlanC. East Boulder Engagement Scrapbook 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 3 of 232 1 2EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS IMAGE EAST BOULDERSUBCOMMUNITY PLAN DRAFT March 2022 1 0 3 4 5 2 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER: BACKGROUND AND PROCESS THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 4 of 232 3 4EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 1 0 3 4 5 2 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER: BACKGROUND AND PROCESS THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan process launched in 2019 and has greatly benefited from the generous contributions, passion, and commitment of the community that have navigated complex topics without easy solutions. Community input has been immeasurably valuable to the collaborative process of this project and offers a plan with targeted solutions that can bridge the gap between the citywide policies of the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan and the on-the-ground challenges and opportunities of East Boulder. Thank you to all who have contributed! CITY COUNCIL Aaron Brockett, Mayor Rachel Friend, Mayor Pro Tempore Matt Benjamin Lauren Folkerts Junie Joseph Nicole Speer Mark Wallach Tara Winer Bob Yates PLANNING BOARD David Ensign, Chair Peter Vitale, Vice Chair Jorge Boone John Gerstle Sarah Silver Lisa Smith TRANSPORTATION ADVISORY BOARD Tila Duhaime, Chair Robert Hutchinson Mark McIntyre Ryan Schuchard Alex Weinheimer CITY BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS The City of Boulder would like to thank the members of the City Boards for their ongoing contribution and participation in meetings and the review of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Design Advisory Board Brendan Ash Rory Bilocerkowycz Todd Bryan Lauren Folkerts, Chair Matthew Schexnyder Housing Advisory Board Michael Leccese, Chair Daniel Teodoru - Vice Chair Juliette Boone Jacques Juilland Masyn Moyer Terry Palmos Open Space Board of Trustees Michelle Estrella Hal Hallstein Karen Hollweg Dave Kuntz Caroline Miller Parks & Recreation Advisory Board Charles Brock Elliott Hood Raj Seymour Mary Scott Jason Unger Tara Winer Pamela Yugar Pedestrian Action Committee Amy McCormick Ann Moss Brent Halsey Craig Towler Elzbieta Nolan Lisa White Mark Rosenstein Paul Wallick Spenser Havlick Stephen Haydel Summer Puente THE BOULDER COMMUNITY City staff is grateful for the participation, advice and wisdom of many members of the Boulder community, with particular thanks to those working or living in the subcommunity, who generously shared their perspectives on the subcommunity’s future in person, online and at community events over the years. East Boulder Working Group Matt Appelbaum Peter Aweida Erin Bagnall Lori Call Ana Karina Casas Lucky Conklin Aaron Cook Julia Dullien Leticia Garcia John Gerstle Jill Grano Aaron Johnson Laura Kaplan Adam Kroll Ken MacClune Kirsten Millar Ben Molk Tim O’Shea Judy Renfroe Patti Smith Dawn Williams Jeff Wingert CONSULTING SERVICES FOR THE EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN Darcy Kitching CDR Associates ESRI Fox Tuttle Growing Up Boulder CONSULTANT TEAM FOR THE 55TH AND ARAPAHOE STATION AREA PLAN MIG, Inc. Apex Design Economic and Planning Systems, Inc. (EPS) Group14 Engineering, PBC COMMUNITY CONNECTOR ENGAGEMENT El Centro Amistad TRANSLATION & INTERPRETATION SERVICES Angela Maria Ortiz Roa Elena Klaver, CLACE Marina LaGrave, CLACE Participation and assistance from local organizations: Baby Goat Coffeehouse Ball Aerospace Better Boulder Boulder Chamber of Commerce Boulder County Boulder Community Health – Foothills Hospital Boulder Housing Partners Boulder Jewish Community Center Colorado Department of Transportation Denver Regional Council of Governments Eisenhower Elementary Habitat for Humanity Humane Society of Boulder Valley OZO Coffee Palo Park Community Center PLAN Boulder Rocky Mountain Blueprint Thorne Nature Experience The Spark: A Performing Arts Community Spruce Café University of Colorado at Denver, College of Architecture and Planning Vision Quest Brewery Via Mobility Youth Opportunities Advisory Board DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 5 of 232 5 6EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER 01 Welcome to East Boulder BACKGROUND AND PROCESS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 6 of 232 7 8EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER Boulder is nationally recognized as one of the best places to live in the United States. Often cited for a high quality of life and incredible access to outdoor resources, Boulder has been able to maintain its status as a highly desirable community because of its commitment to core values and goals. Over the course of two years, community members have been considering how the East Boulder subcommunity can push the city towards its goals for access and mobility; housing affordability and diversity; design quality and placemaking; resilience and climate commitment; arts and culture and local business. East Boulder encompasses approximately 1,600 acres, generally located east of Foothills Parkway and north of Arapahoe Avenue. The area includes some major community assets, such as Foothills Medical Campus, Valmont City Park, the Eastern City Campus and the Boulder Municipal Airport. It is also home to many local businesses and today, those businesses support approximately 17,000 jobs. There is one residential community in the area, San Lazaro Mobile Home Park, where 460 residents live just outside city limits. This makes East Boulder the least populated subcommunity in the city, although proposals for new developments have begun to recognize the great assets of the area that make it ripe with potential. THE EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY The subcommunity is located along Arapahoe Avenue, a state highway, planned for significant investment and bus rapid transit in the future. The subcommunity has a robust jobs market and has historically been home to many local start-ups and a network of diverse businesses. East Boulder is bisected by Boulder Creek and the creek path, which connects to downtown Boulder and beyond. It’s also home to the city’s largest urban park and the site of the future Eastern City Campus. The East Boulder Subcommunity plan draws on these strengths to define a community vision for the subcommunity and uphold a place worthy of its national reputation. PROJECT CONTEXT In January of 2019, City Council identified East Boulder as the first of ten subcommunities to go through an updated subcommunity planning process. East Boulder was selected as a priority for the program to address the high level of change occurring in the area as well as the potential for the plan to improve land use regulations and the quality of public and private improvements, particularly in industrial zones. Jewish Community Jewish Community Center (JCC)Center (JCC) Valmont Power Valmont Power StatioStationn ReSourceReSource CentralCentral BCH Foothills BCH Foothills Medical Medical CampusCampus Corden Corden PharmaPharma Boulder County Boulder County JailJail Boulder Municipal AirportBoulder Municipal Airport BoulderBoulder ValleyValley Humane Humane SocietySociety San Lazaro San Lazaro Mobile HomeMobile Home ParkPark Lake Center Lake Center Office ParkOffice Park Vista Village Vista Village Mobile Home Mobile Home CommunityCommunity Kings RidgeKings Ridge Arapahoe RidgeArapahoe Ridge Flatiron Business Flatiron Business ParkPark Naropa Nalanda Naropa Nalanda CampusCampus Pearl East Pearl East Business ParkBusiness Park USPSUSPS BVSDBVSD Municipal Service Municipal Service CenterCenter Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th48th CtCt49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CirSterling CirFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestogaConestoga CtCt Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton DrEisenhower DrEisenhower Dr55th St55th St1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 A glimpse into activity in East Boulder KOA Lake Valmont Reservoir Hillcrest Reservoir Pit “D” Upper Cline Fish Pond Lower Cline Fish Pond Leggett Reservoir Valmont Bike Park Gerald Stazio Ballfields Flatirons Golf Course Boulder Cr ee k Goose Creek South Boulder CreekNorth B o ul d er F ar m er s Ditc h Boulder and Lefthand Ditch Dry Creek No. 2 DitchW o n d e r l a n d C r e e k Bear Canyon CreekValmont City Park Ball Ball AerospaceAerospace Hayden Lake Reservoir City Limit East Boulder Subcommunity EAST BOULDER PLACES & SPACES DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 7 of 232 9 10EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER WHAT IS A SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN? A Subcommunity Plan is a tool for residents, landowners, business owners, city officials and city staff that communicates expectations about the future of a subcommunity and guides decision-making about subcommunity resilience and evolution into the future. There are several key deliverables included in this plan document: 1.Vision Statements The 2015 major update to the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan (BVCP) identifies key issues that need to be addressed in the community. Subcommunity plans consider how to address these issues at a local, neighborhood-level and implement the goals of the BVCP. The East Boulder Vision Statements describe how the community would like to see each of these issues addressed in East Boulder. East Boulder Vision Statements can be found on page XX. 2.The Land Use Plan The East Boulder Subcommunity land use plan recommends key changes to the BVCP Land Use Map to achieve the vision statements. These recommended changes are intended to be implemented through amendments to the BVCP, including the land use map and land use map descriptions. The land use plan can also be used to guide changes to the city’s land use code. The BVCP land use map guides future zoning decisions. The East Boulder Land Use Plan can be found on page XX. 3.The Connections Plan To achieve the goals of the vision statements and support future land uses described in the East Boulder Land Use Plan, an East Boulder Connections Plan recommends updates to the Boulder Transportation Master Plan (TMP) including new facilities and key improvements to existing facilities. The East Boulder Connections Plan can be found on page XX. 4.The Implementation Matrix The East Boulder Implementation Matrix identifies key policy, program and project recommendations to implement the key deliverables listed above. The matrix represents a collection of community ideas for making changes to East Boulder that will result in a resilient future. The Matrix can be found on page XX. HOW WILL THIS PLAN BE USED? The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan (EBSP) is intended for implementation and the success of the plan depends on the collaboration of all community members to realize its vision. This plan represents the future vision for the subcommunity. It is not intended, in the near term, to prevent property owners and users from improving or using the property in a manner that is consistent with the underlying zoning until the property is rezoned or redeveloped. Any additional construction will be done in a manner that does not conflict with the Connections plan. The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan is adopted by the Planning Board and City Council. The plan serves as a tool for various community members: Boulder Residents, Property Owners and Business Owners Subcommunity Plans are created in collaboration with the community and offer Boulder residents, property owners and business owners an opportunity to consider how changes in land use, transportation, policies or programs could impact their local properties, investments or businesses. They also offer community members a commitment from the city to make changes that will implement the vision statements included in the plan. City of Boulder Decision-Makers The East Boulder Subcommunity plan will be used by decision-makers and city leadership, such as city Boards and Council to inform a myriad of decisions, from funding for future capital projects to regional collaboration for potential recommended policies, programs or projects. City of Boulder Staff As a tool, city staff will refer to the plan to inform staff work plans and department budgets for future programs or projects. Within the city’s Planning and Development Services department (P&DS), a subcommunity plan offers guidance for planning staff when considering projects in the development review process and other planning related applications. CLICK H ERE CLICKH ERE 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 The Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map There are ten subcommunities in Boulder The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan is informed by the BVCP and Department Strategic and Master Plans. The EBSP offers direction for the CIP and Development Standards and Zoning. Priority- Based Budgeting Department Strategic / Master Plans Subcommunity & Area Plans Operating Budget Capital Improvement Program (CIP) Development Standards & Zoning BOULDER VALLEY COMPREHENSIVE PLAN (BVCP)DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 8 of 232 11 12EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER COMMUNITY PROCESS COLLABORATIVE ENGAGEMENT How Community Input Drives the Plan East Boulder Subcommunity planning process operated in the collaborate space of the Boulder Engagement Spectrum with the participation goal: “to partner with the public in each aspect of the process including the development of alternatives and identification of a preferred solution.” This type of engagement requires employing multiple methods for outreach, education, communication and participation to achieve successful outcomes through a transparent and democratic process. This project represents a “pilot” for this level of engagement in a long-range plan. As part of the project close-out phase, following plan adoption, city staff and community participants will evaluate the success of the pilot and identify methods for improving collaborative engagement in long-range planning to inform future processes and continual improvement of citywide engagement practices. Objectives of Engagement The subcommunity planning program includes four objectives for engagement: 1.Build capacity of city stakeholders 2.Provide inclusive, context-based participation opportunities 3.Deliver memorable experiences 4.Offer consistent and clear communication To achieve these objectives, the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan was developed over a 30-month period that involved both frequent, continual engagement as well as several significant engagement windows. Key features of the continual engagement strategy included the East Boulder Working Group and Community Connectors. East Boulder Working Group The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan was guided and informed by a 21-person working group of community members, who represent a unique blend of interests. The To see the full capture of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan engagement process, check out the Engagement Scrapbook. CLICKH ERE 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 The East Boulder Working Group at a meeting in 2019 working group included 20 members, who were chosen through an application process, and a City of Boulder Planning Board member, to serve as a liaison. This dedicated group met monthly for over two years. Members identified areas of change and helped develop the plan’s vision statements, land use concepts, and final recommendations for land use, urban design, mobility and implementation priorities. Working group members provided leadership for community outreach and were instrumental in generating community interest. Community Connectors As part of the East Boulder Working Group, two Spanish- speaking Promotoras from local organization, El Centro Amistad, served as Community Connectors. Community Connectors are natural relationship builders who are trusted within their own neighborhoods and partner with the city in connecting with residents from underrepresented communities, sharing the lived experiences of their neighbors, and co-designing programming and materials with the Working Group and city staff. The Community Connectors helped facilitate conversations, share ideas and communicate concerns from community members in the San Lazaro Mobile Home Park, Columbine Mobile Home Park and Vista Village neighborhoods in or near the East Boulder subcommunity as well as local business owners. Their work and input throughout the process was extremely valuable and led to key recommendations of the subcommunity plan. Citywide Engagement Windows In addition to some of the continual engagement that took place throughout the engagement process, the planning process also included four significant engagement windows for sharing project information and progress and collecting key feedback from stakeholders citywide. •East Boulder Inventory : Summer 2019 •Concept Development: Winter 2019-2020 •Scenario Testing and Alternative Futures: Winter 2020- 2021 • Plan and Implementation: Fall 2021-Winter 2022 Community members dedicated quality time and effort to these engagement windows. Ideas and input from the community are incorporated throughout the plan and inspired many of the plan’s recommendations. PLANNING IN UNCERTAIN TIMES How the COVID-19 Pandemic Impacted Collaborative Planning This plan was developed amid the COVID-19 crisis. Concern for safety from COVID-19 required that the engagement process become an entirely virtual, online experience between March 2020 and Winter 2022. Recognizing that the global COVID-19 pandemic occurred in the middle of this planning process, the Boulder community, and the Working Group members, rallied to help shape the future of their community. The Working Group members elected to keep meeting and conducted their monthly meetings virtually after March 2020. Similarly, all community events and meetings transitioned to a virtual space, with options for both English and Spanish speakers. Participation at virtual events and through online feedback tools was tremendous. The process included high levels of participation from community members who were new to planning processes in Boulder. The plan reflects diverse, yet consistent feedback from residents: city-wide and nearby neighbors including English and Spanish speakers; people who work in East Boulder, business- and property-owners, youth, and many who hope to call East Boulder home in the future. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 9 of 232 13 14EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER DELIVERING EQUITY IN EAST BOULDER East Boulder has long been an area primarily focused on non-residential uses, spaces and activities. The only residents of the subcommunity are those of San Lazaro, a mobile home park that provides relatively affordable housing for a largely Latinx community – but is currently outside city limits. Approximately 17,000 people work in East Boulder and commute to the area daily. This population of existing residents and workforce has very limited, walkable access to goods and services. Boulder’s Racial Equity Plan challenges us to examine the city’s past and current plans and practices, to take action to end racial disparities in city services, and to build and maintain trust, expanding the influence of community members of color through inclusive and responsive engagement. The Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan outlines a vision to promote a healthy community and address social, cultural, racial and ethnic inequities by providing infrastructure and services that will encourage a diverse community to both prosper within and connect to the larger community. Rising awareness of racial equity provides the city with a contemporary opportunity to scrutinize past decisions through a new lens. Boulder is in a position to consider both socio-economic and racial factors while correcting harms that originated in the past, training a critical eye on past policies and considering their impacts in future decision- making as the city actively promotes measures to help resolve inequity. Recommendations in this plan were evaluated through the lens of racial and socio-economic equity to ensure neighborhoods in the East Boulder area (and their residents or workers) can achieve the BVCP vision of dynamic, inclusive, and complete 15-minute neighborhoods. Equity considerations in this planning effort were two-fold: focusing on engagement and outcomes. ENGAGEMENT The Community Connectors model was established in the spring of 2018 to better meet community members where they are. Connectors strengthen the relationship between community and city government by partnering to serve as a trusted voice within their neighborhood or circles. Two Community Connectors served on the East Boulder Working Group, one of whom is a resident of San Lazaro, the only resident of the East Boulder Subcommunity on the Working Group. The connectors participated in the working group meetings, bringing the views of the Spanish-speaking community to the group. They co-designed and co-facilitated outreach and engagement opportunities for the San Lazaro, Vista Village and larger Latinx community. OUTCOMES The existing conditions in East Boulder were evaluated to assess if opportunities for change could create better outcomes. The recommendations in the plan are designed to ensure future changes in East Boulder do not further systematic disparities between groups with different levels of underlying social advantage or disadvantage. Plan components and recommendations for investment focus on outcomes that ensure all groups have the opportunity to access wonderful places to live, work, play and visit. Outcomes include: • Expanding opportunity for housing affordability and diversity in East Boulder. This will be achieved by adding residential and mixed-use development options at key, well-connected locations and implementing the annexation of local mobile home parks, allowing residents to gain equitable access to city services and programs. • Improving access to services that benefit health and wellbeing, such as parks and recreation facilities, transit facilities and mobility hubs, food and retail, health services, schools, and jobs. This will be achieved by both improving access and mobility infrastructure and creating opportunities for new types of services to locate in East Boulder. • Providing options for residents and businesses vulnerable to involuntary displacement due to increasing property values and rents. This will be achieved by offering new kinds of business and residential spaces in mixed use neighborhoods and implementing key programs that can aid businesses who want to stay in East Boulder. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 A Working Group meeting in 2020 infogr a p hi c: e x-isting v s pr oj e ct e d new h o u si n g infogr a p hi c: pr oj e c-tion for n e w aff or d- able u nit s infogr a p hi c: w al k s- core f or S L b ef or e + after DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 10 of 232 15 16EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 02 The Vision for East Boulder DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 11 of 232 17 18EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EAST BOULDER TOMORROWEAST BOULDER TODAY HAVE YOU BEEN TO EAST BOULDER LATELY? Community members have described the East Boulder subcommunity today as a collection of “islands;” disassociated and disconnected areas that are generally active during the work week daytime hours and dormant in the evening and on weekends. It is an area of town that many might not have explored yet or ventured beyond the boundaries of some key destinations, like Valmont Bike Park or Foothills Hospital. Many folks probably get here by car for quick appointments or arrive to work at Flatiron Business Park in the early morning and then head out at 5:00pm. What others know, and many are about to learn, is that East Boulder has been quietly humming with activity, ideas and excitement. In East Boulder, scientists, engineers and researchers invent new technology that gets launched into space; chefs and entrepreneurs create delicious food that is enjoyed by local customers and shipped all over the country; and artists weld incredible sculptures from abandoned treasures found at Resource Central. Visitors are coming to East Boulder to dance, to learn to ski (indoors!?) and even fly from a hanging trapeze. All the while, Boulder Creek and South Boulder Creek flow through and across the subcommunity, providing habitat for diverse plant and animal life and offering natural respite and recreational passage for the locals. East Boulder today is… pretty cool. Change is coming and the Boulder community has spoken on what the future of East Boulder should look like. In the future, East Boulder will continue to be a hub for invention, creativity and resourcefulness. It will be a place where a great idea can grow into a small business and that small business can grow into a bigger business. But in the future, you won’t have to drive here all alone. You might live here and walk to your favorite tent repair shop on your way to the office. You may continue to live east of town but have started coming to work with a friend on the Arapahoe BRT, grabbing a locally roasted coffee and hopping on a scooter to meet your team at the plaza. Maybe you’re a west-sider and are headed to a disc golf tournament at Valmont City Park. Be sure to hop off the Goose Creek Trail at 48th Street to refuel with a beer on your way home. These methods and more reduce trips and greenhouse gas emissions, improving our environment. Through city investments, local partnerships and community member initiatives, East Boulder will evolve to be a better place for businesses, a new home for new residents and an artful community that is well connected to the surrounding city and the region. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Boulder Creek in East Boulder Creating opportunities to live and work in East BoulderINFOG R A P HI C S I N INFOG R A P HI C S I N PROG R E S S PROG R E S S REND E RI N G I N REND E RI N G I N PROG R E S S PROG R E S S INFOG R A P HI C S I N INFOG R A P HI C S I N PROG R E S S - PROG R E S S - PROJE C TI O N S PROJE C TI O N SDRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 12 of 232 19 20EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER What We Heard The Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan identifies six Focus Areas that need to be addressed on a citywide level. East Boulder Working Group members drafted a vision statement for how each of these focus areas should be addressed in the East Boulder Subcommunity. Through focus group sessions and an online questionnaire, community members helped shape and revise the statements to align with community expectations about the future of East Boulder. These Vision Statements guide the plan’s recommendations and will continue to guide implementation of the plan. VISION STATEMENTS BOULDER’S S.T.E.A.M. ZONE SCIENCE. TECHNOLOGY. ENGINEERING. ARTS. MEDICAL. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 In the future, East Boulder will include a well-connected network of 15-minute neighborhoods Arts & Culture The city will play an active role in supporting East Boulder’s development of art spaces and experiences, installations, businesses and venues for professional and amateur creatives that reflect the subcommunity’s local culture. Local Business The city will protect affordable business space, support a wide variety of businesses and deliver attractive neighborhoods for employers, employees and customers in order to help local businesses thrive in East Boulder. Resilience & Climate Commitment Land uses, (re)development and transportation systems in East Boulder will support the city’s climate action plan to reduce emissions, become net- zero and carbon-positive, and will be designed to respect and enhance the integrity of the area’s natural resources and to minimize impacts of natural disruptions, including flood events. The subcommunity’s numerous public and health care facilities will provide a strong network for resilience in the face of future health crises. Access & Mobility People and goods will easily and safely travel to, from, and through East Boulder by a variety of efficient and affordable modes, employing advanced transportation technology where appropriate. Design Quality & Placemaking East Boulder will evolve to include walkable neighborhoods, for all ages and abilities, whose aesthetic character reflect the subcommunity’s unconventional personality and industrial identity. The area will welcome experimentation in design and construction to build enduring and engaging places. Housing Affordability & Diversity East Boulder will be home to new and affordable housing that complements existing uses, includes a diverse mix of housing types and ownership models and extends live-work-play choices to those interested in living in Boulder. A COLLECTIVE IDENTITY The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan maintains and enhances the subcommunity’s industrial energy while integrating new uses to prepare for the changing dynamics of a work/life balance in Boulder. East Boulder is large – the land area makes up ten percent of the city’s total. With a disparate series of industrial neighborhoods, office parks and large campuses, community members searched for a unifying theme to connect those East Boulder “islands” under one idea. Reflecting the subcommunity’s industrial nature, the businesses that make up the subcommunity and the community’s hopes for a future full of creativity and innovation, the concept of East Boulder’s S.T.E.A.M. zone was developed. Science. Technology. Engineering. Arts. Medical. or S.T.E.A.M. is the collective identity intended to unify the subcommunity and create a signal that invention has been and will be the heart of East Boulder.DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 13 of 232 21 22EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 03 Evolving Neighborhoods LAND USE 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 14 of 232 23 24EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS THE LAND USE PLAN How will industry evolve in Boulder? How can the city integrate new residential opportunities without displacing the space for local businesses? How can we move both people and goods through working areas of the city and keep everyone safe? These questions were essential to the East Boulder planning process and the community wrestled with these topics over the past two years. One of the city’s most valuable tools for guiding the future of places is the BVCP Land Use Map. The East Boulder Land Use Plan recommends updates to that map and identifies both a vision for evolving land uses into the future and a path to resolution of the subcommunity’s great challenges. WHAT IS A LAND USE PLAN? The BVCP Land Use Map depicts a plan of the desired land use pattern in the Boulder Valley. The map and land use descriptions are used to guide future land use and transportation decisions in conjunction with the policies outlined in the BVCP. These tools are also used to guide future zoning decisions. The Land Use Plan recommends changes to the land use map and land use descriptions in the BVCP to help achieve the vision for East Boulder described in the East Boulder Vision Statements. The Land Use Plan identifies key areas for long-term redevelopment and well-connected, mixed-use neighborhoods where options for living, working or playing are offered within close proximity. Each neighborhood has its own character and unique features that celebrate the subcommunity’s industrial past while welcoming new uses and users. Valmont City Park Valmont Bike Park Boulder Cr e e k Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th ST47th STAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CirSterling CirFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga Conestoga CtCt Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th ST48th STPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg AveEisenhower DrMacArthurMacArthur DrDr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd Gerald Stazio Ballfields South Boulder CreekEAST BOULDER LAND USE MAP 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Legend LAND USE Very Low Density Residential Low Density Residential Manufactured Housing Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Community Business General Business Transitional Business Community Industrial Light Industrial General Industrial Open Space - Acquired Open Space - Dev Rights Open Space - Other Park, Urban and Other Public Environmental Preservation DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD City Limit East Boulder Subcommunity Rail Mixed Use Residential Mixed Use Business Mixed Use Industrial Mixed Use TOD CLICKH ERE DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 15 of 232 25 26EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS What We Heard “I live in the King’s Ridge area, and while it’s great, one of the things it lacks is a local shopping district like outlined in the concept for the “main street” area west of Valmont Park. Already, this area is home to a brewery, a bike shop, and a great food truck. It’s trending in this direction, but a little nudge would help.” - BeHeardBoulder Participant “I wholly approve redeveloping with more housing which we need in boulder, and always green spaces are what bring us to Boulder. Lots of residential will help ease the housing shortage and then maybe my family will be able to move to Boulder where we work instead of living in Lafayette and commuting which isn’t good for the environment.” - BeHeardBoulder Participant “I think it is important to preserve the industrial and commercial zones of East Boulder. I realize this must be balanced with providing housing... One thing I love from all the plans is the TOD area around Arapahoe and 55th.” - BeHeardBoulder Participant WHAT IS CHANGING? MAP CHANGES The East Boulder Land Use Plan proposes changes to the current BVCP land use map. Approximately 250 acres that are currently designated as “Light Industrial” are proposed to change to Mixed Use neighborhoods. This modification will bring new opportunities for integrating residential, commercial, and retail spaces and places with existing subcommunity businesses and workplaces. The plan also makes some modifications that will better align the BVCP land use map with existing conditions, protecting small business space through Community Industrial designations, and identifying important natural areas and wetlands with Environmental Preservation designations. EXPANDING MIXED USE OPPORTUNITIES The BVCP includes several policies to encourage, support and realize the development of compact, 15-minute neighborhoods that offer a variety of uses and services. Similarly, community members have described a desire for more convenient, walkable neighborhoods and destinations in East Boulder. To address concerns about impacts to the loss of light industrial spaces or displacement of local businesses, the Land Use Plan includes the following components: To address these kinds of impacts, the East Boulder land use plan includes the following components: • Proposed Updates to the BVCP Land Use Descriptions for Mixed Use Industrial (MUI) and a new designation, Mixed Use Transit-Oriented Development (MUTOD) • Areas of Change: East Boulder Neighborhoods: illustrative descriptions of what is intended for each unique area • Guiding Redevelopment: East Boulder Place Types- fine-grained detail and performance standards to guide redevelopment 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk w y Pearl Pk w y 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CirSterling CirFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga CtConestoga Ct Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg Ave EisenhowerEisenhower DrDrMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th StValmont City Park Valmont Bike Park Gerald Stazio Ballfields AREAS OF CHANGE General East Boulder areas proposed for land use changes and updates to the BVCP Land Use Designation Map Flatirons Golf Course The 2021 BVCP Land Use Designation Map and areas recommended for a change in land use by the EBSP VALMONT VALMONT PARK EASTPARK EAST 55TH & ARAPAHOE 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREASTATION AREA FLATIRON FLATIRON BUSINESS PARKBUSINESS PARK VALMONT VALMONT PARK WESTPARK WEST LAND USE CATEGORY ACRES CHANGING USES EBSP Land Use BVCP Land Use Planned Uses Comparison of BVCP and EBSP planned land uses describes how changes in land designated for industrial and business use is reallocated for residential and mixed uses. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 16 of 232 27 28EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS MIXED USE LAND USE DESCRIPTIONS MIXED USE INDUSTRIAL The Mixed-Use Industrial land use category describes the types of neighborhoods and redevelopment the community desires in East Boulder. The plan recommends an update to the BVCP Land Use Description for Mixed Use Industrial. See box to the right for revised definition. Mixed Use Industrial neighborhoods could help Boulder achieve city goals for Sustainable Urban Form outlined in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan by creating: •Compact development patterns with density in locations guided by the Land Use Map to create and support a variety of housing types, viable commercial opportunities and high frequency public transit •A coherent and recognizable structure of paths, edges, landmarks, nodes and centers •An integrated multimodal transportation system with affordable, accessible and pleasant ways to get around on foot, bike and local and regional transit service •Opportunities for people to connect to nature and each other •Daily needs met within easy access from home, work, school, services or recreation without driving a car •A quality of life that attracts, sustains and retains diverse businesses, creative entrepreneurs and investment in the local economy MIXED USE TRANSIT-ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT Planned transit and multi-modal facilities for the East Arapahoe corridor present an opportunity for changes that make significant contributions to the city’s goals for compact redevelopment, housing affordability and diversity and local business. When such redevelopment is complimented by excellent access to high-frequency transit and other mobility options, the spaces, urban form and requirements for accessories like parking, can take a different shape than in other mixed-use neighborhoods without that level of transportation access. To take advantage of these future investments and create a place that responds to and interacts specifically with high-access mobility infrastructure, the Land Use Plan includes a Mixed-Use TOD (MUTOD) designation. Refer to call-out box to the right for a recommended definition. RECOMMENDED LAND USE DEFINITION FOR MIXED USE TOD (MUTOD) Characteristics and Locations: MUTOD areas pair existing or planned transit facilities with residential and commercial development opportunities. The goal of MUTOD areas is to transform existing, disparate uses into mixed- use, transit-oriented, 15-minute neighborhoods. MUTOD areas should be strategically located at regional or local mobility hubs and/or along key transit corridors. Uses: Uses should be vertically and horizontally integrated in MUTOD areas. Residential will be the predominate use. Supporting uses allowed include office, retail, service, commercial and light industrial. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 RECOMMENDED DEFINITION FOR MIXED USE INDUSTRIAL (MUI) LAND USE Characteristics and Locations: MUI areas should integrate diverse housing, commercial and retail options into industrial areas to create vibrant, walkable, working neighborhoods that offer employers, employees and residents a variety of local services and amenities. MUI areas will often provide a transition between existing or planned residential or mixed-use neighborhoods and Light, Community or General Industrial land use areas. Uses: Light-industrial use will be predominate. Supporting uses allowed include residential, retail, service, office and commercial. Image Credit: Adam CoppolaMixed Use Industrial neighborhoods can offer residents and workforce inspiring places for creative exchange MUTOD neighborhoods give residents and workforce easy access to a myriad of mobility choices DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 17 of 232 29 30EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 55TH AND ARAPAHOE STATION AREA The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area will include a variety of new destinations and housing into the fabric of an important working, industrial area. The corner of 55th and Arapahoe will include a mobility hub connecting new residents to places outside of East Boulder and bringing people from other parts of the city and the region to East Boulder by bus, bike, foot, car and even scooter. The neighborhood character will mix high- and low-density buildings with flexible industrial spaces whose doors open to the street, fostering an exchange of people, goods and ideas in this live/work neighborhood. The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan, provides a more detailed study outlining the vision, feasibility, and implementation strategies for this catalytic project. The Station Area Plan is part of this plan and can found as Appendix B. KEY RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE 55TH AND ARAPAHOE STATION AREA PLAN INCLUDE: • Revise zoning in the station area to align with the mix of uses proposed. This may require the development of new zones to accommodate the community vision for the area • Add form based code standards for the Station Area to the land use code to accommodate the vision for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area • Develop an organizational structure, such as a general improvement district, through a public-private partnership that will allow for the following: ‒Ownership and/or management of affordable commercial space ‒Curation of ground-floor activity in station area redevelopment ‒Transportation Demand Management and Parking management ‒The creation of a cohesive branding strategy for the area • Determine levels and types of financial subsidies and/or incentives to be made available to developers looking to redevelop properties in accordance with the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan • Add proposed mobility network connections and improvements to the city’s Transportation Master Plan • Establish and operate a Privately Owned Public Space (POPS) program • Increase urban canopy throughout the station area * Area Capacity Metrics provided by consultant team as part of the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan. Capacity analysis is based on a conceptual scenario. Area Capacity Metrics* Residential: 100 Townhome/Attached 1,950 Multifamily Unit Office: 616,000sf Retail: 136,000sf Entertainment: 138,000sf Light Ind/Maker Space: 390,000sf Light Ind/Production 156,705sf Structured Parking 645,000sf 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Key Map: 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Vision for Conestoga connection at the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Vision for the intersection at 55th and Arapahoe AREAS OF CHANGE: EAST BOULDER NEIGHBORHOODS Check out the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area PlanCLICK H ERE DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 18 of 232 31 32EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 55TH AND ARAPAHOE STATION AREA * Area Capacity Metrics based on one conceptual scenario for redevelopment and do not represent maximum build-out potential. Area Capacity Metrics* Residential: 20 Townhome/Attached 20 Live/Work Large Unit 40 Large Apartment 630 Mid-Sized Apartment 600 Small-Sized Apartment Light Industrial: 320,900sf Retail and Sales: 103,300sf Entertainment: 52,850sf Parking:70,000sf ILLUSTRATIVE SITE PLAN 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan The site plan represents a conceptual layout for how a transit-oriented neighborhood might take shape through buildings, public spaces, and the transportation network. VALMONT PARK WEST A mixed-use industrial neighborhood on the west side of Valmont City Park will offer some of East Boulder’s most creative combinations of structures and materials, green spaces and waterways, and streetscapes and corridors. The “Valmont Park West” neighborhood will maintain its industrial character and unique businesses while filling a hole in Boulder’s missing middle housing by offering new live/work options, attached homes and vertically mixed- use buildings. The neighborhood will become much easier to navigate, with new streets and connections that better link the diverse businesses in this area to each other, the surrounding community and an amazing amenity, Valmont City Park. A 2015 Concept Master Plan for Valmont City Park describes new programming, recreation facilities and connections. Investment in this, the city’s largest urban park, will help support the vision and give neighborhood residents, visitors, and workforce access to a beautiful outdoor space with options for both active and passive recreation. Project: Goose Creek Greenway Today, the Goose Creek path is a multi-use path connecting Central Boulder neighborhoods to the East Boulder subcommunity and Boulder Creek Path. The segment between 47th Street and the path’s connection with the Wonderland Creek Path offers a great opportunity to create a beautiful amenity and inviting place in the Valmont Park West neighborhood. The Goose Creek Greenway project envisions this pathway and surrounding landscape as a vegetated greenway to include: •New tree planting that will increase the area’s urban canopy •The creation of a new pollinator corridor •Places along the pathway to rest and observe the surrounding businesses, architecture, and pedestrian activity •Improved entrance/exit ramps at the 48th Street bridge The Goose Creek Greenway could play an important role in the redevelopment of the Valmont Park West neighborhood, offering an important, safe connection to destinations both east and west; as an active green space connecting the neighborhoods north and south of East Pearl Street and as an aesthetic improvement to the community. Key Map: Valmont Park West Need updated Need updated illustrative from MI G illustrative from MI G DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 19 of 232 33 34EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Vision for attached housing along Valmont City Park DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 20 of 232 35 36EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Vision for activity and redevelopment along the Goose Creek Path DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 21 of 232 37 38EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS * Area Capacity Metrics based on one conceptual scenario forredevelopment and do not represent maximum build-out potential. Area Capacity Metrics for redevelopment* Residential: 55 Live/Work Large Unit 360 Mid-Sized Apartment 160 Small-Sized Apartment Light Industrial/Flex: 53,800sf Parking: 90,620sf 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 VALMONT PARK EAST The Valmont Park East neighborhood is all about the views. New mixed-use and residential opportunities in the area will have incredible views across Valmont City Park to Boulder’s iconic western landscape. As another opportunity site for missing middle housing, this area may integrate new vertically mixed-use buildings, attached homes and live/work structures. A new east-west connection through the neighborhood will give area residents, workers, and visitors a less common opportunity to take in one of the subcommunity’s eastern landmarks: Valmont Butte. This mixed-use industrial neighborhood will evolve to include small, local retail options that better connect the San Lazaro Mobile Home community and the King’s Ridge neighborhood to goods and services and compliment the existing office and flex users in the area. The neighborhood’s topography offers an opportunity to integrate interesting and creative landscape and architectural features that offer vistas from both the indoors and outside social spaces. Project: The East Side Paseo The unique structures and great small local businesses at 55th and Arapahoe offer an excellent opportunity for a coordinated effort to create a neighborhood paseo connecting 55th Street to the proposed north-south connection in the Valmont Park East neighborhood. This project is proposed as a “POPS,” a privately owned public space. The paseo would create both a connection and a great pedestrian space to allow local businesses, shops and galleries to connect with the local community and draw customers to this hidden local asset. The paseo should offer these unique businesses space to showcase their talents and products, allow for the movement of people and goods and create a special visual connection, that to the East, towards the geologic and cultural feature of Valmont Butte. Key Map: Valmont Park East FLATIRON BUSINESS PARK The Flatiron Business Park neighborhood will continue to offer high-quality light industrial, flex and office spaces to support local businesses but the neighborhood will also evolve to inspire innovation, encourage active lifestyles and create a local destination district that exemplifies a finely tuned work-life balance. New retail, restaurant and shopping options will support a more active district and allow area workers to walk or bike short distances to meals, drinks and shopping. Key sites located adjacent to green spaces along Boulder Creek offer opportunities to create new residential homes that are well-connected to not only the Business Park but also regional transit at the 55th and Arapahoe station area to the south and the rest of the city through the subcommunity’s robust system of multiuse paths and mobility hubs. Program: East Side Eats A lack of dining options and a desire to stay local for a quick lunch in East Boulder is a commonly described issue by the area’s workforce. Flatiron Business Park is already zoned to allow food trucks in the area, however, there is no central place for people to gather, sit or eat outside. Many workers eat while walking back to the office, carry their food back indoors to eat or try to enjoy their meal while sitting in their car. Outdoor dining offers people an opportunity to spend time outside, creates activity on the street and fosters networking and socialization among diners and passers-by. The city should collaborate with local property and business owners to identify a centrally located, under- utilized parking area that can accommodate temporary, outdoor dining space to pilot an “East Side Eats” dining plaza. Pending the success of the pilot, future considerations for a permanent plaza installation could provide the business park with a placemaking opportunity and fill a need in the area for outdoor gathering space. Project: Flatiron Greenway The city’s Transportation Master Plan includes a proposed Multi- Use Path, called the Flatiron Greenway (Project ID 10196). This greenway would offer an off-street option to connect new residents and local workforce in East Boulder to the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area along Dry Creek No. 2 ditch. The project also offers a recreational amenity to the area, improving the quality of life for users and future residents. Key Map: Flatiron Business Park DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 22 of 232 39 40EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 A unique viewplane to Valmont Butte in the east is an important feature of the neighborhood DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 23 of 232 41 42EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 A unique viewplane to Valmont Butte in the east is an important feature of the neighborhood DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 24 of 232 43 44EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS SAN LAZARO MOBILE HOME PARK The existing mobile home community located at corner of Valmont Road and 55th Street includes approximately 213 homes and currently lies outside city limits. To include this residential community into the city that surrounds it, deliver San Lazaro residents improved facilities, and grant the community access to city services and programs, the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan recommends the annexation of the San Lazaro Mobile Home Park. San Lazaro residents are important contributors to the Boulder community but are outside the city limits in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan Service Area II. The neighborhood is eligible for annexation and residents have expressed keen interest in joining the city, provided that the area continues to offer an affordable housing option. What We Heard “Include us in Boulder City... Have our children count as part of the city” - San Lazaro Resident “We want to belong to the City of Boulder.” - San Lazaro Resident “We need more housing in Boulder, simple as that... We also need to protect San Lazaro as an essential neighborhood for low-income housing.” - Questionnaire Participant What We Heard INSERT INFOGRAPHICS: Number of touches with San Lazaro residents Number of events conducted in Spanish Number of meetings with Community Connectors RECOMMENDED ANNEXATION Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl PkwyPearl Pkwy55th St55th StValmont City ParkValmont City Park Valmont Bike ParkValmont Bike Park Valmont Park East Valmont Park East NeighborhoodNeighborhood Sterling CircleSterling Circle KOA LakeKOA Lake San Lazaro San Lazaro ParkPark Flatiron Flatiron Business ParkBusiness Park Recommended revision to city limit 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Proposed annexation and revisions to city limits San Lazaro Park East Boulder subcommunity boundary Existing city limit DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 25 of 232 45 46EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS OUTSIDE AREAS OF CHANGE Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk w y Pearl Pk w y 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CirSterling CirFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga CtConestoga Ct Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg AveMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th StINDUSTRIAL LAND USES EisenhowerEisenhower DrDr1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Much of East Boulder will remain reserved for industrial land uses Legend INDUSTRIAL LAND USE Community Industrial - 75 acres Light Industrial - 300 acres General Industrial - 180 acres Proposed City Limit East Boulder Subcommunity Rail Mixed Use Industrial - 215 acres Flatirons Golf Course Boulder Toyota, located along Pearl Parkway (top left) | Boulder Valley Humane Society located off of 55th Street (top right) | Pearl East Office Park (middle) | XYZ (bottom left) | XYZ (bottom right) ADD I M A G E ADD I M A G E The land use changes proposed in the East Boulder Land Use Plan are intended to guide redevelopment and identify needs for investments in strategic locations of the subcommunity that have gained community-wide support. This does not mean, however, that the rest of East Boulder will be stagnant into the future. The land use plan maintains 300 acres of land for Light Industrial use, 75 acres for Community Industrial use and 180 acres for General Industrial use. East Boulder is the only subcommunity in the city with land designated for General Industrial use. As other areas of the subcommunity evolve to more mixed-use environments, the value of the industrial lands and how they continue to contribute to the city becomes more precious. Today, the uses of these industrial areas offer a wide variety of businesses, including everything from car mechanics to research and development offices. Community members have described the value these places offer to the city as employers, industrial service providers and contributors to the local economy. As the city continues to evaluate and guide change across the city, future subcommunity and area planning may utilize the Mixed Use Industrial (MUI) land use designation to indicate priority areas for integrating residential uses into industrial neighborhoods, while preserving Community, Light and General Industrial designations for areas of the city that will continue to offer primarily industrial, manufacturing, flex, and supporting service uses. Directing residential density to key areas of the city that can be well served with amenities and transportation options will help to balance housing and jobs in the community while still offering local business the space to operate. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 26 of 232 47 48EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS GUIDING REDEVELOPMENT: EAST BOULDER PLACE TYPES Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th ST47th STAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CirSterling CirFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga Conestoga CtCt Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th ST48th STPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg AveEisenhower DrMacArthur MacArthur DrDr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd EAST BOULDER PLACE TYPES 63rd StOreg Ave Westview Dr1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Residential Restaurants and Dining Retail Personal Services Manufacturing Auto Service Indoor Recreation Office S Parking X PLACE TYPE USES Hands On IndustrialParkside Residential Main Street Live/Work Destination Office Park-Side Residential Main Street Live/Work Destination Workplace Hands-On Industrial Innovation TOD Neighborhood TOD Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Innovation TOD Innovation TOD (Non-Res) Neighborhood TOD WHAT ARE PLACE TYPES? What are Place Types? The East Boulder Place Types describes the design intent and performance expectations for these evolving neighborhoods. The Place Type descriptions and performance measures can be used to guide redevelopment options and help future phases of implementation of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan through the adoption of potential land use code amendments, re-zonings and the creation of new zones. The Place Type performance standards also describe elements that tie land use to important mobility features, such as access and parking and streetscape character. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 27 of 232 49 50EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS Description The Park-Side Residential Place Type takes advantage of adjacencies to public green space and outdoor recreation sites to provide new/potential residents with the benefits of access to the outdoors. This adjacency allows for a reduction in on-site open space requirements. Park Side Residential neighborhoods will accomodate a mix of unit types, provide affordable housing options and integrate visual and physical access to the outdoors as much as possible. Density allowances are intended to offer new opportunities for a mix of unit types and income levels great access to a city park. Allowed Uses Ground Floor •Residential such as townhomes, triplex and fourflex, courtyard apartments and multiplex units; •Dining and Entertainment that would support local neighborhood and park users such as restaurants, coffee shops, deli, icecream shop •Retail Sales and Personal Services that would support local neighborhood and park users such as gyms, dog wash/grooming, recreation-oriented shops (bikes, disc golf, etc.), barber shops, alcohols sales; •Commercial Service Non-residential ground-floor uses should provide an active and transparent environment that visually engages pedestrians. Mix of uses is allowed. Conditional Uses Ground Floor Retail must be street-facing or park-facing; Uses must be engaging to users of the park and residents in the neighborhood; Encourage ground floor uses that will be open in evenings and on weekends to contribute to neighborhood vitality Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Attached residential Useable Open Space Minimum 10% of total land area Building Character Buildings should be treated as “four-sided” architecture. Park-side building faces should have similar treatments to street-side building face. Key design features in this place type include a varied roofline and consistent set-backs from the street. Street Level Activation Residential homes should provide “eyes on the street,” facilitate front-porch conversations and offer sense of activity. Buildings with commercial and/or retail on the ground-floor should provide transparency and create social exchange between ground-floor spaces and passers-by. Streetscape Character Streetscapes should offer a park-like atmosphere, with consistent tree canopy and high quality landscape material. Streetscape amenities may include places to “park” with benches, recepticles and dog clean-up stations or bicycle parking. Access + Mobility Side and rear vehicular building access; Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs with high frequency transit should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; curbs should be managed to allow for different uses by time of day and/or loading/drop off based on adjacent land uses. Parking Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use MAIN STREET LIVE/WORK Description The Main Street Live/Work Place Type creates opportunities for a greater exchange between local Boulder business customers and workforce by infusing new residential opportunities into working, light industrial neighborhoods. Adaptive reuse of existing buildings and redevelopment should offer new living and office spaces as well as a “front-door” to great, local businesses located along key streets, trails or greenways in East Boulder. These areas are envisioned to include a mix of light-industrial, retail, arts studios and education spaces, office and residential uses along active passageways. Allowed Uses Ground Floor • Light Industrial such as arts studio and maker space, performance, breweries or distilleries, coffee roasters and small-scale manufacturing; • Dining and Entertainment such as restaurants, cafes and taverns; • Service uses such as autobody repair, computer repair,and bicycle mechanics; • Personal services such as salons, indoor recreational or athletic facilities; • Professional office Conditional Uses Ground Floor The following uses should not exceed 4,000sf in floor area: Retail sales; Professional Office Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Residential (attached); Office; Personal services; Retail Sales; Useable Open Space Minimum 10% of total land area Building Character Aesthetic choices will be industrial in nature with large ground-floor openings for loading/unloading that may serve multiple purposes. Buildings should orient “front-door” facades to adjacent trails or greenways, when present. Expect tall ground floor ceiling heights to accommodate industrial uses. Accommodate height flexibility to allow for residential above the ground floor. Street Level Activation Building frontages along streets should offer front-door environments, transparency along block-faces and interactive exchanges between buildings and the street, which may include café space, outdoor retail space, market space, etc. When development is adjacent to trails or greenways, prioritize the trail-facing sides of buildings for activation. Streetscape Character Streetscapes will support the industrial context of these places and facilitate ease of movement for goods and services in the area. Incorporating tree planting and landscape into streetscapes where possible is strongly encouraged. Access + Mobility Street-side access should balance vehicular access and needs with a supported environment for pedestrians and cyclists. Trail-side access is prioritized for pedestrians and cyclists. Particular attention required to connecting this place type between trail access and on-street networks in the area. Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs with high frequency transit should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; curbs should be managed to allow for different uses by time of day and/or loading/drop off based on adjacent land uses Parking On-street parking for ROWs that can accommodate; Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 PARK SIDE RESIDENTIAL DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 28 of 232 51 52EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS DESTINATION WORKPLACE Description The Destination Workplace Place Type incorporates modern principles of creating flexible, active and engaging work places to serve Boulder business and industry. These places will offer industrial and office space with indoor/outdoor work space, excellent connections to a variety of mobility options and local destinations dining and entertainment. This place also expands opportunities for existing or new industrial businesses to create retail space and engage potential customers in an exciting environment. Flexibility in these neighborhoods also includes allowing for residential infill providing area employees with local housing options. Allowed Uses Ground Floor • Office such as technical, financial, professional; • Light Industrial such as small-scale manufacturing, flex- space, breweries, distilleries, coffee roasting; • Dining and Entertainment such as restaurants, cafes and taverns; • Retail sales such as on-site retail for manufacturing businesses or other industrial businesses Conditional Uses Ground Floor n/a Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Office; Light Industrial; Attached Residential Useable Open Space Minimum 20% of total land area Building Character Buildings should offer modern amenities to Boulder employers and employees that support an indoor/outdoor exchange of air and light. Aesthetic choices should express innovation, creativity and Boulder entrepreunerism. This place type prioritizes energy conservation in both new and re-development. Street Level Activation Transparency along both streets and key pedestrian pathways should create an active ground-floor environment. Work places should offer on-site outdoor space for employee use as work space and non-work space. Streetside dining and entertainment space is encouraged. Streetscape Character Streetscape environments should incorporate high quality landscaping including a consistent tree canopy, offer off-street space for pedestrians and cyclists and provide moments for pause and repose. Access + Mobility Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs with high frequency transit should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; curbs should be managed to allow for different uses by time of day and/or loading/drop off based on adjacent land uses. Parking Parking in the Destination Workplace Place Type should strive for consolidation. It is envisioned that parking structures are well-connected to local work places and retail/dining destinations through a network of the highest quality pedestrian environment. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 HANDS ON INDUSTRIAL Description The Hands-On Industrial Place Type are key places for Boulder’s makers, artists, mechanics, musicians and fixer-uppers. The place type is envisioned to be a little gritty, a little funky and build opportunities for the collective of local artisans and specialists. Adaptive reuse and redevelopment should provide affordable commercial space when possible and provide an interactive ground floor environment that contributes to neighborhood character. What is Unbundled Parking? Unbundled parking is the practice of selling or leasing parking spaces separate from the purchase or lease of a commercial or residential use. Detaching the cost of a home or commercial space from associated parking spaces allows buyers or renters to pay for parking only if they need it. Allowed Uses Ground Floor • Light Industrial such as manufacturing, maker space, performance, breweries or distilleries, coffee roasters • Vehicular Services and Auto-related businesses • Personal services • Indoor recreation • Retail sales • Arts/Performance Studio • Maker Space Conditional Uses Ground Floor Greenhouse and plant nurseries Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Accessory or administrative office Useable Open Space Minimum 10% of total land area Building Character Aesthetic choices will be industrial in nature. Smaller scale buildings are anticipated. Expect tall ground floor ceiling heights to accommodate industrial uses. Street Level Activation Building facades should have clear “front-door” entries. Creative facades and signage are encouraged. Streetscape Character Streetscape character and local wayfinding should feature and celebrate local businesses, integrate local art and incorporate a pedestrian environment that welcomes customers and visitors to the experience of Boulder’s community of makers. Access + Mobility Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs with high frequency transit should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; curbs should be managed to allow for different uses by time of day and/or loading/drop off based on adjacent land uses. Parking Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 29 of 232 53 54EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS Allowed Uses Ground Floor •Dining and Entertainment; •Light Industrial; •Residential such as attached dwellings, townhomes, and live-work units; •Retail; •Personal services Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Attached Residential; Structured parking Conditional Above Ground Floor Second stories may incorporate a mix of office (including medical office) and residential; third, fourth and if plausible, fifth stories, should be reserved for residential uses Minimum FAR 3.5 Useable Open Space Minimum 20% of total land area Building Character Buildings may have large ground-floor openings for loading/unloading that may serve multiple purposes. Architecture should express innovation, creativity and Boulder entrepreunerism. This place type prioritizes energy conservation and activation. Street Level Activation Building frontages along arterial and collector streets should offer transparent and engaging front-door environments, which will likely include roll-up doors, loading and unloading areas, outdoor dining, etc. Traditional window displays should be limited in favor of sharing what is happening inside the spaces. Streetscape Character Streetscapes accommodate small, medium and some large sized delivery trucks while also encouraging a transit- supportive and active pedestrian and bicycle environment. Consistent elements should include landscape with integrated stormwater elements, street trees, seating, and designated areas for bike/scooter parking. Access + Mobility Side and rear vehicular building access; Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; curbs should be managed to allow for different uses by time of day and/or deliveries/ loading/drop off based on adjacent land uses; pedestrian paseos (especially through larger blocks) enhance pedestrian connectivity Parking On-street parking for ROWs that can accommodate; rear or alley parking; Promote structured parking and transition away from large surface parking lots; Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 INNOVATION TOD (RESIDENTIAL) ADD I M A G E S ADD I M A G E S Description The Innovation Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) Residential Place Type intends to maintain opportunities for light industrial and flex uses while integrating public-facing retail and providing transit supportive, attainable housing options. The area should prioritize energy conservation, urban rewilding strategies and creativity in new and re-development. INNOVATION TOD (NON-RESIDENTIAL) Allowed Uses Ground Floor • Light industrial; • Office; • Dining and Entertainment Conditional Uses Ground Floor Retail uses should be accessory to on-site businesses Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Light industrial; Office; Structured Parking Minimum FAR 4.0 Useable Open Space Minimum 15% of total land area Building Character Aesthetic choices will be both of industrial in nature with large ground-floor openings for loading/unloading that may serve multiple purposes and/or more commercial with active office, retail, lobby or studio space on on ground floor. Architecture should express innovation, creativity and Boulder entrepreunerism. This place type prioritizes energy conservation, building rehabilitation and adaptive reuse of existing buildings. Street Level Activation Building frontages along arterial and collector streets should offer transparent and engaging front-door environments. Street facing ground floor space prioritize active use. Work places should offer on-site outdoor space for employee use as work space and non-work space. Streetside dining and entertainment space is encouraged. Streetscape Character Streetscapes accommodate small, medium and some large sized delivery trucks while also encouraging a transit- supportive and active pedestrian and bicycle environment. Consistent elements should include high quality landscape treatments with integrated stormwater management features, street trees, seating, and designated areas for bike/scooter parking. Access + Mobility Side and rear vehicular building access; Transportation connections should offer safe, comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access and slower speed vehicular movement to minimize conflicts with vehicles; centrally placed mobility hubs should offer micromobility (e-bike, e-scooter) options for first and last mile connections; pedestrian paseos (especially through larger blocks) enhance pedestrian connectivity Parking On-street parking for ROWs that can accommodate; rear or alley parking; Promote structured parking and transition away from large surface parking lots; Improve remaining surface lots with landscape stormwater features and pedestrian pathways; Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use. Description The Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Place Type prioritizes opportunities for light industrial and commercial uses. These areas are envisioned to integrate public-facing retail for light industrial, office, and commercial users. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 30 of 232 55 56EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES Allowed Uses Ground Floor • Dining and Entertainment such as restaurants, taverns, cafes, performance space; • Neighborhood-hood serving retail such as grocery store, convenience store, pharmacy; • Residential such as attached dwellings, townhomes, condos and apartments • Neighborhood-serving public or institutional uses such as daycare, nonprofit offices Allowed Uses Above Ground Floor Attached residential; Retail sales; Office Minimum FAR 3.0 Useable Open Space Minimum 10% of total land area Building Character Building facades should have a high level of articualtion and transparency, especially facing pedestrian and bicycle facilities (sidewalks, pathways, paseos and breezeways). Building materials may be eclectic, but of high quality. Varied rooflines and architectural detail are important design considerations to align with community vision for the area. Street Level Activation Building frontages along streets should offer front-door environments, transparency along block-faces and interactive exchanges between buildings and the street, as well as pedestrian-oriented internal circulation. Buildings in this place-type will orient “front door” facades to higher order streets and pedestrian paseos/courtyards. It is anticipated that most “back of house” loading, service and parking are provided in the rear of properties. Streetscape Character Streetscapes should encourage a safe and active pedestrian environment, including consistent tree canopies, landscaping, seating and designated areas for bike/scooter parking. Access + Mobility Side and rear vehicular building access; Transportation connections should offer safe and comfortable pedestrian and bicycle access separated and buffered from vehicular movement when possible; curbcuts should be managed and consolidated where possible to limit potential conflicts between vehicles and pedestrians/cyclists; pedestrian and bicycle connections should provide access to nearby residents and employees. Parking Promote efficient use of parking areas through unbundled, flexible and shared use; manage parking supply to encourage use of transit and active transportation. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ADD I M A G E S NEIGHBORHOOD TOD Description The Neighborhood Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) Place Type reimagines existing auto-oriented commercial and retail areas as highly walkable and transit-supportive environments. Active ground floors may have mixed income housing above when development is multi-story. Boulder Municipal Airport East Boulder is home to a number of unique sites within the city that offer future opportunities for implementing citywide goals. In concert with the proposed land use changes described for East Boulder, the following areas have been identified by community members as having great potential for change: Boulder Municipal Airport Today, the Boulder Municipal Airport is a key resource for aviation-related businesses and will continue to serve the local business and recreational aviation community. The airport also acts as an important regional asset for emergency response and services. Many community members have expressed interest in the potential for the airport to serve multiple community benefits in the future. As the city collaborates with community members on the Airport Master Plan, which will launch in 2024, the following community recommendations may be considered: What is Urban Air Mobility? Urban air mobility (UAM) is an emerging system of transportation comprising aerial vehicles, either crewed or automated, with the capability to maneuver in and across cities in low-altitude airspace. UAM technologies have applications in both passenger and freight transportation. Policy and planning efforts need to keep up with technological advances to take a pro-active role in understanding the both the benefits and the disruptive potential of UAM. • Identify space at the airport that can act as affordable business space for small, local businesses. Explore a pilot program for incubator space or pop-up business space with affordable rents. This will allow the city to test different options for an affordable commercial program while also offering community members the opportunity to access commercial space for small businesses. • Plan for new food service at the airport. A café or restaurant at the airport would offer a local food option for local workforce and residents in an area considered a food desert today. It would also provide community members who may not be involved in aviation an opportunity to participate in activity at the airport and engage with this community resource. • Plan for space at the airport to accommodate affordable rental or free space for community events and meetings. • Consider storage needs and distribution infrastructure for the future of “urban air mobility,” particularly for the movement of goods. As new technology offers options for freight and delivery, the airport may serve an important function in the city’s management of urban air space, particularly in the evolving business and industrial community of East Boulder. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 31 of 232 57 58EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS Valmont Power Station The Valmont Power Station is located outside city limits, in Area II, and currently serves Xcel Energy’s overall electric grid through a high-voltage switch yard. This site will continue to operate as a power station beyond the planning horizon of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan, however, many community members have expressed interest in exploring the future of the site as a gateway feature of East Boulder and community cultural resource. The following recommendations were generated by community members for near-term consideration: •Work with Xcel Energy to develop a site master plan that considers phasing and financial implications to evolve the site in a way that aligns with community vision and citywide goals •Work with Xcel Energy to implement a long-term remediation program for areas of the site that may be suitable for future access •Work with Xcel Energy to explore ecological restoration opportunities for the site’s three reservoirs and surrounding landscapes •Explore the potential for annexation of the site into city limits An Alternative Future for the Valmont Power Station In 2021, two graduate students from the University of Colorado’s Masters of Urban Planning program conducted community engagement exercises to help envision an alternative future for the Valmont Power Station. Some ideas for the future site included: •Adaptive reuse of the existing structures •Alternative energy generation • Community space • Trails connecting the power station to other trail networks and cultural assets, such as Valmont Butte • A loop trail connecting the site with area reservoirs • Interpretive signage programs • Connections to local and regional transportation networks Valmont Butte Valmont Butte is a basalt dike that runs east-west above Valmont Road. The ridge and rocky outcrops are a unique natural feature in the area. The site is located in Area III of the BVCP’s Comprehensive Planning areas. In 2000, the City purchased the land. The city recognizes the significant spiritual, cultural and historical importance of Valmont Butte and intends to discuss the future of the site in consultation and collaboration with the community including American Indian Tribal Nations, Indigenous community members, Valmont community descendants and the local historic community. Eastern City Campus and Valmont City Park In 2021, Boulder City Council adopted the Facilities Master Plan , which recommends a consolidation of roughly 15 city buildings to an Eastern City Campus at the current Municipal Service Center (MSC) site. The MSC is located at the end of Pearl Street and 50th Street, just south of Valmont City Park. The creation of an Eastern City Campus will provide eastern residents with closer access to city services. There is also a great opportunity to understand the site in proximity to the recreational opportunities at Valmont City Park. As the park considers new programming and redevelopment, city departments should plan for close coordination to evaluate opportunities for shared resources, such as parking, mobility access, and district energy. Site design and redevelopment should identify opportunities for exchange between the two city-owned sites and consider how the overall city campus can holistically offer multiple benefits for users, visitors and city operations. The vision for the proposed Valmont Park West and Valmont Park East neighborhoods is dependent on high quality recreational programming, facilities and landscapes at Valmont City Park. Access to these amenities and resources will be an important component of developing 15-minute neighborhoods in East Boulder. Funding for the design and development of the city’s only city park should be prioritized to help realize this vision in the near-term. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 The Valmont Power Station as seen from Legion Park Valmont Butte 2020 Conditions at the Eastern City Campus and Valmont City Park sites Valmont Bike Park Pearl StPearl St Pearl Pk w y Pearl Pk w y Valmont RdValmont Rd Sterling CtSterling Ct49th St49th StChristensen Park Goose CreekGoose Creek W o n d e r l a n d C r e e k W o n d e r l a n d C r e e k Eastern City Eastern City CampusCampus Valmont Valmont City ParkCity Park Vista Village Vista Village Mobile Mobile Home ParkHome ParkDRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 32 of 232 59 60EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS 04 Mobility and Connections: TRANSPORTATION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 33 of 232 61 62EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS THE CONNECTIONS PLAN 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Valmont City Park Valmont Bike Park 1A 1B 1D 1F 1J Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CtSterling CtFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga Conestoga CtCt Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg Ave EisenhowerEisenhower DrDrMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd CONNECTIONS PLAN Legend Existing Connections Roads/Streets Off-Street Bike/Ped Facility On-Street Bike/Ped Facility* EBSP Proposed Connections Street Off-Street Bike/Ped Facility City Limit Rail Proposed Area of Change Parks & Recreation Water Body Gerald Stazio Ballfields Flatirons Golf Course 1C 1E 1G 1H 1I 1L 1K TMP Planned Connections Off-Street Bike/Ped Facility On-Street Bike/Ped Facility Upgrade *For visual clarity, not all on-street facilities are displayed A hallmark of any great city is that its transportation system is designed with consideration for all people and designed in support of community values. Mobility is not a means in and of itself, but rather a function that supports a vital, healthy, and sustainable community. Today, East Boulder is an area that, over the years, has largely been designed for motor vehicles. Options to travel by any mode other than a vehicle are limited. Dispersed patterns of development have grown up around the car and street blocks are typically long and disconnected. As land uses change, and infill and redevelopment bring a greater mix of jobs and housing to the area, the transportation network and the mobility options will evolve to support this transformation. In the future, traveling in East Boulder will look remarkably different than what it does today. East Boulder residents, employees and visitors of all ages and physical abilities will safely navigate multi-use paths, public transit, protected bike lanes, and roadways as they make their way around the community. Future infill and redevelopment will enhance streetscapes to create places where people want to be, while businesses have reliable access to move goods and freight through the subcommunity. WHAT IS A CONNECTIONS PLAN? The East Boulder Connections Plan is created alongside the Land Use Plan to support proposed land uses and contribute to citywide and local goals for access and mobility. The plan includes two key components: (1) New Connections; and (2) System Enhancements. The plan serves as a right-of-way plan that will be land development and transportation connections as described in the Boulder Revised Code. The plan will be incorporated into the TMP and replace portions of earlier network plans that cover East Boulder. Transportation improvements included in the Connections Plan will be built by property owners as part of redevelopment and through city projects or a combination of the two. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 34 of 232 63 64EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS NEW CONNECTIONS To create new access that supports proposed land uses and build a complete and comprehensive mobility network in East Boulder, the following new connections are recommended: Street/Roadway Connections 1A. Southern extension of Sterling Court (Park West) Sites, buildings and parcels located south of Sterling Drive and north of Pearl Street are currently accessed through a series of parking lots. To support redevelopment, potential residential access and create safe walking/biking/scooting options residents and visitors, Sterling Court should be extended south of Sterling Drive. The proposed connection is located along 4850 Sterling Dr. and 4840 Sterling Dr. The blockface distance between Valmont City Park and the proposed connection is approximately 325 feet, creating an easy-to-walk block size. The proposed street type is Local. 1B. New East-West Street (Park West) Install a new east-west street between 47th Street and Valmont City Park, connecting to recommended extension of Sterling Court described in 3A. Currently three parcels, five buildings and a variety of businesses located in this area can only be accessed through a series of parking lots. There is no pedestrian or bicycle access and parking is haphazard. To support planned land uses in the area, increase access, and provide local businesses with a safe environment for workforce and customers, a Local Street should be installed. The proposed connection would connect 2500 N 47th Street, 4840 Sterling Drive and 4843 Pearl Street and create a northern blockface of about 450 feet and a southern blockface of approximately 365 feet. 1C. New North-South Street (Park East) Install a new north-south street, connecting Pearl Parkway to Sterling Drive (The street will support surrounding land uses by creating multimodal access to the Park East neighborhood from the south and providing existing workforce and future residents with a safe route to access the neighborhood). The proposed Commercial Street would create walkable blocks and connect the following parcels: 5378 Sterling Drive, 2935 55th Street, 2907 55th Street, 5401 Pearl Parkway, 5395 Pearl Street. * Refer to Appendix A for proposed street design 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Proposed connections for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. The graphic represents a conceptual layout for how a transit-oriented neighborhood might take shape. 1D. Sterling Drive Park Connection (Park East) A planned north-south connection is included in Phase One of the Valmont City Park Concept Plan. This connection would tie access from the Park East neighborhood into the planned park street. Based on the concept-level drawings for the park improvements, this would require about a 200 foot extension of Sterling Drive to the west. The connection will require additional coordination with Parks and Recreation plans for construction and phasing. Street design for the extension should match the existing right-of-way design for Sterling Drive. 1E. New North-South Street (Station Area)* A planned new north-south street from Arapahoe Avenue to Western Avenue, between Conestoga Street and 55th Street, is included in the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. This new connection would support a pedestrian-scale street grid and additional access to the core area businesses and place-making amenities. The street would provide on-street parking and more connectivity to the planned BRT stations at the corner of 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue. 1F. Conestoga Court Extension to the East and West (Station Area)* A planned extension of Conestoga Court west to Range Street and east to 56th Street would be the “main street” of the core TOD area at 55th and Arapahoe. Pedestrian plazas and outdoor restaurant seating are planned along Conestoga Court between Conestoga Street and 56th Street. This street is expected to be a vibrant hub that supports planned land uses and draws residents, employees, and visitors to the area. The 55th Street intersection will be enhanced to provide safe crossing options for all users. 1G. Western Avenue Extension to 56th Street (Station Area)* The extension of Western Avenue across 55th Street to 56th Street will facilitate mobility options for travelers and redevelopment in the northern portion of the TOD. The intersection with 55th Street will be enhanced to provide safe crossing options for both motorized and non-motorized users. 1H. 56th Street Extension to Western Avenue (Station Area)* A planned extension of 56th Street will connect to Western Avenue. This short new connection will complete the street grid in the northeastern portion of the Station Area. The connection will allow residents, employees, and visitors convenient options to travel to and from and around the area and support redevelopment. 1I. Conestoga Street Extension to Rail (Station Area). This planned extension of Conestoga Street to the northern limits of the station area will utilize a 40-foot wide public access easement. The extension of the street will provide connectivity between northern businesses and the core station area activities and BRT station. Non-Vehicular Connections 1J. Park East Multiuse Path The existing 12-foot trail easement connecting 55th Street and Valmont City Park offers an excellent opportunity to provide area residents and visitors with a walking or cycling option to move through their neighborhood and connect to other parts of the subcommunity. It may also foster greater connectivity between park visitors and the emerging neighborhood. 1 K. Conestoga Connector (Station Area) This pedestrian-bicycle-emergency access road is a planned extension of Conestoga Court from 56th Street east to connect to the planned north-south multi-use path connecting the Flatirons Golf Course to the Flatirons Business Park. 1L. Patton Connector (Station Area) A pedestrian- bicycle-emergency access road is planned as an east- west connection along the border of the station area and Arapahoe Ridge neighborhoods. The connection will provide access to uses on the south side of Arapahoe and facilitate connections to 55th Street for the area residents and visitors. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 35 of 232 65 66EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS To improve safety and access for a variety of mobility options in East Boulder, the following projects are recommended for consideration in the next TMP update to improve existing facilities: Pedestrian Facility Improvements Complete Missing Sidewalks TMissing sidewalks in East Boulder should be completed, particularly in areas of change. Enhance Crossings Along Key Corridors As redevelopment occurs and opportunities for increasing walkability between existing and redeveloping neighborhoods, pedestrian crossings, especially along Arapahoe Avenue and Valmont Road, should be evaluated and constructed to support ADA-infrastructure and high- quality crossing experiences for all ages and abilities. For example, at signalized crossings, curb bulb-outs, pedestrian refuges, shorter crossing distances and longer walk cycles should be considered. Increase Pedestrian Lighting Today much of East Boulder doesn’t experience a great deal of pedestrian activity after daylight hours. Lighting along new residential, commercial and activity streets as well along connectors to the regional mobility hub at 55th and Arapahoe should be features of streets. Street Upgrades Sterling Drive Sterling Drive in the Park West neighborhood should be considered for redesign as an Activation Street to better facilitate exchange between local businesses and an active pedestrian environment. Pearl Street Pearl Street, east of Foothills Parkway should be considered for redesign to better facilitate access for all modes along local businesses, improve on-street parking conditions and enhance safety. Conestoga Court The existing Conestoga Court in the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area should be considered for redesign as an Activation Street and align with proposed extension of street facilities. 55th Street Conduct a corridor study for redesign of 55th Street to improve conditions for pedestrians, cyclists and new area users traveling along 55th Street to and from redeveloped areas at 55th and Arapahoe, Flatiron Business Park and 55th and Valmont. Mobility Hubs Pilot and deploy mobility hubs as places where people can connect to multiple modes of transportation for safe, convenient, and reliable trips. Bicycle and micromobility parking, car share vehicles, and wayfinding and real time information are all potential components of mobility hubs. The following locations should be considered in collaboration with local businesses and property owners: • 55th St and Arapahoe Ave • Conestoga Ct and Conestoga St intersection •Western Ave between Range St and Conestoga St •Arapahoe Ave and 48th St •Boulder Creek Path access at 48th St •Northern entrance to Valmont City Park off of Valmont Rd •Valmont City Park entry at Sterling Dr (Park West neighborhood) •Goose Creek Path entry on Pearl St •Foothills Parkway Path connection at Sterling Dr •Sterling Dr park entry (Park East neighborhood) •At a central location along Airport Blvd •55th St and Valmont Rd near San Lazaro entrance •Planned transit stop at 55th Street and Pearl Pkwy •Central Avenue at KOA Lake Connection •Central Avenue at Flatiron Ct •Stazio Ballfields •55th St and Flatiron Pkwy •Near Arapahoe Ave and South Boulder Creek path Bridge Improvements 48th Street Bridge Consider improvements to the 48th Street bridge over Goose Creek between Pearl Street and Park West neighborhood to provide better circulation for pedestrians and cyclists. Safety measures, such as a railing or fencing should be considered. Additionally, the bridge may offer an art intervention opportunity. Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CtSterling CtFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga CtConestoga Ct Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg Ave EisenhowerEisenhower DrDrMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Flatirons Golf Course The Activation Street type includes two lanes of traffic, on-street parking, a landscaped buffer with trees and wide sidewalks SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS Valmont City Park Valmont Bike Park Gerald Stazio Ballfields Missing Sidewalk Street Upgrades Mobility Hub Legend System Enhancements City Limit Rail DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 36 of 232 67 68EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS IN THE WORKS There are exciting projects already in the works to create a more safe and walkable East Boulder, where people can easily travel by bike, foot, or scooter and access high frequency transit and ridesharing at a number of mobility hubs. EAST ARAPAHOE COMPLETE STREET AND BUS RAPID TRANSIT (BRT) The 2040 vision for East Arapahoe transforms one of our city’s busiest travel corridors into a complete street with better travel options for commuters, as well as for the greater number of people who will be working and living in East Boulder. A cornerstone of this transportation investment will be high frequency, high quality regional Bus Rapid Transit service along Arapahoe/SH7 connecting Boulder to communities to the east and I-25. In the future, East Arapahoe will include the following features: • Two general-purpose traffic lanes in each direction • Curbside business access and transit lanes to accommodate local and regional transit, right-turning vehicles, high occupancy vehicles and new technologies such as shared autonomous/connected vehicles • Raised protected bike lanes with a multi-use path create safe, comfortable places for people to walk and bike • Amenity zones enhance the street character and improve urban canopy People will connect to the regional BRT and local transit system via centrally located mobility hubs that provide access to other parts of the community and region. The regional mobility hub at 55th and Arapahoe is envisioned to incorporate many options for first- and last- mile connections. This hub will be smaller-scale in size. Neighbors can anticipate enhanced bus stations with micro- mobility options and pick-up and drop-off zones for public and private service providers. 55TH STREET REGIONAL MOBILITY HUB AND SATELLITE MOBILITY HUBS One of the keys to attracting people to transit and other sustainable modes of travel is creating places where a variety of transportation options are centrally located. Designed to connect transit passengers to adjacent neighborhoods and destinations, a regional mobility hub at Arapahoe Avenue and 55th Street will create a convenient, safe and accessible place to access walking and biking paths, shared modes of travel like e-bikes, e-scooters, car share, and other local transit services. This regional mobility hub will be significantly smaller in scale than existing mobility hubs throughout the city, such as Boulder Junction or the Boulder Downtown Transit Center, that offer features such as parking and off-street bus platforms. At this mobility hub, BRT will be accessed via a curbside station that will include a comfortable shelter, seating, lighting and signage for passengers. The station itself will be part of the larger mobility hub and well-integrated with public, commercial, or residential amenities. It will be a place where commuters to Boulder Community Health or the Flatiron Business Park can get off a bus, grab a shared e-bike or scooter, and reach their destination on comfortable paths. Similarly, it is a place where current and new residents to the area access destinations within East Boulder or throughout the city and the region via high frequency transit services. Throughout the East Boulder subcommunity, and connecting to the larger 55th Street Regional Mobility Hub, will be a network of strategically located mobility hubs offering access to shared e-scooters, e-bikes, car share, and local transit service. These hubs will be distributed throughout East Boulder and located at key intersections, transit stops and at key destinations, either within or adjacent to buildings, parking garages and public spaces. In addition to being points where travelers can access transit and micromobility, these hubs can offer a variety of additional transportation amenities, such as electric car charging, parcel delivery lockers, public Wi-Fi, and signage and wayfinding. Refer to page X for a list of potential mobility hub locations. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 2040 Vision for East Arapahoe Avenue Vision for 55th and Arapahoe Mobility Hub KK to u p d at e wit h f i nal KK to u p d at e wit h f i nal DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 37 of 232 69 70EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS HOP TRANSIT SERVICE EXPANSION The HOP bus service provides frequent and reliable transit connections throughout much of central Boulder today. Plans to extend the HOP into East Boulder are underway, and in the future, residents, employees and visitors can conveniently travel via HOP between East Boulder and destinations throughout the rest of the city. Whether traveling to downtown shopping, dining, or recreation destinations, or connecting to RTD’s airport bus at Boulder Junction, the HOP will provide an easy way for travelers to quickly reach their destinations within and outside East Boulder. The plan to extend the HOP currently calls for extending the 15-minute electric bus service from Boulder Junction, east along Pearl Parkway and south along 55th Street to Arapahoe Avenue in 2022. COVID-19 however, has severely impacted employee travel patterns and transit ridership throughout the city and in particular, East Boulder, given the concentration of office employment. The City, will therefore be closely monitoring travel patterns and ridership, and will evaluate the benefit of fixed route HOP service and/or the concept of extending the HOP as a microtransit What We Heard “We need e-scooters, e-bikes, and lots of micro-mobility options that are affordable.” - Focus Group Participant “It must be recognized that roads are the backbone for moving goods. Keeping roads in good shape is a priority.” - BeHeardBoulder Participant “I’ve worked in east Boulder for 8 years (Conestoga & Central) and would love the area to become less car- dependent and for solid neighborhoods to be able to grow up in the area. ” -BeHeardBoulder Participant service. Whether the HOP is extended to East Boulder as a fixed route, or a more flexible microtransit service, the opportunity to create convenient and reliable HOP service in the area is a key ingredient to supporting the planned mix of new employees, residents and visitors to East Boulder. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 What is Microtransit? Microtransit uses a smartphone app to match trip requests in real-time to flexible routes throughout an area. For users, it is similar to using ride-hailing services such as Uber or Lyft with the ability to request a trip within a short timeframe, like 15 minutes or less, and be picked up and dropped off a block or two from their origin and destination. Microtransit typically operates with smaller vehicles, such as cars, vans, or shuttle buses. Valmont City Park Valmont Bike Park Gerald Stazio Ballfields Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport RdIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CtSterling CtFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga CtConestoga Ct Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg AveMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd Flatirons Golf Course 208 208FF6 JUMPFLEXHOP Arapahoe BRT Legend Regional City Limit Rail FLEX FF6* Arapahoe BRT Boulder Local 206 208 JUMP HOP Extension *At time of plan production the FF6 is discontinued 63rd St63rd StMICROMOBILITY People generally choose to travel by foot, bike or transit when they have safe, convenient options to do so. Today, these kinds of facility options are lacking in East Boulder. Yet in the future, high frequency regional and local transit, paired with micromobilty options such as shared electric scooters and bikes, will offer convenient ways for people to travel to and from transit stops and between local destinations. For example, one of the thorniest problems travelers have when deciding whether to take a bus, is the issue with how to get to transit (first mile) and to your final destination (last mile). Or, when deciding how to travel between destinations in East Boulder – for example between the Flatiron Business Park and Ozo coffee – the distance can feel too far to walk. In 2021, the City of Boulder began implementing a Shared Micromobility Program to provide community members safe, equitable and sustainable forms of transportation to improve quality of life, provide connections to transit and key destinations; and replace motor vehicle trips to reduce traffic congestion and transportation-related greenhouse gas emissions. These shared devices will be easily accessible and affordable – and are expected to be deployed throughout the East Boulder Subcommunity. CURBSIDE MANAGEMENT As a hub for industrial and commercial facilities, a large number of goods and freight vehicles move through and load/unload in the East Boulder Subcommunity each day. In addition to ensuring freight and goods vehicles can continue to safely navigate the roadway network today and into the future, it will also be important for the city to address the growing competition for curbside space. Conditions in the area are beginning to change as Transportation Network Companies, such as Uber and Lyft, require pick up and drop off areas and on-demand deliveries are on the uptick. Demand for curbside space will only increase as the mix of land uses in the East Boulder Subcommunity change and more people are living, and working. Learning from early pilots in the city’s general improvement districts, best practices for curbside management should be applied to East Boulder as the subcommunity experiences redevelopment. PLANNED TRANSIT REGIONAL TRAIL CONNECTIONS Creating regional trail connections between East Boulder and surrounding communities will expand the range of travel options available to people traveling longer distances to and from East Boulder. Boulder County, in partnership with the City of Boulder and Town of Erie, is currently evaluating options for the creation of a new soft-surface regional trail connection between 61st Street in Boulder, along the RTD- owned rail corridor, linking to County Line Road in Erie. At the same time, the City of Boulder is incrementally designing and building three multi-use path projects to provide a much-needed multimodal connection between Gunbarrel and the city. The projects include the Andrus Road to Airport Road Multi-Use Path Project, Valmont Road Multi-Use Path Project and 61st Street Multi-Use Path Project, at the confluence of Boulder Creek and South Boulder Creek and Boulder Creek and Fourmile Canyon Creek. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 38 of 232 71 72EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Considering connections during a 2019 EBWG meeting The future Flatiron Greenway will run alongside Dry Creek No. 2 Ditch through Flatiron Business ParkEBWG Member and city transportation intern learning more about biking and busing in East Boulder IMPLEMENTING THE TRANSPORTATION MASTER PLAN IN EAST BOULDER As part of the Concept Development phase of work, Transportation staff evaluated all 87 of the Proposed Transportation Projects identified in the city’s TMP that are located within the East Boulder subcommunity. Projects were evaluated for feasibility, compatibility with proposed land uses and overall value to the network. The following ‘Proposed Transportation Projects’ included in the TMP are examples of planned projects that will provide important mobility benefits and options for existing and new users in East Boulder: Foothills Parkway and Valmont Road Transit Stop (TMP Project ID 53,084) The land use changes proposed at the “Park West” neighborhood are projected to provide opportunities for new homes and jobs. The proposed transit stop would provide area residents and workforce with a significant connection to three routes serving local and regional connections. A mobility hub type Y should be considered for this site to support first- and last-mile connections and provide a variety of mobility options for nearby residents and workers. The proposed stop would replace the existing stop at 47th and Valmont. Enhanced service along Valmont Road should also be considered to best serve growth in the area. 55th and Pearl Parkway Transit Stop (TMP Project ID 51,415) The land use changes proposed at the “Park East” neighborhood are projected to provide opportunities for approximately 1,300 residents and 600 jobs. The proposed transit stop would provide area residents and workforce with a significant connection to three routes serving local and regional connections, included the planned extended HOP service. A mobility hub type should be considered for this site to support first- and last-mile connections and provide a variety of mobility options for nearby residents and workers. This project would occur in sync with the extension of the HOP service to East Boulder. Connection to Flatirons Business Park (TMP Project ID 10,297) This connection provides a southern multiuse entry point into and out of Flatiron Business Park from the South Boulder Creek Path, providing commuters and visitors an option for accessing the area from the east. Flatiron Greenway – Flatiron to Boulder Creek Greenway Path (TMP Project ID 10,197) The planned Flatiron Greenway provides a direct, off-street, multi-use path option connecting the employment district at Flatiron Business Park to the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan recommended transit-oriented development and regional mobility hub at 55th and Arapahoe. The planned greenway path provides an excellent opportunity for placemaking in the recommended Destination Workplace area in Flatiron Business Park and could offer a variety of benefits beyond mobility, such as providing access to nature encouraging physical fitness and healthy lifestyles. Valmont Park Multi-Use Path (TMP Project ID 10,097) The planned multi-use path will complete a connection between the Valmont City Park and the Valmont to Andrus multi-use path. The connection will link commuters to East Boulder from the north. Elements Removed from the TMP Thirty elements are recommended for removal due to constructability issues, TMP mapping errors, or they had not been fully vetted with the community or accepted by City Council. See Appendix C for the complete list. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 39 of 232 73 74EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS PROJECTS FOR FUTURE STUDY The following projects may be located outside the areas of change in East Boulder but have been identified by community members through the subcommunity engagement process and city staff as potential projects warranting further study for future consideration or investment. Implementation of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan should consider when and how these proposed studies are incorporated into future city departments’ work plans. 2A. Network Connectivity between Pearl Street and Pearl Parkway The area bounded by Pearl Parkway, Foothills Parkway, Pearl Street and Valmont City Park will continue to offer light industrial and public space. Today many of the properties, businesses and city facilities in this area are accessed through a series of parking lots and driveways. The need for safer and more legible access to these businesses warrants future study. Additionally, as the city expands its presence at the future Eastern City Hub, identifying access management strategies and easy navigation for community members and public service workers will be a key effort for the future success of the area. A study may include but would not be limited to: new east- west and north-south connections to create greater access, opportunities for non-vehicular access, creating a “front door” entrance to city facilities off of Pearl Parkway and better connecting city facilities to Valmont City Park and the Goose Creek Path. Many community comments support the addition of sidewalks along Pearl Street in this area as well as connecting 48th Court north to Pearl Street. 2B. Transit Service and Routing to/from Flatiron Business Park To support the planned “Destination Office” area at Flatiron Business Park and help increase the local and regional ridership to and from this location, high- frequency fixed route HOP service flexible and/or a micro- transit service should be studied. Community feedback indicates that lack of frequency and limited service hours are key factors that have led commuters in the area to choose to drive single-occupant vehicles over riding a bus. 2C. Northwest Rail Line and Potential East Boulder Station Recently, study of a potential for the 2004 voter- approved FasTracks plan commuter rail service between Denver and Longmont (known as the B Line or the Northwest Rail Line) has been re-initiated by RTD. The city should continue to participate in the regional study of this potential commuter option. Early concepts for the rail line included a station at 63rd Street. Future studies should consider moving the 63rd Street station to a location at 55th Street to better align with the Transit-Oriented Development and regional mobility hub included in the recommendations of this East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Additionally, the Transportation Master Plan (TMP) includes a proposed multi-use path along this rail line. The local and regional need and feasibility for this facility should be studied with attention to the potential duplicative multiuse facilities planned for the East Arapahoe corridor. 2D. San Lazaro Street Network With the recommended action for future collaboration and annexation of the San Lazaro Mobile Home Park into the City of Boulder, additional study will be needed to evaluate the potential upgrade of the mobile home park’s existing facilities to streets that meet city codes and goals for access and mobility. 2E. Industrial Access off of East Arapahoe The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan recommends a continued land use of Light Industrial in the area located between Flatirons Golf Course and the existing rail. The plan also recommends a future for transit-oriented development at 55th and Arapahoe and recognizes the Mixed Use Residential future of the site at 5801 Arapahoe Ave (commonly known as Waterview). To accommodate Light Industrial operations and access in this area as well as increase safety for new residential and mixed use development of surrounding properties, this area should be pursued for further study. Potential issues to evaluate include increased network access through the area and consolidation of curb cuts along Arapahoe Avenue. 2F. State Highway 7/East Arapahoe Preliminary Engineering and Environmental In 2022, the Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT), in coordination with the City of Boulder, will be advancing the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan from a conceptual design to preliminary engineering drawings. The intent of the project will be to advance the key tenets of the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan vision so that the City, in partnership with CDOT and the Regional Transportation District (RTD) can seek funding for the roadway reconstruction. This next phase of the design process will involve robust community engagement. Valmont RdValmont Rd Pearl Pk wy Pearl Pk wy 55th Street55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport RdAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl StPearl St 48th Ct48th Ct49th St49th StPearl E CirPearl E Cir Walnut StWalnut St Sterling DrSterling Dr Sterling CtSterling Ct47th St47th StAirport BlvdAirport Blvd Airport RdAirport Rd Sterling DrSterling DrSterling CtSterling CtFlatir o n P k w y Flatir o n P k w y Central AveCentral Ave Central AveCentral Ave S F l a t i r o n C t S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th CtN 57th Ct56th St56th StConestoga CtConestoga Ct Conestoga StConestoga StWestern AveWestern Ave Range StRange StCommerce StCommerce St48th St48th StPeak AvePeak Ave Old Tale RdOld Tale RdCherryvale RdCherryvale RdOreg AveOreg Ave EisenhowerEisenhower DrDrMacArthur DrMacArthur Dr Patton DrPatton Dr55th St55th St63rd St63rd StValmont RdValmont Rd 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 PROJECTS FOR FUTURE STUDY Valmont City Park Valmont Bike Park Gerald Stazio Ballfields Flatirons Golf Course Legend Project for Future Study City Limit East Boulder Subcommunity 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F Caption Caption ADD I M A G E ADD I M A G E DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 40 of 232 75 76EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 05 Achieving the Vision IMPLEMENTATION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 INSERT A RPA H OE AVE REN DE RI N G DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 41 of 232 77 78EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION COLLABORATING FOR EAST BOULDER’S FUTURE What We Heard Over the past two years, community members have submitted hundreds of ideas and recommendations for policies, programs and projects that would help East Boulder contribute to citywide goals in the six focus areas. Throughout the project process, city staff have poured over these incredible and thoughtful concepts to match community innovation with implementable recommendations. The recommendations for achieving the vision of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan included in the following pages represents the outcome of collaborative planning and the value of civic participation in long- range planning processes. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 TERMS TO KNOW Policy A policy is a deliberate principle or course of action that the city uses to make decisions on topics or issues. Policy recommendations of the East Boulder subcommunity plan are context-sensitive to East Boulder but may influence citywide policy in the future. Program A program is a set of activities or actions with a long-term goal. Program recommendations of the East Boulder subcommunity plan are context- sensitive to East Boulder but may influence or be applicable for citywide implementation or use in the future. Project A project is a specific action requiring investment by private or public entities or implementation through a partnership of public and private entities.DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 42 of 232 79 80EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Recommended Policies Policy M1 In East Boulder areas of change, the city will work with property owners to ensure the installation of new connections and street upgrades deliver high-quality facilities that will improve access and mobility in the subcommunity. Policy M2 The city will work with property owners and developers, business owners and residents to develop Transportation Demand Management (TDM) programs suited to the unique needs of East Boulder neighborhoods and align with the city’s principles for shared, unbundled, managed, and paid parking (SUMP). Policy M3 The city will work with mobility service providers and East Boulder property and business owners to develop a network of mobility hubs throughout the subcommunity to provide multimodal travel options and provide safe and convenient first- and last- mile pedestrian and bicycle connections to transit. ACCESS & MOBILITY People and goods will easily and safely travel to, from, and through East Boulder by a variety of efficient and affordable modes, employing advanced transportation technology where appropriate. Planes, trains and automobiles (and buses and bikes and scooters and feet!) Transportation in East Boulder will accomodate many ways of moving Improvements to the 55th Street corridor will improve safety, provide mobility options for travelers and create pleasant travel experiences. Policy M4 The city will continue to advocate for East Boulder access to transit that can provide area workforce and residents with high-quality, reliable and frequent trip options. Policy M5 The city recognizes the value and importance of freight access to commercial and industrial areas of the city. Future coordination between land use and transportation will safely and efficiently accommodate the movement of goods into, out of, and around East Boulder and support local business. Policy M6 Redevelopment in East Boulder will be done in accordance with the city’s Airport Influence Zone and FAA rules that guide safe and compatible development near an airport. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 43 of 232 81 82EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ACCESS & MOBILITY People and goods will easily and safely travel to, from, and through East Boulder by a variety of efficient and affordable modes, employing advanced transportation technology where appropriate. M7 Program Update the Transportation Master Plan to align with recommendations of the East Boulder Connections Plan The recommendations of the East Boulder Connections Plan identifies key connections and facility improvements to offer area users more options and improved experiences for traveling in the subcommunity. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION M8 Program Implement the East Arapahoe Transportation Master Plan The East Arapahoe Transportation Plan sets a long-range vision that will be implemented over time with safety, access and mobility improvements that can be phased incrementally to improve conditions for people working and living in the corridor. The city will continue to work with state and regional partners and local property owners to improve corridor streetscape, install raised, seperated bike lanes and multiuse paths and implement Bus Rapid Transit facilities and stations along Arapahoe Avenue. M9 Project Complete Missing Sidewalks in East Boulder The city will continue to look for opportunities to install missing sidewalks in East Boulder, including working with property owners and developers to incorporate missing links into redevelopment plans. M10 Project Develop Access Management Plans for East Arapahoe and 55th Street Today, many community members describe one of the biggest challenges of traveling these major streets by bike or by foot as a lack of continuity along facilities and conflicts with vehicles. Frequent driveway cuts interupt travel. Access management plans for Arapahoe Avenue and 55th Street can identify safe, convenient ways to consolidate access, reduce curb cuts and improve safety along the corridor. (1) Approval of the East Boulder Connections Plan by COB Transportation Advisory Board (2) Adoption of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan by City Council (3) Include East Boulder Connections Plan recommendations in the next update of the TMP (2023-4) COB: P+DS and Transportation & Mobility; TAB 1 Transportation Master Plan KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) Collaborate with CDOT, RTD and local property owners to complete preliminary engineering for the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan (2) Continue to pursue funding opportunities to implement the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan COB: P+DS and Transportation & Mobility; TAB; CDOT; RTD 1 East Arapahoe Transportation Plan COB: Transportation & Mobility 3 BVCP policy 6.15 Complete Missing Links Produce access management plans for East Arapahoe and 55th Street in conjunction with further design and preliminary engineering for the corridors. COB: Transportation & Mobility; CDOT 1 East Arapahoe Transportation Plan DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 44 of 232 83 84EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION M12 M14 Program Phase in shared parking in East Boulder business areas Identify surface parking lots in key distributed locations through the subcommunity and work with owners to establish shared parking agreements as part of the shared parking phasing in advance of construction of parking garages in locations like the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area and the Flatiron Business Park. (1) Identify underutilized parking lots in East Boulder (2) Coordinate with property owners to establish shared parking agreements COB: Community Vitality; Transportation & Mobility 2 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 M11 Project 55th Street Corridor Design As the only continuous north-south street through the East Boulder subcommunity, 55th Street serves as a key link in subcommunity connections. To better align street conditions with envisioned land uses and encourage a more active streetscape, the city will pursue a 55th Street corridor design plan to evaluate potential re-design options with the community. The city’s preferred design for 55th Street should be implemented over time and include the city’s green infrastructure guidance for transportation landscapes. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION M13 Project Develop Mobility Hub standards A mobility hub is a convergence point that seamlessly integrates various modes with a focus on improving traveler experience through high-quality infrastructure and amenties. While these hubs should provide context-sensitive solutions that are adaptable to a variety of locations, the city should establish standards for the design and operation of mobility hubs to ensure hubs provide safe, equitable access to facilities and enhance the public realm. Program Update parking code requirements and establish parking maximums Update off-street parking standards to create less complicated parking requirements that meet, but do not exceed, the parking needs of area uses. Parking requirements for some uses in East Boulder are disproportionate to their parking needs. Establishing parking maximums can offer a better balance of off-street parking needs with the market while promoting the use of more sustainable forms of transportation and more efficient use of land. (1) Include a 55th Street Corridor Study as a workplan item for Transportation Planning (2) Develop a project scope and community engagement strategy (3) Complete the corridor design for approval by the Transportation Advisory Board and adoption by City Council COB: Transportation & Mobility; TAB 1 55th Street is identified as the 7th highest priority transportation landscape for improvement in the 2020 Boulder Green Infrastructure Plan KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) Include Mobility Hub standards as a workplan item for Transportation Planning (2) Develop a project scope and community engagement strategy (3) Coordinate with local and regional service providers, business and property owners to identify standard and optional features COB: Transportation & Mobility; Community Vitality 2 BVCP Policy 6.19 (1) Include parking code updates in the P+DS workplan COB: P+DS; Transportation & Mobility 1 City of Boulder Access Management & Parking Strategy DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 45 of 232 85 86EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION Project HOP Extension to East Boulder The plan to extend the HOP currently calls for extending the 15-minute electric bus service from Boulder Junction, east along Pearl Parkway and south along 55th Street to Arapahoe Avenue in 2022. COVID-19 however, has severely impacted employee travel patterns and transit ridership throughout the city and in particular, East Boulder, given the concentration of office employment. The City, will therefore be closely monitoring travel patterns and ridership, and will evaluate the benefit of fixed route HOP service and/or the concept of extending the HOP as a microtransit service. (1) Monitor East Boulder travel patterns and ridership as the community develops new commuting patterns coming out of COVID-19 COB: Transportation & Mobility 1 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 M15 ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 46 of 232 87 88EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Make Space to Make Art Like other small and local businesses in East Boulder, art-makers are challenged to find the right space at an affordable price. See page X for recommendations about affordable commercial programs. ARTS & CULTURE The city will play an active role in supporting East Boulder’s development of art spaces and experiences, installations, businesses and venues for professional and amateur creatives that reflect the subcommunity’s local culture. A1 Project Install and design an artistic feature or signage to identify entry into and out of the City of Boulder along East Arapahoe Avenue Many community members requested a gateway feature be incorporated into eastern city limits along Arapahoe Avenue. The intention is for the feature to welcome travelers to Boulder, celebrate views to the west and feature local artisans. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION A2 Program Offer cultural and spanish-language programming at Valmont City Park As Parks and Recreation considers updates the Parks and Recreation Master Plan and plans for the future design and programming for Valmont City Park and Valmont Bike Park, offerings for cultural programming, and spanish-language programming should be considered for East Boulder parks with an emphasis on youth and after-school activities, such as the Youth Services Initiative programs. A3 Program Develop privately owned public space (POPS) program Redevelopment will play an important role in providing new residents as well as workforce with access to gathering spaces to socialize, eat a meal, see a performance, attend a market or engage with nature. A variety of publicly- accessible outdoor space will be important to the success of future 15-minute neighborhoods in East Boulder. A4 Program Expand the Creative Neighborhood Mural Program to the business community in East Boulder Industrial buildings and uses in East Boulder provide large, often windowless, facades. Today, many of these buildings are not accessible or oriented to the street so passers-by are faced with non-transparent, faceless buildings. The city should consider expanding the Creative Neighborhood Mural Program to the business community and work with local owners to identify potential sites for new murals in East Boulder. (1) Work with CDOT and local property owners to identify potential sites (2) Identify funding source (3) Work with the office of Arts and Culture to plan and commision the work COB: Arts & Culture Transportation & Mobility; 2 BVCP Policy 8.23 KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE COB P&R 2 (1) Incorporate useable open space guidelines provided in place types to local code updates (2) Identify key characteristics to define POPS in Boulder (3) Pilot a POPS program in East Boulder by identifying and mapping existing POPS (4) Create a hierarchy of POPS (5) work with local property owners and developers to contribute to the East Boulder POPS network COB: CV/Arts & Culture; P&R; P&DS 2 (1) Identify key corridors in East Boulder that would offer the best opportunities for mural integration (2) Invite business and property owners along key corridors to participate (3) Work with local owners to select artist and fund mural COB Arts and Culture 1 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 47 of 232 89 90EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 A5 Project East Boulder Arts and Artists event There are a wide variety of artists making, selling, collecting and sharing art in East Boulder but it is somewhat unknown to those outside the community that artistic life is so vibrant in East Boulder. The city should consider a future event to showcase and celebrate the East Boulder arts community. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION A6 Project Increase the amount of public art in East Boulder by considering city- owned sites for future permanent and/ or temporary artwork installation Today, there three public art installations in East Boulder. The city may consider the following city-owned locations as potential sites for future installations, using the percent for art allocation during capital improvements: 48th Street Vehicular Bridge over Goose Creek, Valmont City Park, Boulder Municipal Airport, the future Flatiron Greenway and the future Eastern City Campus. A7 Project Include art enhancements along the future SH7/Arapahoe Ave corridor and a site-specific piece at the 55th and Arapahoe bus stations RTD’s Art-N-Transit program is based on RTD’s belief that public art helps provide a stronger connection between neighborhoods and transit. Installing artwork at transit facilities creates a sense of community and provides opportunities to celebrate the diverse cultural, ethnic and historical richness of the many communities RTD serves. Work with CDOT and RTD to incorporate “Art in Transit” along the SH7/Arapahoe Ave Bus Rapid Transit corridor. COB CV 3 KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE COB: Arts & Culture; P&R 2 City of Boulder Public Art Policy; 2020-2022 Public Art Program Implementation Plan https:// boulderarts.org/wp-content/ uploads/2021/12/CMO- Memo_2021-PA-Imp-Plan- Updates.pdf COB CV 1DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 48 of 232 91 92EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION KK INS E R T I M A G E - VARIED R O O F LI N E S 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Maintaining an industrial heritage while incorporating new uses Comfortable spaces in the public realm DESIGN QUALITY & PLACEMAKING East Boulder will evolve to include walkable neighborhoods, for all ages and abilities, whose aesthetic character reflect the subcommunity’s unconventional personality and industrial identity. The area will welcome experimentation in design and construction to build enduring and engaging places. Recommended Policies Policy D1 East Boulder is open and accessible to everyone. Subcommunity structures, streetscapes and public spaces should balance the needs of users and offer high quality design, materials, and construction to create welcoming environments. Policy D2 The city will work with property owners and development teams to create walkable blocks in East Boulder. Today East Boulder neighborhoods lack the street grid and building pattern that most supports a walkable, 15-minute neighborhood. Future redevelopment and infill projects will catalyze a more active public environment through the installation of new connections and activated streetscapes. Policy D3 Development and design in East Boulder should reinforce the subcommunity’s identity as a creative, working and industrial area. The design of future structures, streetscapes and public spaces may reference the subcommunity’s history and culture of innovation and entrepreneurialism. Policy D4 Public space, both public and privately owned, should be programmed to encourage socializing, play and respite. Public spaces in East Boulder should be oriented to maximize physical comfort (consider solar exposure and shade, wind and noise), provide seating or active elements such as play features, and incorporate landscape and trees. Policy D5 The city will work with property owners and developers to protect Boulder’s quintessential views to the west from key corridors and the public realm. Designs for future structures should consider impacts to view corridors from public spaces. New buildings may consider providing publicly accessible roof areas to exhibit the western skyline. Policy D6 Future redevelopment should strive to restore, enhance and celebrate the natural features of East Boulder, such as waterways, water bodies, wetlands and geologic features. Support for the natural environment contributes to local management of climate impacts and provides site users with visual and physical connections to nature. Policy D7 Future structures in East Boulder should offer varied rooflines. Building roofs inform the image of the city from afar and shape the experience from the street. Roof forms should be integral to the building’s overall composition. When possible, rooftop utilities and mechanical equipment should be minimized and integrated into the overall building architecture or screened. Policy D8 The city will support innovation in architecture and work with development teams to advance the potential of new materials and methods that will contribute to the citywide goals for climate resilience.DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 49 of 232 93 94EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 DESIGN QUALITY & PLACEMAKING East Boulder will evolve to include walkable neighborhoods, for all ages and abilities, whose aesthetic character reflect the subcommunity’s unconventional personality and industrial identity. The area will welcome experimentation in design and construction to build enduring and engaging places. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION D9 Project East Boulder Zoning and Form Based Code Study Implementing the vision of the East Boulder land use plan will require code updates, zoning changes and possibly, the creation of new zones. The East Boulder Place Types Map and Place Type Performance Standards will be used as a guide to develop code recommendations to implement the plan and deliver design quality and placemaking described in the EBSP. D10 Program Establish a 55th and Arapahoe Station Area General Improvement District Given the growth potential of the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area, there is an opportunity to engage public financing mechanisms for infrastructure and services that benefit more than one property to support the goals of the EBSP and the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan. D11 Project Goose Creek Greenway revitalization Improve landscape character and quality of the Goose Creek Greenway from Foothills Parkway to Valmont City Park. Greenway should strive to improve habitat quality and diversity, provide shade for travelers of the multi-use path and create a landscape that acts as a centerpiece between the neighborhoods north and south of Pearl Street. D12 Project Flatiron Greenway This TMP project would offer an off-street option to connect new residents and local workforce in East Boulder to the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area along Dry Creek No. 2 ditch. The project also adds a recreational amenity to the area, improving the quality of life for users and future residents. KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) Include code study in the P+DS workplan (2) Develop scope of work, schedule and community engagement strategy (3) Propose revisions to Title 9 and the BVCP Zoning Map COB: P+DS 1 B.R.C. Title 9 Land Use Code (1) City staff works with property owners petition city council to form the district, establish district boundaries and authorize any property taxes or debt (2) City council holds a public hearing on the petition COB: CV and P&DS 1 BVCP Policy 5.01 Revitalizing Commercial and Industrial Areas (1) Consolidate ownership and management of the greenway under one department (2) Develop a scope, schedule and engagement plan (3) Develop a design concept (4) Identify potential funding sources COB: Parks and Recreation; Transportation; Public Works/ Greenways; OSMP 2 BVCP Policy 2.23 (1) Develop a scope, schedule and engagement plan (2) Develop a design concept (3) Identify potential funding sources COB: Transportation; Public Works/ Greenways 2 BVCP Policy 2.23 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 50 of 232 95 96EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 D13 Project Park East Paseo This project is proposed as a “POPS,” a privately owned public space. The paseo would create both a connection and a great pedestrian space to allow local businesses, shops and galleries to connect with the local community and draw customers to this hidden local asset. The site for this project is on privately-owned land. Implementation would require support and guidance from the city to implement this concept as redevelopment occurs in the area. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION D14 Program East Side Eats The city should collaborate with local property and business owners in Flatiron Business Park to identify a centrally- located, under-utilized parking area that can accommodate temporary, outdoor dining space to pilot an “East Side Eats” dining plaza. Pending the success of the pilot, future considerations for a permanent plaza installation could provide the business park with a placemaking opportunity and fill a need in the area for outdoor gathering space. D15 Project Conduct a city-wide industrial lands study As the city continues to evaluate and guide change across the community, a comprehensive study of industrial uses, trends and needs in the City of Boulder would offer decision- makers a tool to inform updates to the Use Standards of the Boulder Land Use Code (B.R.C. 9-6) and future updates to the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan. D16 Project Communicate with Xcel Energy to explore the potential future of Valmont Power Plant While Valmont Power Plant will continue to operate beyond the horizon of the EBSP, initiating conversations about the site’s future should begin to establish common understanding of site operations, timeline and other potential uses. (1) Work with local property owners to gage interest in project implementation, timeline and investment (2) Develop a design concept Community members and private property owners 3 KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) Work with local property owners to gage interest in project implementation, timeline and investment (2) Develop a design concept Community members, private property owners with help from COB: CV 3 (1) Add study to the P+DS work plan (2) Develop and scope and schedule for the project (3) Identify funding to support the study COB: P&DS and CV 1 BVCP Policy 2.21 (1) Work with local property owners to gage interest in project implementation, timeline and investment (2) Develop a design concept COB: Climate Initiatives and P+DS 3 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 51 of 232 97 98EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Housing Investments in East Boulder In 2020, a consultant team completed an economic profile report for the 55th and Arapahoe station area and surrounding subcommunity (East Boulder). Combining data analysis with feedback from brokers and developers active in the area, the report outlines economic and real estate trends that impact market activity to characterize the economic context and opportunities for growth in the area. The report identifies one of the major challenges to developing new housing in East Boulder: “with high demand for [existing] space and tenants willing to pay high lease rates, there is little incentive for new and/or redevelopment in the area.” The community engagement process for the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan has consistently described a strong desire for a diversity of new housing options in the subcommunity. To see this kind of change in the near future, the city will need to incentivize local property owners and developers, to make new housing development an attractive option in East Boulder. The city should explore a full package of incentives as a way to invest in housing and provide affordable low- and moderate housing choices and market-rate middle- income housing choices. Some potential incentive options to consider for a future program include: • Expedited permitting for qualifying projects in East Boulder where some or all of the units are reserved for middle or lower-income households. This both reduces overall project development costs and encourages the timely delivery of affordable homes. This incentive would need to be part of a package of incentives as this alone may not encourage market-rate developers to include more than the required affordable units. • Property tax abatements directly reduce the amount of taxes owed for a specified period, and can be offered as an incentive to encourage the construction of buildings that include a share of or all affordable units. • Property tax exemptions reduce the property’s assessed value or rate of taxation, thereby resulting in a lower tax bill. To encourage mixed-income developments, the city could provide a full or partial tax exemption on the portion of the property that will be used for affordable housing. • Operating subsidies are payments made annually (or more frequently) to owners of affordable housing developments that make the housing more affordable by covering a portion of the ongoing costs of operating the development Attached housing with varied rooflines and outdoor space Integrating housing into mixed use industrial neighborhoods HOUSING AFFORDABILITY & DIVERSITY East Boulder will be home to new and affordable housing that complements existing uses, includes a diverse mix of housing types and ownership models and extends live- work-play choices to those interested in living in Boulder. Recommended Policies Policy H1 Support the development of new housing in East Boulder. The East Boulder subcommunity presents an opportunity to create new housing options for residents and workforce in Boulder to improve the jobs to housing imbalance, reduce commuter impacts and increase housing options in Boulder. Opportunities for the development of housing in strategic locations will be supported through land use and zoning updates. Policy H2 Support the development of a range of attached housing types and styles in East Boulder. New housing in East Boulder should contribute to the city’s overall diversity of housing types. Housing diversity will be supported through zoning updates. Policy H3 Support the development of family-sized units in East Boulder. To support residential diversity in the subcommunity and address the need for “missing middle” housing, some new development should include units that will meet the needs of families, with two or more bedrooms. Building form will be supported through zoning updates. Policy H4 Incentivize redevelopment that incorporates affordable housing units in East Boulder. To increase the overall supply of housing in East Boulder and encourage a mix of new uses in the subcommunity that includes permanently affordable housing options, an incentive program should be established in concert with future zoning updates. Policy H5 Support mixed-use redevelopment to provide future residents with access to 15-minute neighborhoods. Allowing for a mix of uses in East Boulder will help create walkable neighborhoods that offer residents live-work-play options the subcommunity. Mixed-use redevelopment will be supported through land use and zoning updates. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 52 of 232 99 100EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE HOUSING AFFORDABILITY & DIVERSITY East Boulder will be home to new and affordable housing that complements existing uses, includes a diverse mix of housing types and ownership models and extends live- work-play choices to those interested in living in Boulder. H6 Program Update the BVCP Land Use Map to align with the recommended East Boulder Land Use Plan The recommendations of the East Boulder Land Use Plan expand opportunities for new residential and mixed use development in the East Boulder Subcommunity H7 Program Amend Title 9 Appendix L - Form- Based Code Areas and Appendix M - Form-Based Code of the Boulder Revised Code to include the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Appendix L identifies areas of the city where a Form-Based Code Review process is used instead of Site Review criteria. The EBSP Place Types Map, Descriptions and Performance Standards should be used to amend the city’s Form-Based Code. This will provide a diversity of housing types and form in area redevelopment that is in line with the community’s vision for the station area. H8 Project Annexation of San Lazaro Mobile Home Park The existing mobile home community located at corner of Valmont Road and 55th Street includes approximately 213 homes and currently lies outside city limits. Annexation of San Lazaro to the City of Boulder will preserve the housing provided by this local mobile home park, include this residential community into the city that surrounds it, deliver San Lazaro residents improved facilities, and grant the community access to important city services and programs. H9 Program San Lazaro Pad Rent Stabilization The City of Boulder’s Manufacturing Housing Strategy identifies the option for agreements between the city and Manufactured Housing Community (MHC) owners to stabilize pad rents in exchange for the extension of water and sewer services to the MHC by the city. An annexation agreement between the city and the owner of San Lazaro Park provides the opportunity for the city to implement this strategy. The strategy would help secure long-term affordability of San Lazaro and ensure replacement of infrastructure systems through a voluntary approach. (1) Approval of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan as an amendment to the BVCP by COB Planning Board (2) Adoption of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan by City Council COB: P+DS; Information Resources 1 BVCP Exhibit B: Amendment Procedures (1) Identify funding for code revision project (2) Add project to the P+DS Work Plan (3) Engage community in code update process (4) Propose Amendments to Appendices L and M of Title 9 of the BRC to Planning Board and City Council for adoption. COB: P+DS 2 Section 9-2-16 B.R.C. 1981 (1) San Lazaro Park Property submits application for annexation (2) City of Boulder and property owner negotiate terms of annexation agreement (3) Planning Board Ordinance recommendation (4) City Council Readings 1 and 2 of Ordinance San Lazaro Park Property Owner; COB Departments: HHS; P+DS; PW; Finance; CAO 1 BVCP Policy 1.17 Annexation and BVCP Policy 7.08 Preservation & Development of Manufactured Housing (1) San Lazaro Park Property submits application for annexation (2) City of Boulder and property owner negotiate terms of annexation agreement (3) Planning Board Ordinance recommendation (4) City Council Readings 1 and 2 of Ordinance San Lazaro Park Property Owner; COB Departments: Housing and Human Services; P+DS; Public Works; Finance 1 City of Boulder Manufactured Housing Strategy: DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 53 of 232 101 102EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION H10 Program Expand the Community Benefit Program Develop a menu of incentives to encourage private developers in East Boulder to provide affordable low- and moderate-income housing and market rate middle-income housing options as part of new residential and mixed-use projects. The program could serve as a pilot for housing redevelopment in other transitioning areas of the city. Developers may negotiate a package of incentives with the city to allow the city, future residents and the existing community mutual benefits. KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) P+DS works with HHS to develop a suite of options (2) Community engagement process to weigh options and understand what existing and potential residents are comfortable/not comfortable with (3) P+DS and HHS collaborate on a recommendation to the Housing Advisory Board, Planning Board and City Council COB: HHS; P+DS; 2 BVCP Policy 2.16 Mixed Use & Higher Density Development; BVCP Policy 7.01 Local Solutions to Affordable Housing; BVCP Policy 5.02 Regional Job Center DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 54 of 232 103 104EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION Recommended Policies Policy B1 The city will support commercial redevelopment in East Boulder that strives to incorporate ground-floor spaces suited to small business, shared business space and mixing of business uses to caters to customers with a mix of incomes. Policy B2 The city will allocate space for local businesses in city-owned redevelopment projects in East Boulder. Policy B3 The city will pursue an affordable commercial strategy for city-owned commercial space through the provision of shared spaces and demising existing spaces into smaller units. The city’s primary employers, like BCH, will continue to play an important role in the success of East Boulder New mixed use districts in East Boulder will offer opportunities to widen the local customer base and grow with the neighborhood INSERT M AI N- STREE T I N D U S T RI A L RENDE RI N G Policy B4 The city will support the development of new retail, dining, and personal service uses in Mixed Use neighborhoods of East Boulder. These kinds of local businesses can help to (1) create 15-minute neighborhoods where new residents and existing workforce can access goods and services; (2) reduce the number of daily trips into and out of East Boulder; and (3) provide job opportunities in the subcommunity that may not require advanced degrees. Policy B5 The city recognizes the value and importance of freight access to commercial and industrial areas of the city. Future coordination between land use and transportation will safely and efficiently accommodate the movement of goods into, out of, and around East Boulder and support local business. 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 LOCAL BUSINESS The city will protect affordable business space, support a wide variety of businesses and deliver attractive neighborhoods for employers, employees and customers in order to help local businesses thrive in East Boulder. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 55 of 232 105 106EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 LOCAL BUSINESS The city will protect affordable business space, support a wide variety of businesses and deliver attractive neighborhoods for employers, employees and customers in order to help local businesses thrive in East Boulder. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION B6 Project East Boulder Zoning and Form Based Code Study Implementing the vision of the East Boulder land use plan will require code updates, zoning changes and possibly, the creation of new zones. The East Boulder Place Types Map and Place Type Performance Standards will be used as a guide to develop code recommendations to implement the plan and expand the types of uses and businesses that can locate and operate in East Boulder B7 Program Update the Community Benefit program B7 Program Create a facade improvement program Develop an incentive program to encourage property owners and businesses to improve the exterior appearance of their buildings and storefronts. Can provide financial incentives such as a matching grant or loan, a tax incentive and design assistance. Design assistance enables and helps ensure that building modifications comply with any design goals for the area. B8 Project Create incubator space at city-owned sites. The city owns significant sites in East Boulder, including the municipal services center (site of the future Eastern City Campus) and the Boulder Municipal Airport. As these sites evolve in the future, the city should consider progamming incubator space to offer local entrepreuners affordable commercial space Update the community benefit program to allow redevelopment projects to work from a suite of community benefit options. This allows for a negotiation that would offer context-sensitive benefits to community members, including the provision of affordable commercial space. KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE (1) Include code study in the P+DS workplan (2) Develop scope of work, schedule and community engagement strategy (3) Propose revisions to Title 9 and the BVCP Zoning Map COB: P&DS 1 B.R.C. Title 9 Land Use Code (1) Establish scope, schedule and engagement plan (2) Identify planning board and council sponsors COB: P&DS and CV 2 (1) Develop Face Improvement Guidelines (2) Establish program in P+DS or Community Vitality? (3) Identify funding source (4) Establish program administration, application, etc. COB: P&DS and CV; Boulder Chamber of Commerce 2 COB: FAM 3DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 56 of 232 107 108EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Why a General Improvement District (GID)? • Creates revenues through mill levies on properties in the district or rates, fees, tolls and charges for use of GID improvements and to construct and maintain common infrastructure and amenities, that in turn benefit the immediate area as well as the larger community. • Employs a tool that has been proven within Boulder (e.g. CAGID, BJAGID), utilizing the GID structure for governance, revenue tools, and partnerships. • Provides on-going and scalable funding for TDM programs and management of shared structured or on-street parking. • Provides common set of services that are relevant to tenants and owners within the area that are not provided citywide. • Can tailor to needs and resources of the area. • Adaptable (e.g. can expand micromobility and art beyond immediate station area). What would a GID do? • Centralized, shared parking: enable developers to buy into shared parking within the district, reducing the parking required to be constructed on individual sites. • This would involve constructing a parking structure within the district. • Developers would join the district and buy into this parking structure; in exchange for joining the district, they would receive lower parking requirements (e.g. through parking maximums) and increased FAR on their development site. • In addition to parking, this structure could be designed to accommodate affordable housing as well as first-floor affordable commercial space (similar to the City’s approach to parking structures it owns). • Micromobility and Transportation Demand Management (TDM): subsidize e-bike and e-scootershare, carshare, as well as transit benefits, such as the EcoPass and other TDM programs, and provide bicycle parking within the district. • Art: curate and fund public art throughout the district, and potentially include artist space within the first floor of the district parking structure, within the overall program for affordable commercial space. • Manage funds: depending on the depth of funding sources that are available for this district (i.e. the size of membership and value of member properties), the district would manage these funds and deploy them at times when specific partnership opportunities emerge. • Affordable commercial space: similar to the City’s approach to first floor space in its parking garages, the district can develop dedicated affordable commercial space as a first floor use in the district parking structure. B6 Program Establish a General Improvement District for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area The growth potential of the Station Area presents an opportunity to use public financing mechanisms for infrastructure and services that benefit more than one property to support the goals of the EBSP and the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan. Public financing through a GID can leverage the strong market demand to address community needs. LOCAL BUSINESS The city will protect affordable business space, support a wide variety of businesses and deliver attractive neighborhoods for employers, employees and customers in order to help local businesses thrive in East Boulder. ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION (1) City staff works with property owners petition city council to form the district, establish district boundaries and authorize any property taxes or debt (2) City council holds a public hearing on the petition COB: CV and P&DS 1 BVCP Policy 5.01 Revitalizing Commercial and Industrial Areas KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 57 of 232 109 110EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION ADD I M A G E S 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 Recommended Policies Policy R1 To combat the impacts of climate change, the city will work to integrate living, natural systems with the built environment by working with property owners to implement green infrastructure strategies. Policy R2 The city will continue to invest in technology that can assess and help manage the community’s climate risks. Policy R3 The city will protect critical habitat in East Boulder from human disturbance by working with property owners and development teams to implement mitigation measures through design that will: minimize lighting encroachment to open space, minimize impacts to the viewshed, include fencing to discourage trespass including pets accessing open space, providing enhanced climate preparedness and opportunities for floodplain restoration. Policy R4 The city will continue to work with local partners, employers and potential districts to expand access to mobility programs and services to reduce GHG emissions from single-occupant-vehicle trips. Policy R5 The city will support pilot projects in East Boulder to implement energy system resilience strategies such as microgrid development, active islanding, on-site energy generation and energy storage, and ground source heating and cooling services. Policy R6 The city will stabilize and improve terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems by protecting natural and riparian areas and restoring native vegetation; connect to urban plantings designed and maintained to support biodiversity, improve soils and drawn down carbon into living systems. RESILIENCE & CLIMATE COMMITMENT Land uses, (re)development and transportation systems in East Boulder will support the city’s climate action plan to reduce emissions, become net-zero and carbon- positive, and will be designed to respect and enhance the integrity of the area’s natural resources and to minimize impacts of natural disruptions, including flood events. The subcommunity’s numerous public and health care facilities will provide a strong network for resilience in the face of future health crises. Source: Project Sunroof data explorer (November 2018) SOLAR POTENTIAL FOR ROOFS IN EAST BOULDER Valmont Reservoir Hillcrest Reservoir Leggett Reservoir KOA Lake Pit “D” Hayden Lake Reservoir Boulder Creek Goose Creek South Boulder CreekNorth Boulder Farmers DitchBoulder a n d L eft h a n d Dit c h Dry Creek No. 2 DitchFlatirons Golf Course Gerald Stazio Ballfields Valmont City Park Valmont Rd Pearl Pk wy 55th StreetArapahoe AveFoothills PkwyAirport Rd 63rd StValmont Rd Independence Rd BNSF Railroad y LEGEND East Boulder City Limits Sunlight on rooftops Sunny Shad ¯DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 58 of 232 111 112EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION R7 Program Create Green Infrastructure guidelines The city’s Design and Construction Standards require a stormwater management plan but does not provide guidance on preferred techniques, construction methods, etc. to design and construct best practices. Green Infrastructure guidelines would offer designers and development teams needed guidance and would help to create consistent streetscapes, stormwater management practices and maintenance needs. R8 Program Establish an Adaptive Reuse Incentive Program The reuse of existing building materials saves a high percentage of embodied energy. It reduces the energy consumption associated with demolishing a structure and building a new one to replace it. A large portion of a building’s carbon emissions comes from its materials, fabrication and delivery to aseemble it. RESILIENCE & CLIMATE COMMITMENT (Re)development in East Boulder will be designed to respect and enhance the integrity of the area’s natural resources and to minimize impacts of natural disruptions, including flood events. The subcommunity’s numerous public and health care facilities will provide a strong network for resilience in the face of future health crises. R9 Project East Boulder Canopy Improvement Project East Boulder’s urban canopy coverage today is less than five percent. To achieve the needed increase in canopy coverage, the city should intentionally plan for new tree plantings along corridors planned for future investment and neighborhoods identified in the EBSP as “areas of change.” R10 Project East Boulder Pollinator Loop Design and implement a focused pollinator planting project along the Foothills multiuse path to Goose Creek Greenway and north along Wonderland Creek in Valmont City Park KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE COB: Public Works and Climate Initiatives 1 (1) Establish targets for adaptive reuse that balance the effects of demolition and construction with costs for adaptive (2) Create guidelines for adaptive reuse (3) Update building code COB: Climate Initiatives and P&DS 3 (1) Use the EBSP Areas of Change to assess opportunities for near- and long- term canopy investments (2) Work with local property owners to provide high-quality growing conditions for new tree installations to ensure long-term health of the canopy COB: Urban Forestry; P&DS 1 Scale and rate of implementaion depends on securing grant and Xerces Society support. COB: Climate Initiatives; Parks & Rec 2 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 59 of 232 113 114EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 ID RECOMMENDATIONTYPE DESCRIPTION R11 Program Expand the Commercial Tree Program (CTP) to East Boulder The city’s Urban Forestry Strategic Plan recommends expanding the CTP beyond downtown to maintain and increase the urban tree canopy, protect property and better manage public safety issues. R12 Program East Boulder office parks conversion to organic grounds management Work with local business parks to reduce/eliminate lawn chemicals and convert landscape maintenance to organic grounds management practices. This will help eliminate runoff contamination into creek systems and protect insects,. KEY STEPS CHAMPION PRIORITY REFERENCE COB: Urban Forestry 2 COB: Ecological Planning; Climate Initiatives; PACE 1 DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 60 of 232 115 116EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN ACHIEVING THE VISION AMENDING THE EAST BOULDER SUBCOMMUNITY PLAN 1 0 3 4 5 CONTENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS WELCOME TO EAST BOULDER THE VISION FOR EAST BOULDER EVOLVING NEIGHBORHOODS: LAND USE MOBILITY AND CONNECTIONS: TRANSPORTATION ACHIEVING THE VISION: IMPLEMENTATION 2 AMENDMENT PROCEDURES Amendments to the Connections Plan for the removal of any connection will be reviewed by the Planning Board. The administrative process to relocate connections includes some flexibility to reflect site-specific considerations while ensuring that the connections necessary to realize a fully integrated multimodal network are created. Elimination of any proposed connection requires an amendment to the plan by the Planning Board and approval by the City Council. Minor variations from the plan can be approved by the city manager. Amendment requests can be processed in conjunction with a Site Review. Any amendment to the Connections Plan will be permitted upon a finding that one of the criteria has been met: 1. Such amendment is due to a physical hardship or practical hardship that would prevent construction of the connection; 2. The connection is made in a manner that is equivalent to the connection shown on the Connections Plan; or 3. Such amendment is consistent with the objectives of the Connections Plan described above. In those instances where the standards above cannot be met, the amendment will be considered legislative in nature and require approval by the Planning Board and City Council. DRAFT Attachment A 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 61 of 232 Station Area MASTER PLAN 55TH & ARAPAHOE February 24, 2022DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 62 of 232 CITY OF BOULDER Project Team »Jean Sanson »Kathleen King »Jean Gatza »Holly Opansky CONSULTANT TEAM MIG »Jay Renkens »Mark De La Torre »Elly Schaefer »Lauren Oertel »Evan Lanning EPS »Andrew Knudsten »Rachel Shindman Apex Design »Jessica Hernandez »Josh Mehlem Group 14 Engineering »Celeste Cizik »Taylor Roberts BOULDER COMMUNITY East Boulder Working Group »Matthew Appelbaum »Peter Aweida* »Erin Bagnall* »Lori Call »Ana Karina Casas »Lucy Conklin »Aaron Cook »Julia Dullien* »Leticia Garcia »Aaron Johnson »Laura Kaplan* »Adam Kroll »Kenneth MacClune »Kirsten Millar* »Ben Molk* »Tim O’Shea »Judith Renfroe »Patti Smith* »Elizabeth Dawn Williams »Jeffrey Wingert »Jill Grano (*indicates STAMP Subcommittee Member) ACKNOWLEDGMENTS DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 63 of 232 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Master Plan Chapter 1: Introduction & Background .........................................................................................5 »Station Area and Context .......................................................................................................................6 »Demographics ..........................................................................................................................................8 »What are BRT & TOD? ............................................................................................................................9 »Previous and Concurrent Plans .............................................................................................................9 »Station Area Opportunities and Constraints .......................................................................................11 Chapter 2: The Community’s Vision .............................................................................................17 »Community and Stakeholder Outreach Overview ...............................................................................18 »East Boulder Vision...............................................................................................................................20 »Station Area Vision Statement ............................................................................................................20 »Guiding Principles ..................................................................................................................................21 Chapter 3: Station Area Framework ............................................................................................23 »Framework Introduction .......................................................................................................................24 »3a: Place Types and Land Use ..............................................................................................................26 »3b: (Re)development Opportunities ....................................................................................................43 »3c: Building Form ..................................................................................................................................46 »3d: Transportation and Mobility ..........................................................................................................48 »3e: Inclusivity and Affordability ............................................................................................................74 »3f: Resilience and Climate Commitment .............................................................................................79 »3g: Public Realm ...................................................................................................................................84 »3h: Placemaking .....................................................................................................................................91 Chapter 4: Implementation ..........................................................................................................95 »Implementation Matrix .........................................................................................................................96 »District Creation ....................................................................................................................................99 Appendix ......................................................................................................Under Separate Cover TABLE OF CONTENTS DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 64 of 232 DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 65 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 5 1 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND The introduction to the Station Area Master Plan establishes the Plan’s technical foundation. This includes a summary of the station area and its context, highlighting the area’s demographics and physical characteristics, as well as the influence from prior and concurrent plans. Additionally, this section provides an explanation of what BRT and TOD mean in relation to this project and the planning process. All of that information is distilled in station area-specific opportunities and constraints that informed the concept development and community engagement process.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 66 of 232 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND STATION AREA AND CONTEXT The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area is located on the east side of Boulder, in the area east of Foothills Parkway. It is bounded by the railroad on the north, Range Street on the west, a drainage channel on the east, and the northern edge of the neighborhood to the south. The planned BRT stations will be located on either side of Arapahoe Avenue near the intersection at 55th Street. The Station Area north of Arapahoe Avenue is primarily made up of businesses and light industrial users and is within the East Boulder Subcommunity geography as defined in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan. South of Arapahoe Avenue, the The area surrounding the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue intersection in East Boulder is currently served by a few local and regional bus routes, but in the future the intersection will be the location of a State Highway 7 Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) station – connecting Boulder east to Interstate-25 and beyond with high frequency service. This planned mobility investment also includes streetscape and multi- modal improvements and creates an unparalleled opportunity for transit-oriented development (TOD) within a critical focus area identified in the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. TOD is compact, walkable, mixed-use development located close to high frequency transit wherein development intensity is often higher than in surrounding areas to support a greater level of activity and facilitate a greater number of people having reasons to be in proximity to the transit station. When paired with multimodal mobility improvements, TOD areas serve as activity centers that provide a range of benefits to residents, employees, students, and visitors in and near the station area. Station Area Locator MapCommercial plaza on the south end of station areaDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 67 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 7 Station Area includes primarily auto-oriented retail and restaurant uses and is within the Southeast Boulder Subcommunity. The Station Area makes up some of the most diverse employment opportunities in Boulder with its wide range of light industrial, manufacturing, dining, public, and health care uses. Only a small amount of housing exists in the Station Area (in the southeast corner), but more multifamily and single family residential exist immediately south and southwest of the Station Area. Major nearby destinations just outside the Station Area include Ball Aerospace’s Boulder Campus, Boulder Community Health’s Foothills Medical Campus and the CU Boulder East Campus to the west; Corden Pharma Colorado, Flatiron Park, Valmont City Park and the Boulder Municipal Airport to the north; the Valmont Power Station to the northeast; and Flatirons Golf Course, the Arapahoe Ridge Neighborhood and the East Boulder Community Center to the south. Plan Area Context DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 68 of 232 DEMOGRAPHICS In comparison to the entire city, the Station Area and its surrounding vicinity are comprised of a active adult community, a concentration of high- income earners, a smaller proportion of multifamily housing, strong employment growth in production and healthcare, and a significant number of in- commuters. See the 55th and Arapahoe Economic Profile in the Appendix for more demographic information. INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND Station Area Boundary Walking Tour of East Boulder s DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 69 of 232 Multi-Use Paths Transit Stations Amenity Zones Raised Protected Bike Lanes Business Access & Transit Lanes, HOV, Future Technologies General Purpose Lanes 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 9 WHAT ARE BRT & TOD? Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) is a bus service that operates much like light rail, providing frequent, rapid service, typically in dedicated transit lanes. BRT stations also typically feature a high aesthetic value and more amenities than a typical bus stop. Transit-Oriented Development (TOD) is development that typically: • Includes a dense mixture of housing, office, retail and/or other uses, • Is rich with community amenities and infrastructure, • Is integrated into a compact, walkable environment with nearby high quality, high- frequency public transportation, and • Serves as an activity center that provides a range of social, equitable, environmental, and economic benefits. PREVIOUS AND CONCURRENT PLANS East Arapahoe Transportation Plan The East Arapahoe Transportation Plan vision for East Arapahoe Avenue is a complete street. Complete streets include facilities and amenities for all modes of travel rather than just vehicles. These facilities and amenities may include separated bike lanes, buffered sidewalks, safe crosswalks, bicycle parking, shaded transit shelters with seating, trash receptacles, and more. The regional BRT service will connect Boulder to I-25 and Brighton via State Highway 7/ East Arapahoe Avenue. Planning for BRT along Arapahoe Avenue and for the potential for TOD with a mobility hub at the 55th Street station is a driving force behind this Station Area Master Plan. Vision for East Arapahoe Streetscape (Source: East Arapahoe Transportation Plan) DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 70 of 232 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND East Boulder Subcommunity Plan Concurrent with the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Master Plan (STAMP) process, the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan (EBSP) was also developed. The STAMP is one of several focus areas within the EBSP and is identified as one of four areas of change within the subcommunity. HOW TO USE THIS PLAN This Plan is intended to articulate a future vision for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area that is based on the community’s goals and values and provide tools and strategies to implement that vision. STAMPs provide detailed planning for subcommunities and distinct neighborhoods. This type of plan provides a once-in-a-generation (20 years) opportunity to holistically plan for change, rather than considering changes incrementally and parcel by parcel. The City of Boulder doesn’t own most of this land - it is private property - but the City can use zoning to allow or disallow various types of redevelopment in the future. City staff will use this document moving forward to inform public investment, City staff work plans, City-led and partnership projects, and programs to achieve the community’s vision as recommended by this plan. Relationship between BVCP and STAMPDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 71 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 11 STATION AREA OPPORTUNITIES AND CONSTRAINTS The following synthesizes key findings from the analysis of the existing opportunities and constraints within the Station Area. These key takeaways, like those from the review of the EBSP’s Inventory and Analysis, guided community/ stakeholder engagement and set the stage for plan recommendations that are forthcoming in Chapter 3 of this plan. See the complete Existing Conditions Report in the appendix of this plan for more analysis and detail about the Station Area. Opportunity for Increased Mix of Uses A variety of land uses can be found in the Station Area and surrounding vicinity, including primarily light industrial, office, and medical uses north of Arapahoe Avenue retail, and low density residential and recreation south of Arapahoe Avenue. Along the East Arapahoe Avenue corridor is an area of high- density residential and commercial and community- serving uses west of the future station. The existing land uses in the Station Area are generally consistent with the current designations for this area in the BVCP land use map. There is an opportunity to best leverage the transit investment by increasing the number of people in the Station Area that may find it convenient to use the BRT. Growing Economy without New Development Economic activity is expanding within the Station Area and surrounding vicinity, consistent with trends seen throughout the Boulder area. This is particularly seen in employment, where nearly 2,900 jobs were added in this area over the past decade, reflecting growth in health care and industrial flex/ manufacturing. A significant characteristic of this job growth is that little new construction has happened alongside the increase in jobs. This indicates that the area’s economic potential has not been limited by the building inventory; with more valuable real estate, tenants are responding to the strong market PopSockets Boulder Office Medium density residential Upslope Brewing Company DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 72 of 232 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND and getting more utilization of existing spaces. There are unique challenge in managing this type of success; as businesses grow and evolve, they require different solutions that often involve leasing more space or require the creative utilization of existing spaces. Land Use Policy and Economic Development Trends over the past decade indicate that growth for industrial/flex uses in the Station Area generated an expansion of employment at a rate of approximately 60 new employees per year over the decade. Based on interviews with community stakeholders, brokers, and land owners, with changes to the area’s development regulations additional employment could increase above these historical trends. Based on the data and interviews, there is strong market demand in this area, as evidenced by employment growth, reinvestment in buildings, strong rents, and low vacancy rates. Recognizing the older building product and relatively low building density, there is significant opportunity for redevelopment and the City is in a position to help shape the level of economic activity and leverage this strong market demand to address other community needs, such as improvements to transit and expansions to the affordable housing inventory. The City of Boulder is in a unique position to adopt land use policy to allow for economic development that can help achieve community goals and provide local benefits. This is an opportunity to explore adjustments to current land use map and zoning regulations in order to achieve the community’s greater vision for the Station Area. Zoning for TOD Higher densities and achieving a critical mass are often essential in the success of transit-oriented development and would help to meet the BVCP Private patio space in Flatiron Park Community retail on Arapahoe Avenue KOA Lake DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 73 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 13 goals in this area. Current land use designations and zoning have created constraints to reaching those goals, but this plan creates a new opportunity to explore ways to achieve more efficient utilization of parcels, increased vibrancy, reimagined parking requirements, accommodation for growth needs, and to provide opportunities to current and future residents and employees. Pedestrian Connectivity and Parking Demand The northwest section of the Station Area lacks a complete street grid and block pattern. There are opportunities to create smaller parcels through redevelopment in the Station Area that can support additional pedestrian-scaled infrastructure and connections. Additionally, if parking demand is lowered by an increase in employees working at home, future BRT service, focused Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategies, and the implementation of shared parking, there may be the potential to reconsider their current use. Bicycle Connectivity and Facilities The eastern portion of the Station Area lacks north/ south bicycle connectivity. The identified vertically separated bike facilities on 55th Street will be a significant safety and comfort enhancement and will provide separation from motor vehicle traffic. Redevelopment in the Station Area provides an opportunity to implement this improved north/south connection. Strategic Mobility Hubs and Increased Transit Use Potential The East Arapahoe Transportation Plan calls for a regional mobility hub at 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue. Providing residents, employees, and visitors with a variety of convenient and affordable transportation options to and from the station will support the BRT investment along Arapahoe Avenue Conestoga Court adjacent parking Crosswalk at 55th Street Multi-use pathway and bike share station DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 74 of 232 INTRODUCTION & BACKGROUND and work toward meeting the City of Boulder’s mode share and greenhouse gas reduction goals. Transportation Pilot Projects The high density of office space in and near the Station Area offers opportunities to implement pilot programs to test commuter-focused TDM and micromobility strategies. Pilot programs are often a successful technique to allow the community to provide feedback about a project before it is finalized based on real experience. They can also be used to test materials/construction techniques and to provide a “proof” of market for potential vendors, such as micromobility operators. Part of the planned HOP transit service extension expands service to Flatiron Park. Others could be e-bike and/or e-scooter pilot projects (which could provide vendors with the assurance that there is a viable market within the study area). Energy and Decarbonization The energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions within the Station Area are typical of US cities without major heavy industrial sectors. Some users in the area require a significant amount of energy due to the specialized nature of their operations, such as Boulder Community Health, Ball Aerospace, and Corden Pharma. There are opportunities for the City to create programs in response to trends in Boulder related to emissions per the measures and targets identified in the City of Boulder’s Community Dashboard. There are opportunities for decarbonization by reducing both building and transportation energy consumption. It is vital to decarbonization of the neighborhood that these strategies must not only focus on potential future increased density and new mixed-use development, but also the existing high energy intensive areas. Despite a limited amount Anderson Medical Center with rooftop solar Permeable, soft-surface paths in Flatiron Park Arapahoe Avenue transit shelter DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 75 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 15 of greenspace, there are also opportunities for carbon sequestration in this area. An example of this may include reducing the heat island effect and addressing albedo, the ability of surfaces to reflect sunlight and heat from the sun. There is also significant potential for building level solar installations in the Station Area. Programs that maximize rooftop solar in new development and add solar installations to existing buildings will be vital to meet the decarbonization goal. New Amenities for Current Residents The potential for redevelopment brings with it the opportunity to provide new amenities, such as quality streetscape design, community gathering spaces, and neighborhood serving retail. Balancing Concerns of Displacement Rightful concerns regarding residential and business displacement due to these positive changes should be addressed by incorporating policies and programs to retain current residents, businesses, essential uses and tenants. This may involve new regulations, incentives, and partnerships to help facilitate private development. Arapahoe Ridge Park Commercial development at Conestoga Street and Arapahoe Avenue Existing Commercial and Residential edge conditions south of Arapahoe Avenue DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 76 of 232 DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 77 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 17 2 THE COMMUNITY’S VISION This chapter summarizes the community outreach conducted during the station area planning process. Community input helped to create the vision for the future of the station area. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 78 of 232 SUMMARY OF OUTREACH METHODS Through the process, the business and resident communities were asked to provide feedback and input to aspects of the plan through various activities and events. Those activities and events included: • East Boulder Working Group and STAMP committee meetings and work sessions • Online Community Meetings and Focus Groups • Community Questionnaires • BeHeardBoulder Video Presentations and Open- comment “Office” Hours THE COMMUNITY’S VISION COMMUNITY AND STAKEHOLDER OUTREACH OVERVIEW The 55th and Arapahoe STAMP provided an opportunity to expand upon the existing network of diverse and engaged community members participating in the East Boulder Subcommunity planning process. Members of the East Boulder Working Group formed a STAMP committee to help guide the concept development process. Outreach to the greater community prioritized key audiences from across the project area and adjacent neighborhoods, City staff, decision-makers, and those representing property owners, local businesses and the community at large. Digital Wall Graphic Recording from Boulder Chamber Community Affairs Council, October, 2020.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 79 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 19 • Prioritize a vibrant, mix of uses (as opposed to a single, predominant land use) • Attract more locally-serving commercial uses • Incorporate residential development, including an emphasis on affordable housing and adjacency to the transit station • Maintain a strong sense of community, character, and the “Boulder mystique” • Preserve some of the existing uses and structures • Create a walkable, bikeable, transit- accessible environment • Introduce building forms that set back, step back and include unique roof design elements KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM COMMUNITY AND STAKEHOLDER FEEDBACK DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 80 of 232 THE COMMUNITY’S VISION EAST BOULDER VISION The vision for the Station Area reinforces the vision statements which were established by the East Boulder Working Group, building from the Focus Areas of the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan. The vision statements are further contextualized in the Station Area and set the foundation for Station Area guiding principles. Those vision statements are: Local Business The City will protect affordable business space, support a wide variety of businesses and deliver attractive neighborhoods for employers, employees and customers in order to help local businesses thrive in East Boulder. Arts and Culture The City will play an active role in supporting East Boulder’s development of art spaces and experiences, installations, businesses, and venues for professional and amateur creatives that reflect the subcommunity’s local culture. Design Quality and Placemaking East Boulder will evolve to include walkable neighborhoods, for all ages and abilities, whose aesthetic character reflect the subcommunity’s unconventional personality and industrial identity. The area will welcome experimentation in design and construction to build enduring and engaging places. Housing Affordability and Diversity of Housing Types East Boulder will be home to new and affordable housing that complements existing uses, includes a diverse mix of housing types and ownership models and extends live-work-play choices to those interested in living in Boulder. Resilience and Climate Commitment (Re)development in East Boulder will respect and enhance the integrity of the area’s natural resources and minimize disruptions. The subcommunity’s numerous public and health care facilities will provide a strong network for resilience in the face of future health crises. Access and Mobility People and goods will easily and safely travel to, from, and through East Boulder by variety of efficient and affordable modes, employing advanced transportation technology where appropriate. STATION AREA VISION STATEMENT The 55th and Arapahoe Station Area is envisioned as a unique mixed-use center with a blend of neighborhood-serving retail and restaurants; a variety of employment with opportunities prioritized for light industrial users, makers and creatives; and attainable mixed income housing that are all set in a highly walkable and bikeable area with great access to bus rapid transit. The community’s vision includes more comfortable and attractive streets and promenades better organizing and connecting a dynamic tapestry of buildings, businesses, employees, and residents. The new transit-oriented development will be respectful of and well-connected to established neighborhoods and employment areas nearby. The transformation of the Station Area over the next 10-15 years will build on existing assets and character to enhance this important mixed use activity center for East Boulder and the broader community.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 81 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 21 GUIDING PRINCIPLES The guiding principles for the STAMP guided the planning process, stakeholder discussions and community engagement. These principles provided guidelines for the community, working group and staff for plan development and plan implementation moving forward. Prioritize Transit-Supportive Strategies Recommendations for land use, redevelopment and mobility hubs should leverage the planned BRT investment and build toward a transit-supportive activity center in East Boulder. Focus on Strategic Geographies and Opportunity Sites While charged with the implementation of citywide goals, the direct area of focus should be placed on the 60-acre Mixed-Use TOD designation area at 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue in the East Boulder subcommunity. Preserve and Promote Accessible and Attainable Housing and Employment Opportunities Maintaining and/or enhancing affordability across all land uses will be a key element throughout the process, primarily when focused on housing and employment. Identify and Prioritize Recommendations with Co-Benefits As planning and design is completed for the Station Area, recommendations that achieve multiple benefits or advance multiple citywide goals should be prioritized if feasible, understanding that goals and recommendations will need to be achieved over time. Facilitate Incremental Change and Sequencing Knowing that the Station Area will not transform overnight, each phase of public and private investment, if possible, should: 1) contribute to the vision for the Station Area and East Boulder, 2) be able to thrive in the interim, and 3) make positive contributions to existing residential and business communities. Protect and Enhance Integrity of Existing Neighborhood An important part of this project will be the careful balance of preservation and progress. Careful consideration will be given to appropriately scaled land use and density transitions from areas of potential change to existing single-family residential neighborhoods. The Plan should also ensure that new public and private investments benefit existing neighborhoods while allowing for naturally evolving neighborhood character. Ensure a Flexible Development Framework This plan should not be overly prescriptive as to prevent opportunities for advancement or changes in preferences, approaches and delivery methods throughout implementation in land use and redevelopment. Prepare for Future Innovations It may be necessary to modify concepts to fully integrate and leverage future innovations in technology, transportation, and beyond. Stay True to Community Input The plan should reflect a collaborative engagement process by incorporating community interests and concerns throughout the process and in the final recommendations.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 82 of 232 DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 83 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 23 3 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK The Station Area Framework for the Master Plan builds from the technical foundation summarized in Chapter 1, and the community’s vision highlighted in Chapter 2, and includes all of the major components of this Plan. Each component is summarized through a series of direct recommendations.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 84 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK The Station Area Framework provides the overarching blueprint for how the Station Area will emerge as a great transit-oriented district in the coming years. The overall plan framework for the Station Area is intended to build upon the existing character of local businesses in an employment center, while significantly increasing connectivity and activity in the area to better support surrounding neighborhoods and districts, contribute to placemaking, and support expanded transit use to reduce trips and help achieve climate goals. Precedent images that describe the character and quality of the future station area Framework Introduction DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 85 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 25 The Station Area Framework includes eight key components: • 3a: Place Types and Land Use • 3b: (Re)Development Opportunities • 3c: Transportation and Mobility • 3d: Building Form • 3e: Inclusivity and Affordability • 3f: Resilience and Climate Commitment • 3g: Public Realm • 3h: Placemaking Illustrative Site Plan This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 86 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 3a: Place Types and Land Use PLACE TYPES While land use offers guidance on key characteristics and uses of the subcommunity, community members desired a method for further defining preferred development patterns for evolving neighborhoods. The East Boulder Place Types is a tool that provides the community with a way to describe the design intent and performance expectations for these evolving neighborhoods. This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyPlace Types and Circulation Diagram This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 87 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 27 The Place Type performance standards of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan also describe expectations for elements that tie land use to important mobility features, such as access and parking as well as streetscape character. Enhancing the subcommunity’s mobility network in East Boulder to create places that are memorable, inviting, and well-connected can help steer redevelopment towards success and achievement of citywide goals in these new kinds of Boulder neighborhood. Station Area Place Types As it relates to the Station Area Master Plan, place types are further articulated by combining aspects of future land use, building design, and placemaking of smaller subgeographies within the Station Area. In general, future development within the Station Area is expected to apply the principles of TOD with an emphasis on creating a vibrant mix of uses, greater activity, and an engaging pedestrian realm. Within the Station Area Framework, three place types are identified. • Neighborhood TOD • Innovation TOD (Residential) • Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Precedent Innovation TOD (Residential) Precedent Neighborhood TOD Precedent DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 88 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Neighborhood TOD Precedent Images NEIGHBORHOOD TOD DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 89 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 29 Neighborhood TOD: Massing and Building Use Example 55th StreetArapaho e A v e n u e C o n e s t o g a S t r e e t Priorities • Active ground floors may have mixed income housing above when development is multi-story • Streetscapes include consistent tree canopies, landscaping, seating and designated areas for bike/scooter parking Office Residential Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Legend This rendering is for illustrative purposes only PLACE TYPE PERFORMANCE FOR NEIGHBORHOOD TOD The Neighborhood TOD Place Type, south of Arapahoe Avenue and immediately surrounding the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue intersection, reimagines existing commercial and retail areas within easy walking distance to transit. Ground floors have shops, cafes or other businesses and may have mixed income housing above. Reimagines existing auto-oriented commercial and retail areas as highly walkable and transit-supportive environments.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 90 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Building heights and FAR • 1-4 story • Height limit of 45’ • Minimum FAR of 3.0 Predominant Uses • Residential; • Retail Sales; • Dining and Entertainment; • Commercial Setbacks Within Neighborhood TOD Place Types, use regulatory tools or development agreements to require a 10’ minimum setback from the right of way. Public Realm and Ground Floor Activation In Neighborhood TOD, there should be a prioritization of physical activation and uses such as retail sales, dining and entertainment. In these instances, the adjacent uses should actively engage with the public realm, providing store signage and café seating in support of the business and the overall area.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 91 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 31 Office Residential Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Legend DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 92 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK INNOVATION TOD (RESIDENTIAL) Innovation TOD (Residential) Precedent ImagesDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 93 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 33 Innovation TOD (Residential): Massing and Building Use Example Priorities Reimagines existing auto-oriented commercial and retail areas as highly walkable and transit supportive environments Integrates public-facing retail for light industrial and flex users while also providing transit supportive affordable housing option Prioritizes energy conservation, urban rewilding, activation, and creativity in new and re-development. Office Residential Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Light Industrial (Maker Space) Legend PLACE TYPE PERFORMANCE FOR INNOVATION TOD (RESIDENTIAL) The Innovation TOD (Residential) Place Type, central to the area and further north along 55th, intends to maintain opportunities for light industrial and commercial uses while introducing mixed income residential uses. These areas are envisioned to integrate public-facing retail for all users while also providing affordable housing options near transit. Western Avenue55 t h S t r e e t This rendering is for illustrative purposes only DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 94 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Building heights and FAR • 2-5 story • Height limit of 55’ • Minimum FAR of 3.5 Predominant Uses: • Light Industrial; • Commercial; • Residential Setbacks Within Innovation TOD (Residential) and Neighborhood TOD Place Types, use regulatory tools or development agreements to require a 10’ minimum setback from the right of way. Public Realm and Ground Floor Activation In the Innovation TOD place types, in both the Residential and Non-Residential designations, the priority should be placed on visual activation, especially for office and light industrial uses at the ground floor. Visual activation (visual interest due DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 95 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 35 Office Residential Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Light Industrial (Maker Space) Legend to the design or visual access into certain building uses) along the ground floor necessitates increased transparency and strategic floor plan layouts to locate light manufacturing, conference rooms and common spaces along the perimeters of buildings. In both Innovation TOD designations, opportunities should be sought to integrate these needs, especially in terms of access and circulation. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 96 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Precedent Images INNOVATION TOD (NON-RESIDENTIAL)DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 97 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 37 Innovation TOD (Non-Residential): Massing and Building Use Example Priorities Prioritizes light industrial and commercial uses with public-facing retail for light industrial, office, and commercial users Work places should offer on-site outdoor space for employee use as work space and non-work space Office Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Light Industrial (Maker Space) Legend PLACE TYPE PERFORMANCE FOR INNOVATION TOD (NON-RESIDENTIAL) The Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Place Type, along the western portion adjacent to Ball Aerospace, prioritizes opportunities for light industrial and commercial uses. These areas are envisioned to integrate public-facing retail and customer-facing activities for light industrial, office, and commercial users. Range StreetArap a h o e A v e n u e Co n e s t o g a C o u r t This rendering is for illustrative purposes only DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 98 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Building heights: • 2-5 story • Height limit of 55’ • Minimum FAR of 4.0 Predominant Uses: • Light Industrial; • Commercial; Set Backs Within the Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Place Type do not require a minimum setback, as buildings should be encouraged to be built near the street to create a more urban environment.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 99 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 39 Office Commercial Flex (Office / Light Industrial) Light Industrial (Maker Space) Legend DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 100 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK FUTURE LAND USE Closest to the station, the ideal future land uses include traditional mixed-use with retail and other commercial on the ground floor and residential on upper floors. The area north of that is envisioned to include a unique mix of light industrial and maker space, retail, mixed income housing, and limited office space. The area west of Conestoga Street is envisioned with a similar look and feel, but with a heavier office presence and no residential. Ground floor retail should be prioritized at the intersections of 55th Street with Arapahoe Avenue, as well as along an extension of Conestoga Court. Within the three place types, there are overlapping future land use allowances. However, each place type prioritizes certain land uses in order to achieve the unique character envisioned within different parts of the Station Area. Zoning changes to allow for higher density and an increased mix of uses, as well as requirements for active ground floors within the Station Area, at least nearest to the proposed BRT stations, could enable an increase in activity and critical mass near the station. Additionally, an expanded allowance for innovative housing types, such as micro-units or live/work units, should be explored as this could create additional affordable housing options while maintaining defining characteristics of the Station Area. ACTIVE AND VARIED GROUND FLOOR USES Active uses on the ground floor contribute to sense of place that makes nearby office or residential spaces more desirable. Curating ground floors to contain active uses like retail, restaurants, light industrial, and community serving uses will increase vibrancy and provide amenities to the surrounding residents and employees.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 101 of 232 CASE STUDY HYBRID INDUSTRIAL GENERAL PLAN DESIGNATION Los Angeles, CA Downtown Los Angeles is a prosperous regional employment center with many small manufacturers. As such, housing needs continue to grow in and near this area, and market demand for converted industrial land is growing with it. Downtown LA is experiencing significant new development, adaptive reuse, and infill projects. This private sector growth is supported by city-led initiatives such as public transit investments, density bonuses for affordable housing, and restoration along the Los Angeles River. However, this growth and improvement also comes with the risk of industrial displacement. In the City of Los Angeles’ Downtown Plan (DTLA 2040), the city proposed a hybrid-industrial zoning district (IX3) which is intended to “preserve productive activity and prioritize space for employment.” Uses to be preserved include light industrial, commercial, and creative office. The district also recommends incentivizing affordable housing for artists and freelance creatives. The industrial mixed-use zone aims to create an urban district that provides industrial employment alongside affordable housing, while recognizing that without intentional regulation, increasing entitlements can accelerate the industrial land conversion process. Lessons learned and recommendations from the implementation process suggest that zone districts should require industrial space in new development; zoning should be explicit about what industrial uses are permitted and ensure other code regulations do not prevent those operations; and land use tools should be synchronized with economic programs to help support the viability of these businesses. Affordable Industrial Hybrid Industrial Hybrid Industrial Outdoor Center 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 41DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 102 of 232 CASE STUDY WALKABILITY AND GROUND FLOOR ACTIVATION Urban ‘walkability’ has connected the fields of urban planning and design to broader issues of public health, climate change, economic productivity, and social equity. Density, functional mix, and access networks are recognized as key factors: density concentrates more people and places within walkable distances; functional mix produces a greater range of walkable destinations; and access networks guides the flow of pedestrian traffic through the area. Pedestrian friendly zones are defined by three points: (1) The area should be attractive to pedestrians. Once they have arrived and are presented with the functional requirements of safe and manageably walkable routes, details such placemaking, wayfinding, and district character are needed to encourage the pedestrian to walk. (2) The combination of routes and destinations throughout the area must be safe and supportive (friendly) to pedestrians. (3) The destinations in the area must be within walking distance from residences, offices, or vehicular connection points, such as a transit zone. Station areas are used to create a denser and more walkable environment around transit facilities. Typically, a station area is about 1/4 mile in diameter and centered on the transit center supplied with a mix of housing, offices, shops, and services. Adding office and residential uses in the mix assures a certain level of around-the- clock activity. Regardless of their form and uses a pedestrian-friendly community must provide attractive, safe, and walkable access to these areas. STATION AREA FRAMEWORK RECOMMENDATIONS • Apply zoning that aligns with the uses and locations of the Place Types to the Station Area. This may necessitate the creation of new zoning districts or modification of existing districts that emphasize or require mixed use that includes light industrial uses. • Consider the expansion of the existing Form Based Code (FBC) to enable targeted incentives within the Station Area for development that aligns with TOD principles as outlined in the STAMP. • Provide technical assistance for property managers and engage residential and business tenants to provide ground floor uses that serve the local community’s needs. • Formalize the application of Station Area Place Types within a larger Citywide Place Types framework to create an area-specific FBC. • Update (or modernize) existing industrial definitions to include allowances for uses such as live/work, maker space, etc. • Potential to repurpose some existing surface parking into pedestrian-friendly development, new circulation, and/or supportive spaces.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 103 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 43 3b: (Re)development Opportunities When considering redevelopment or change in the Station Area, there are four primary approaches that could take place: 1) Renovation and/or Expansion, 2) Infill Development, 3) Redevelopment, and 4) No Change. These approaches are described in greater detail on the following pages, and an example application of these approaches is suggested on the map below. This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyRedevelopment Approach Diagram This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 104 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK RENOVATION AND/OR EXPANSION Assuming that some change is desired by the current or future private building and property owners, a renovation or expansion may be the appropriate approach. This approach best allows for the preservation of some of the physical character in the Station Area, while allowing for new needs to be addressed. Within a renovation and/or expansion, there are three primary types: Support Current Use There are some current uses and buildings within the Station Area that will likely be appropriate in the future. However, the current private use may wish to expand to address the evolving needs of their consumer base. Examples of supporting a current use may include internal technology upgrades, public realm enhancements or other improvements that allows that use to continue to best serve the community. Add Use It may be that a current use and building in the Station Area is still viable but would benefit by expending or diversifying its services either with its existing tenants, or potentially new ones. The addition of uses will help positively contribute to the overall user experience in the area, as these new uses are able to more nimbly address the immediate needs of internal and external users. An example of this may be an existing private office use desiring to incorporate a publicly accessible coffee shop in their building. Adaptive Reuse The fullest form of renovation and/or expansion of a property would be an adaptive reuse of an existing building or buildings. This type of redevelopment has the greatest potential for retaining some of the existing architecture and character of the area, while responding to the new needs of the community and realities of the market. Adaptive reuse should prioritize interior renovations, with minimal impact to the exterior, except when greatly contributing to the quality of the public realm. Examples of this may include a former warehouse or industrial space that is now used as an office. INFILL DEVELOPMENT (ON SURFACE PARKING) If a private building owner chooses to reinvest in their property, but their current building size or quality is inadequate for future needs, infill development of existing surface parking is another approach. Given the shared nature of much of the surface parking in the Station Area, redevelopment of these spaces needs to be carefully coordinated and calibrated to ensure the parking and access needs are still met for other existing business. One primary infill strategy would be the construction of a district-based garage or garage(s). By consolidating the parking provision for a larger area, smaller parking lots may become more viable for infill development in support of the adjacent businesses and uses. REDEVELOPMENT The greatest opportunity for change, however, likely lies with full redevelopment of individual and assembled parcels. Given the age, quality and scale of many of the existing buildings, new development may be required to fulfill expectations from new tenants, many of whom will seek more space, broader amenities, and higher building quality than is currently provided. Notwithstanding the level of market demand, it is critical to recognize that DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 105 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 45 current landowners have a disincentive to redevelop. The dated nature of most of the buildings suggest financing terms that were structured in the past and provide reasonably low financial hurdles. Within the context of a strong market, landowners can raise rents without significant investment, and the market data confirm this trend. Thus, there will likely need to be substantial incentives to motivate developers to move forward and redevelop structures that otherwise generate sufficient net operating income (NOI) to fulfill investment returns. • Consider financing tools that provide sufficient incentives to developers to catalyze development. • Determine levels and types of financial subsidies/gap closure assistance to be made available to developers looking to redevelop properties in accordance with this plan. • Review the City’s building and land use codes and remove unnecessary barriers to ensure that the scale and type of reuse and redevelopment envisioned for the Station Area is not being precluded. • Encourage adaptive reuse for buildings as identified on the Redevelopment Approach diagram that can serve the needs of their users and contribute to the preserving the existing Station Area character. • Create adaptive reuse guidelines to identify character-defining features of buildings identified for Adaptive Reuse on the Development Approach diagram, ensure renovation projects properly identify risk NO CHANGE The adoption of the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plan does not mean that change will or must happen. It only allows for it, and provides guidance for future change. Redevelopment of individual properties is determined by individual private property owners. They may choose to renovate, expand or redevelop altogether, or continue to operate in their existing buildings and with existing uses. factors, assess existing conditions, account for structural needs and, establish a work program, maximize potential uses and usable building space, and remain sensitive to the surrounding uses and context. • Incentivize catalytic (re)development of buildings near the intersection of Arapahoe Avenue and 55th Street in particular, as these are nearest the BRT station and could help stimulate redevelopment in other parts of the Station Area. See the Development Diagram for more detail. • Assemble a cross-department staff team to review/guide development in the Station Area. • Consider regulations for new development which would require new development to address community needs and civic amenity, such as affordable housing, multimodal connections to transit, and placemaking. • Concentrate housing, employment, and retail opportunities near the station to best leverage the investment. RECOMMENDATIONS DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 106 of 232 Diagrammatic step back example, City of Burlington Design Guidelines STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 3c: Building Form Though land use prioritization varies throughout the Station Area, there are four key tenets to building design that should be addressed in any redevelopment. The application of these tenets will ensure that, regardless of use, the end products are positively contributing to the quality of the user experience. VERTICALLY INTEGRATED MIXED USE AND STACKING Different place types will naturally result in some horizontal mixed use development and redevelopment in the Station Area. In order to achieve the desired level of density and activity in the Station Area, development should emphasize a vertically integrated mix of uses of at least three stories in support of an activated ground floor. While commercial/office and residential are assumed to be the primary uses above the ground floor, the ground floor can house a multitude of uses. SETBACKS With rights-of-way that are relatively constrained and a desire for active ground floors, 10-foot minimum setbacks can provide public space in the Innovation TOD (Residential) and Neighborhood TOD Place Types. The setback will provide additional space for amenities, such as café seating, outdoor displays, micromobility elements, and landscaping. Within these setbacks, mechanical units, HVAC, etc. should be screened per design code standards so as to not negatively impact the visual quality of the user experience. STEP BACKS Concern was voiced throughout the engagement process of a ‘canyon effect’, where large, monolithic buildings, with little to no roof articulation, constructed on both sides of the street edge would diminish the experience due to a feeling a being closed in. One primary tool in addressing these concerns are step backs, where after a certain height or floor, the upper floors ‘step back’ from the Third Floor Set Back Example DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 107 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 47 primary façade. This does two primary things – first, it provides a visual relief by creating a cascading volume that steps down to the street. Second, this provides an opportunity to activate the upper floors as well, offering areas to gather adjacent to but separate from the public realm. This step back should occur after the second or third floor depending on the scale of the development and should align with the City’s existing form-based code or with an area-specific form-based code. However, in the Innovation TOD (Non-Residential) Place Type, the step back can be minimized or reduced so long as other elements of the building form contribute to the positive user experience at the ground floor. Additionally, given the proximity of established, single family residential neighborhoods , similar step backs should be employed in order create a ‘wedding cake effect’, where buildings step down towards lower scale developments. BUILDING ARTICULATION Along with step backs, attention should be given to the overall building form and the placement of doors and windows, especially along street fronts that continue unbroken for a longer distance. The building face should not extend more than 300’ along the same plane without some sort of notable change in volume, setback or material along both 55th and Arapahoe. Internal to the development, the building face should not extend more than 200’ unbroken to create a greater level of urban ‘texture’ and variety in the user experience. The expectation is that tenant improvements are catering towards smaller spaces within standard floor plate sizes, as opposed to • Consider expanding Boulder’s form-based code to the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area to provide more detailed standards on step backs and building articulation to enforce the importance of designing public spaces at a human scale. Future form-based code regulations are assumed to supersede specific numerical recommendations in this section. • Work with developers to ensure buildings step back after the third story to mitigate the ‘canyon effect’ and create a more comfortable human scale. Consider utilizing stepped back areas for patios, planters, and shared open space that is accessible for building users. • Work with developers, create regulatory tools, or apply design guidelines to ensure that new buildings within the Station Area provide regular articulation and detail, such as accent lines, wall recesses, projections, balconies, awnings, and material changes, to create visual interest. RECOMMENDATIONS large, industrial, single-use spaces. Floor-to-floor heights are a critical determinant for industrial uses, and ground floors above 14’ in height should not count towards multiple floors if that use still actively engages the public realm.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 108 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 3d: Transportation and Mobility The Station Area Framework envisions an inviting and accessible multimodal network that provides strong connections within the Station Area and to the surrounding community for all residents, employees, and visitors. Implementation of the Station Area Framework will improve the mobility of people, goods, and services by improving transportation options for travelers. The STAMP integrates infrastructure and policy recommendations to ensure a complete transportation network that encourages multimodal travel. This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyStreet Types Diagram This diagram is for illustrative purposes only Note: Dotted Lines in the Street Hierarchy indicate street alignments that do not currently exist today. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 109 of 232 Precedent Images that describe the character and quality of transportation and mobility in the future station area 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 49DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 110 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK AN INTERCONNECTED NETWORK OF STREET TYPES The proposed street network in the 55th and Arapahoe Area focuses on providing access to safe and comfortable streets for all users. The Preferred Concept - Street Types Diagram details the proposed street hierarchy and types. These streets are defined by Boulder’s Design and Construction Standards, Pedestrian Crossing Treatment Installation Guidelines, and other Boulder policies and standard practices in contemporary street design. This section begins with a discussion of the two arterial roadways that create the major axes of the Station Area – 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue – and then details each of the four proposed street types with considerations for specific applications within the Station Area. 55th Street 55th Street plays an important role in the overall transportation system and the short and long-term success of the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Master Plan. 55th Street is the main north – south transportation corridor in this subcommunity of Boulder and provides connectivity to major destinations including the Municipal Airport, multiple neighborhoods, industrial parks, recreational facilities, other transportation corridors and several businesses, to name a few. Additionally, 55th is an important street in the area that supports the delivery of goods and services to the current and future land uses. As redevelopment occurs along 55th Street, access management should be considered and new driveways or access should only occur on side streets like Western Avenue and Conestoga Court. Access management strategies will improve the safety and comfort of people walking and biking by reducing the number of driveways, which create conflict zones with turning vehicles. Limiting access points also improves the movement of through traffic and reduces vehicle conflicts and crashes An initial analysis of the existing conditions and traffic volume data was completed, and ideas for conceptual street cross-sections on 55th Street were developed. The cross-sections can be found in the appendix. Below is a list of the cross-sections that were considered: • Alternative 1: Multi-use Path within the existing ROW – Four travel lanes, one center left turn lane, and two multi-use paths. • Alternative 2: Multi-use Path with dedicated ROW – Four travel lanes, one center left turn lane, amenity zones , and two multi-use paths. • Alternative 3 : Horizontally Separated Bike Lanes with dedicated ROW – Four travel Lanes, one center left turn lane, buffered bike lanes, amenity zones, and sidewalks. • Alternative 4: Vertically Separated Bike Lanes with dedicated ROW – Four travel Lanes, one center left turn lane, curb and vertically separated bike lanes, amenity zones, sidewalks. Based upon the initial analysis and limited resources, it is recommended that a full Corridor Plan be completed to develop the vision for 55th Street and its functionality in the larger transportation system. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 111 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 51 55th Street, Looking North – Potential Future Condition 55th Street, Looking North – Existing Condition This rendering is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 112 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Arapahoe Avenue, Looking West – Proposed Condition Arapahoe Avenue, Looking West – Existing Condition This rendering is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 113 of 232 16-111 C.1.0 042217.jpg NEW East Arapahoe Renderings 042217 EXISTING CONDITIONS (TYPICAL)A Vision for 2040 The long-term vision for East Arapahoe describes the desired future condition of the corridor by the year 2040. The vision is dynamic—recognizing that change will come in phases— and responsive to evolving community planning, mobility advancements, and how private development shapes the corridor. The following sections identify the key vision elements, demonstrate how the vision knits the character districts together, and provide detail about each key element. 20 | EAST ARAPAHOE TRANSPORTATION PLAN 2040 VISION The long-term vision for East Arapahoe includes: • Two general-purpose traffic lanes are maintained in each direction, except in a portion of Character District D and in District E, where the existing condition will be retained. • Regional BRT service connects downtown Boulder to I-25 and Brighton via State Highway 7. BRT operates in business access and transit (BAT) lanes. BAT lanes also accomodate HOVs, local buses, right-turning vehicles, and new technologies such as shared autonomous/connected vehicles. • Raised protected bike lanes, with a multi-use path, except in Character District E; the protected bike lane may be set back from or adjacent to the street. • Amenity zones enhance the streetscape and public realm. EAST ARAPAHOE TRANSPORTATION PLAN | 2155TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 53 Arapahoe Avenue The East Arapahoe Transportation Plan sets out a long-range vision that will be implemented over time, with safety, access, and mobility improvements that can be phased incrementally to improve conditions for people working and living in the corridor now and into the future. In the future, East Arapahoe Avenue will include the following features: • Two general-purpose traffic lanes in each direction • Curbside business access and transit lanes accommodate local and regional transit, right-turning vehicles, high occupancy vehicles and new technologies such as shared autonomous and connected vehicles • Raised separated bike lanes with a multi-use path create safe, comfortable places for people to walk and bike • Amenity zones enhance the streetscape and public realm As redevelopment occurs along the north and south sides of Arapahoe Avenue, access management should be considered, and new driveways or access should only occur on side streets like Conestoga Street and Range Street. East Arapahoe Transportation Plan Existing Arapahoe Avenue Section East Arapahoe Transportation Plan Proposed Arapahoe Avenue SectionDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 114 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK ACTIVATION STREET – CONESTOGA COURT (Conestoga Street to 56th Street) Activation Street – Conestoga Court (Conestoga Street to 56th Street) Section and Plan Location Diagram This new street is envisioned as the “main street” for the Station Area and will provide access to residential and non-residential Innovation TODs and accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle travel. Conestoga Court facilitates access to the future multi-use path along Dry Creek Ditch #2 to the east side of 56th Street. The street design on Conestoga Court includes wide detached sidewalks to facilitate active ground floors that may include cafes, restaurants with outdoor dining, or commercial space that allows visitors to dwell and enjoy enhanced pedestrian amenities while still allowing 8’ of passable space. The roadway is multimodal and is intended for pedestrians, bicycles, and slow-moving motor vehicles. No dedicated bicycle facility, such as a bike lane, is planned as this street is designed to be a shared environment for bikes and cars. It has one travel lane in each direction and curbside parking lanes on both sides. Enhanced pedestrian facilities, like a raised intersection at 54th Street, are proposed to keep vehicle speeds low and improve the experience for people walking or biking through the area. Activation Street Local Street DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 115 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 55 Running along the westernmost edge of the Station Area, Range Street will provide pedestrian, bicycle, and motor vehicle access to the non-residential Innovation TOD place types. Pedestrians may utilize the detached sidewalk on the east side of the roadway as well as the detached multi-use path on the west side of the roadway. The multi-use path will serve as part of Boulder’s low-stress network, offering a facility for people biking who may not be comfortable sharing the roadway with vehicles, particularly heavy vehicle traffic. The roadway design, however, will provide a safe options for bicyclists who feel comfortable riding in mixed traffic. One 8’ parking lane on the east side of the roadway and 8’ wide amenity zones to support street trees and other amenities are included as well. LOCAL STREET – RANGE STREET (Arapahoe Avenue to Railroad) Local Street – Range Street (Arapahoe Avenue to Railroad) Section and Plan Location Diagram (opposite page) Mountable element, rollover curb example Range Street, as well as other local streets described in this section, will be designed with intersections to allow for delivery and heavy vehicle operations, such as small curb radii with mountable elements to allow for large vehicle turning movements to occur. Prior to implementation of any mountable element (typically an additional element in addition to the curb), determination of the design would want to be agreed upon to determine if a mountable element is needed. Treatments such as raised driveway crossings, crosswalk markings, or green markings at intersections and driveways to reduce pedestrian conflicts are proposed and reduce crossing distances, while still creating a comfortable experience for all users. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 116 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK LOCAL STREET – CONESTOGA COURT (Range Street to Conestoga Street) Local Street – Conestoga Court (Range Street to Conestoga Street) Section Plan Location Diagram Conestoga Court from Range Street to Conestoga Street is a new street running through the non- residential Innovation TOD place types connecting the western edge of the Station Area to the main activation corridor. Conestoga Court will accommodate pedestrians and bicyclists with two 12’ multi-use paths detached by 8’ amenity zones, as well as a shared roadway condition for people biking. Two 10’ travel lanes should encourage slow vehicle speeds for bicyclists to be comfortable operating with motor vehicles. Two 8’ curbside parking lanes are also proposed. Additionally, the network of multi-use paths within the station area will provide a low stress off-street option for people riding bikes, walking, and riding other micromobility devices, such as e-scooters, and make connections to the residential area to the south or the Boulder Creek Path to the north. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 117 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 57 Plan Location Diagram LOCAL STREET – CONESTOGA STREET (Arapahoe Avenue to Conestoga Court) Local Street – Conestoga Street (Arapahoe Avenue to Conestoga Court) Section This section of Conestoga Street lies between the non-residential and residential Innovation TOD place types and will facilitate access to the Station Area from the south via the existing traffic signal at Arapahoe Avenue. Similar to Range Street, Conestoga Street will support pedestrians and bicyclists with one 8’ multi-use path on the west side, as well as a 5’ sidewalk on the east side and a roadway designed for people biking to share the roadway with vehicles. The roadway design contains two 12’ travel lanes and two 8’ curbside parking lanes.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 118 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK LOCAL STREET – CONESTOGA STREET (Conestoga Court to Western Avenue) Local Street – Conestoga Street (Conestoga Court to Western Avenue) Section The northern end of Conestoga Street also sits between non-residential and residential TOD place types and has a similar proposed layout to the segment south of Conestoga Court. The main difference is that this section will contain two 6’ sidewalks with 7.5’ amenity zones instead of one sidewalk and one multi-use path. People biking from the south may continue east or west on Conestoga Court to access the activation area or Boulder Creek Path, or they may comfortably share the roadway with vehicles on this block. The roadway contains two 12’ travel lanes and two 8’ curbside parking lanes. Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 119 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 59 LOCAL STREET – CONESTOGA STREET (Arapahoe Avenue to Neighborhood) - New Street Local Street – Conestoga Street (Neighborhood to Arapahoe Avenue) Section In the southernmost end of the Station Area, Conestoga Street connects to the existing multi-use path leading to Brandt Court in the neighborhood south of the Station Area. This will be a new street containing a 10’ multi-use path on the west side and 6’ sidewalk on the east side, both with 8’ amenity zones, to align with the northern sections. The proposed roadway will accommodate people biking and slow-moving motor vehicle traffic with to 12’ travel lanes. Additionally, two 8’ curbside parking lanes are proposed. Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 120 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK LOCAL STREET – WESTERN AVENUE (Range Street to 56th Street) Local Street – Western Avenue (Range Street to 56th Street) Section Western Avenue spans the northern end of the Station Area from east to west, creating a connection between the nonresidential and residential Innovation TOD areas. The proposed layout for Western Avenue will provide two 8’ multi-use paths with 7.5’ amenity zones for people walking and biking, as well as shared 12’ travel lanes for bikes and motor vehicles. One 8’ parking lane on the south side of the roadway is also recommended. Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 121 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 61 LOCAL STREET – 56TH STREET (Arapahoe Avenue to Conestoga Court) Local Street – 56th Street (Arapahoe Avenue to Conestoga Court) Section Situated on the eastern side of the Station Area, 56th Street runs north and south serving the neighborhood TOD and residential Innovation TOD areas. Narrow existing R.O.W. on 56th Street provides room for 6’ sidewalks with 6’ amenity zones to support pedestrians and a 16’ shared two-way travel lane for bicyclists and slow-moving motor vehicles. Two 8’ curbside parking lanes are also planned. Because 56th is further from the industrial land uses, less heavy vehicle traffic is anticipated, which should create a comfortable slow street for shared bicycling conditions. Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 122 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK PEDESTRIAN – BIKE – EMERGENCY ACCESS STREET Pedestrian – Bike – Emergency Access Street Section The Pedestrian – Bike – Emergency Access Street Type is planned for two locations within the study area. The far east segment of Conestoga Court (east of 56th Street) and the existing alley south of the commercial business strip south of Arapahoe Avenue. This street type will consist of a 14’-wide shared street flanked by two 8’-wide amenity zones that would support trees and other pedestrian-scale features. These streets would only allow bicycle, pedestrian, micromobility devices, and emergency vehicles as needed. Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 123 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 63 New Local Streets (standard sidewalks) – Western Avenue (55th Street to 56th Street), 54th Street (Arapahoe Avenue to Western Avenue), Conestoga Street (Western Avenue to Railroad), 56th Street (Conestoga Court to Western Avenue) Section New local streets recommended for the Station Area that do not fall within any of the previously described sections are designed with a typical section containing 6’ sidewalks with 8’ amenity zones, two 10’ travel lanes, and two 8’ curbside parking lanes. The addition of these streets complete the street network within the Station Area. NEW LOCAL STREETS (STANDARD SIDEWALKS) – Western Avenue (55th Street to 56th Street), 54th Street (Arapahoe Avenue to Western Avenue), Conestoga Street (Western Avenue to Railroad), 56th Street (Conestoga Court to Western Avenue) Plan Location Diagram DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 124 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK MULTIMODAL CONNECTIVITY The street network accommodates several transportation modes, including walking, bicycling, micromobility, transit and driving. The supporting infrastructure proposed for the Station Area is designed to interconnect safely and facilitate easy transfers between modes. The following section identifies the needed infrastructure and respective considerations for each of the modes. PROPOSED ENHANCED INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDE: • Signalized Intersection Improvements: crosswalks, pedestrian refuge islands, and operational improvements, leading pedestrian intervals, turn restrictions, and pedestrian recall. • Unsignalized Intersection (stop sign) Improvements: curb extensions, crosswalks, pedestrian refuge islands, and traffic circles. • Mid-block Improvements (should be considered for all long (~400 feet or longer) commercial and residential blocks): Raised and/or marked crosswalks for high volume crossings, curb extensions to enhance crossing visibility at lower volume crossings. Proposed Walking Network A well-connected walking network reduces the distances people have to travel to reach their destinations and increases the options for routes of travel that will ultimately facilitate more walking trips. The improvements proposed for the Station Area include detached sidewalks and enhanced street crossings. These improvements will comfortably and safely connect people to the places they live, work, and play. In addition to sidewalks, well-designed crossings are a critical element in creating a comfortable and safe walking experience. In the Station Area, signalized and unsignalized intersections and marked midblock crossings will be the primary crossing locations for pedestrians , as shown on the Intersection Improvements and Bike Facilities map. Enhanced intersection pedestrian crossing Enhanced midblock pedestrian crossing DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 125 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 65 DEFINITIONS: Leading Pedestrian Intervals (LPI) provide pedestrians with a 3-7 second head start when crossing an enhanced intersection before vehicles traveling in the same direction get a green signal. This provides increased visibility for pedestrians in the crosswalks before vehicles are allowed to perform turning movements. Pedestrian Signal Recalls provide a pedestrian walk signal at every signal cycle. This is used in places where high pedestrian traffic is anticipated and helps create a more pedestrian, transit, and bicycle- friendly environment. This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyIntersection Improvements and Bike Facilities Diagram This diagram is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 126 of 232 Proposed Biking and Micromobility Network The bicycle facilities proposed within the Station Area Framework are designed to complement the existing robust system of multi-use pathways surrounding the Station Area. Additionally, the proposed biking and micromobility network was informed by input from the community and City of Boulder staff, and from recent input received from the community and City of Boulder staff. The facilities are shown on the Intersection Improvements and Bike Facilities map and are a mixture of on- and off-street facilities to support comfortable and safe bicycling and for people utilizing other micromobility devices, such as electric scooters and skateboards. As discussed in the street type narrative, the main arterials, 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue, are planned to have separated bicycle facilities. With the exception of Conestoga Court and the segment of Conestoga Street between Arapahoe Avenue and Conestoga Court, a Neighborhood Green Street approach has been applied for people bicycling or using micromobility devices on streets within the Station Area. Traffic calming elements like curb extensions, median islands, and neighborhood traffic circles should be considered to keep traffic volumes and speeds low to provide a safe and comfortable environment for all users of the roadway. Multi-use paths on both sides of the street are recommended for Conestoga Court and the segment of Conestoga Street between Arapahoe Avenue and Conestoga Court to provide a dedicated facility, separated from vehicles, for people accessing the Station Area or connecting to the Boulder Creek Path north of the medical campus. Off street micromobility parking Multi-use path crossing STATION AREA FRAMEWORK DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 127 of 232 Proposed Transit Network A key feature of the Station Area will be the high frequency, high quality regional Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) service along Arapahoe Avenue. The BRT route will connect the Station Area to the Downtown Boulder Transit Station and communities to the east. In addition to the BRT, the planned high frequency HOP transit service connection along 55th Street to Boulder Junction Station will provide convenient and regular connections between the Station Area and another vibrant TOD with additional transit route connections. The transit service along 55th Street will provide a convenient connection to walking, bicycling, and shared micromobility for Flatiron Park employees and visitors to connect to the BRT on Arapahoe Avenue. The FF6 Flatiron Flyer route, suspended due to the pandemic, is expected to be reestablished in the future and will provide additional connections to Boulder Junction, as well as communities to the south and Denver Union Station. In the Station Area itself, the BRT and transit routes along Arapahoe Avenue will be accessed by two enhanced transit stations at the intersection of 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue. Both eastbound and westbound stations are envisioned to have curbside boarding that will include a comfortable shelter, seating, lighting, signage, and bicycle and micromobility parking. Additional mobility hub elements are recommended for the station and outlined in Chapter 4. These curbside stations are not envisioned to be Park-n-Rides. Most patrons are expected to arrive or depart from the stations by foot, bicycle, or electric micromobility. Vehicular parking for patrons arriving by personal vehicle, car share, or vanpool will be available in shared parking lots and/or parking structures distributed throughout the Station Area. Notably, the City has completed the design to enhance the current eastbound transit stop east of 55th Street with a shelter, seating, bicycle parking, and trash cans and will begin construction in 2022. Transit stop kiosk Transit stop bicycle storage 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 67DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 128 of 232 SUPPORTIVE STRATEGIES There are many management strategies that improve the operational efficiency of a transportation network and also support and encourage multimodal travel. This section describes the curbside and parking management, TDM, and mobility hub strategies that will support comfortable navigation throughout the Station Area by people using any combination of travel modes. Curbside and Parking Management Effective, efficient, and easy to use and understand curbside and parking management in the Station Area will be critical to support the industrial and commercial businesses and provide a convenient location for travelers to park their mode of travel when not on foot. A district shared parking strategy, guided by Access Management and Parking Strategies (AMPS), that follows SUMP principles – shared, unbundled, managed, and paid – is envisioned for on- and off-street (surface lot or garage) parking spaces in the Station Area (see Chapter 4 for more detail). District parking will allow parking spaces to be shared among multiple land uses throughout the day. For example, office and flex industrial buildings will have a higher demand during the day while restaurants and bars will see demand for parking spaces for their employees and customers peak in the evening. The same parking space could be used by multiple different land uses and users throughout the day, rather than sitting empty after an office employee goes home for the day. Parking management strategies such as locating short-term parking on-street close to high turnover businesses such as coffee shops and pricing on- street parking higher than off-street parking will further support the efficient use of the parking supply. Encouraging retail employees to park in On street micromobility temporary parking Curbside delivery zone STATION AREA FRAMEWORK DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 129 of 232 off-street facilities on the edges of the Station Area through incentives or lower priced parking spaces will provide more spaces for customers and visitors in the heart of the development. By optimizing parking supply, additional space is freed up for pedestrian amenities and catalyzing land uses. In addition to managing the curb for vehicle storage, space needs to be provided for freight vehicles to load and unload goods, micromobility parking, Transportation Network Companies (TNCs), such as Uber and Lyft, to pick up and drop off passengers, and more recently, curbside pick-up of goods by residents and visitors. All of these users must share the limited space within the ROW and at the curbside. There are many strategies to use this space efficiently, such as real-time loading zone reservations and dynamic on-street parking pricing. The City has kicked off the development of a Curbside Management Policy and Program that will establish guidance for the Station Area to manage this high demand resource as new development and people move to the area. As the Station Area redevelops and more people live, work, visit, and are employed in the area, the parking demand will increase. However, it is not anticipated to be developed at rates seen in other less dense, more suburban areas in the Front Range because many people will choose to use the high-quality multimodal transportation network rather than drive. There are many surface parking lots in the Station Area that are likely underutilized at times throughout the day based on studies of similar surface lots in Boulder. These unoccupied, but already constructed parking spaces can provide opportunities to phase the construction of new parking spaces during redevelopment. This in turn will support the full implementation of the District shared parking strategy and construction of garage(s), as discussed in Chapter 4. Temporary parking space reuse Van pool parking 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 69DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 130 of 232 Transportation Demand Management Boulder is well known for its cutting-edge Transportation Demand Management (TDM) policies and practices and many of the strategies can be implemented right away in the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. In particular, the TDM strategies employed at the Boulder Junction development can provide an excellent model for the developing 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. At Boulder Junction, all residents and employees receive an RTD EcoPass, which is an annual, unlimited ride transit pass, a membership to Colorado Carshare, and BCycle bikeshare memberships. These on-going TDM programs are funded through the TDM Access District, a general improvement district that collects property taxes from residential and commercial developments. See Chapter 4 for more information about the recommended district approach for this Station Area. Mobility Hub Strategies A critical element in the Station Area will include mobility hubs at the BRT stations and a suite of mobility hub features strategically distributed throughout the area to support adjacent land uses and the transportation network. A mobility hub is a convergence point that seamlessly integrates various modes with a focus on improving traveler experience through high-quality infrastructure and amenities. Additionally, mobility hubs provide an opportunity to prioritize social equity, enhanced sense of place, and effective partnerships. Mobility hubs are context-sensitive solutions that are adaptable to a variety of locations, from neighborhoods to major urban centers. Each location requires a unique design and mixture of elements, but many include the features described in this section. Some of these mobility hub elements STATION AREA FRAMEWORK CASE STUDY MANAGING PARKING AND INDUSTRIAL SANCTUARIES Central Eastside, Portland The Central Eastside (CES) Urban Renewal Area is a subdistrict of Portland’s Central City historically known for industrial services, warehousing and distribution, and manufacturing. The area is now considered a major employment center with a unique character, where preserved historic buildings exist among new developments. Over time, more intensive industrial businesses have moved away from the district because of operational constraints such as small blocks and the area’s grid pattern. A majority of CES is designated as an Industrial Sanctuary which encourages the growth of industrial activities by preserving land for manufacturing purposes. Strategies for this preservation that should be considered for implementation of the STAMP include the use of several zone districts that prioritize industrial uses, the provision of overlays that protect historic resources and waterfront, and the creation of mixed use zones that allow for housing, commercial, and industrial uses to exist together. As the area grows, parking has been a significant concern for the adjacent neighborhoods, residents, and business owners. The plan developed the following key actions to address parking concerns, beginning with the creation of a Transportation and Parking Advisory Committee, which has implemented recommendations such as permit and meter districts, simplified parking zones, and customer priority areas. Cohesive parking management has shown to be an effective strategy for the area that should be considered for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area as well. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 131 of 232 There are currently six ChargePoint electric vehicle charging stations in the Station Area function best when distributed throughout a district (such as wayfinding), while others should be prioritized at key points (such as Public WiFi at transit stations). An in-depth analysis of local, regional, and national best practices for mobility hubs informed this recommendation and a list of resources can be found in the Appendix. Secure Private Bike and Micromobility Parking Areas Secure bike and micromobility parking areas may include cages, rooms, or lockers for storage with access limited to registered users. If shared, such facilities should also include racks that allow users to lock their devices via the frame. Secure parking is recommended at key locations within the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development, including BRT Stations and within mixed-use areas for long-term storage; meanwhile, standard bike racks should be distributed throughout the development for short- term storage needs. Shared Micromobility Access and Parking Micromobility parking provides designated space for people to access shared docked and dockless devices such as e-scooters and e-bikes. The designated space may be on-street (e.g. a re- purposed vehicle parking stall) or off-street on the raised curb adjacent to the sidewalk, in which case, the micromobility parking area should be designed to minimize obstruction to the pedestrian area. Micromobility parking is relatively low-cost and should be located frequently throughout the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development. Private and Shared Micromobility Charging Private and shared micromobility device charging consists of infrastructure that can be used to recharge e-scooters or e-bikes. This may be a docking station or regular electricity outlets with explanatory signage and branding. Micromobility charging is important to locate at busy micromobility parking locations such as BRT Stations or within mixed-use areas. 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 71 Jump bus in Boulder Bicycle share in Boulder DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 132 of 232 Electric Vehicle Charging Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging consists of infrastructure that people can use to recharge electric vehicles. Typically, designated parking spaces have chargers next to them so that drivers can leave cars charging while they are away. EV charging should typically be installed for off-street parking spaces, such as in the 55th and Arapahoe district parking garages. Car Share Car Share describes a system in which registered users have access to a shared vehicle or fleet of vehicles as an alternative to personal vehicle ownership. Designated Car Share spaces are recommended throughout the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development, with the exception of at the BRT stations where pedestrian and micromobility travel should be prioritized. Vanpool Vanpool is an arrangement where people travel together in a van, typically for commuting or connecting to a major transit station. For the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development, vanpool spaces should be located in garages throughout the development and near the BRT stations to support commuters. The City of Boulder’s TDM Program (discussed on page 64) provides monthly subsidies to all vanpool riders. Wayfinding Wayfinding connects people to places through a system of navigation that may consist of signage, pavement markings, maps, information kiosks, and other materials. Wayfinding should support travelers throughout the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area development, particularly where people transfer between transportation modes. Curbside Management Curbside Management is a collection of policies and practices put in place to allocate uses of the public right-of-way for vehicle and micromobility parking, loading, deliveries, and other activities such as temporary parklets or outdoor dining space. Curbside Management is a best practice throughout mobility hub areas. Public Information Display Public Information Displays (PIDs) are screens that provide real-time travel information to riders that may include the current time, arrival and departure times, bus gate locations, car share and micromobility locations and availability, and other useful details. PIDs are strongly recommended at transit stations, as well as other key locations including parking garages and in residential buildings. For example, PIDs in elevators or lobbies can assist people in trip planning on their way out the door. Public WiFi Public WiFi offers free access to the internet in community-oriented places such as transit stations. Public WiFi can enable travelers to utilize mobile trip planning, wayfinding, or fare payment. The 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development should include Public WiFi at BRT stations. Parcel Delivery Lockers Parcel delivery lockers are a collection of secure containers where delivery services may drop off or pick up packages, typically located in a convenient and centralized place such as a grocery store or transit station. Parcel delivery lockers can greatly increase the efficiency of delivery service trips and consolidate delivery vehicle traffic onto designated roadways. Parcel delivery lockers are recommended to be included in residential buildings and at BRT stations within the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue development. STATION AREA FRAMEWORK DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 133 of 232 • Prioritize and initiate a 55th Street Corridor Study. • Develop Access Management guidance for Arapahoe Avenue and 55th Street for reference during the development process. • Coordinate with shared micromobility providers to identify and delineate parking areas both on and off street in strategic locations as redevelopment occurs. • Develop parking management, transportation demand management (TDM) strategies, and mobility hub guidance for developers referencing Access Management Plan guidance. »Expand the existing TDM programs established in Central Area General Improvement District, University Hill General Improvement District, and Boulder Junction Access District to the Station Area district. Ensure that TDM strategies are implemented by existing and future developers and employers. Coordinate with RTD to establish an EcoPass for employees and residents. »Develop procedures and/or standards to ensure mobility hubs are constructed by new development. »Establish parking demand triggers to initiate parking management including time-limit restrictions, paid parking, and enforcement. »Identify surface parking lots in key distributed locations throughout the Station Area and work with owners to establish shared parking agreements as part of the shared parking phasing in advance of the construction of parking garages. Establish programs to encourage Station Area retail and restaurant employees to utilize surface lots instead of on-street parking spaces . • Identify pilot project recommendations, which could include: »Create temporary micromobility parking areas using paint, rubberized curbs, and plastic bollards to test location utilization rates. »Deploy private and shared micromobility charging infrastructure at high use micromobility parking areas. »Work with local organizations that manage car share and vanpool to see if subsidized pilot programs would be available for the first year of the BRT station opening. »Implement pop-up parklets to demonstrate alternative parking lane curb lane uses. • Position mobility hub elements, such as shared e-bikes and e-scooters, at strategic locations such as major destinations and employers. » Deploy “mini” mobility hubs could encourage to sustainable transportation modes for first and final mile connection to transit, especially for in-commuters. • Explore a microtransit circulator shuttle that connects to both the BRT and the HOP extension. »Consider funding through a public- private partnership. RECOMMENDATIONS 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 73DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 134 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 3e: Inclusivity and Affordability Market pressure in Boulder is strong and affects all types of development, including industrial, office, multifamily rentals, and all types of ownership residential. Given the degree of pressure, affordable options throughout the city are limited. Cultivating inclusivity and affordability has been an important theme for this plan, and a particular focus among community stakeholders. With expanded transit service, improved micromobility access and a bikeable and walkable urban fabric, the Station Area will have a strong framework for inclusive growth. A challenge to this, though, will be to carve out community amenities amidst the ever-growing market pressure. Market research conducted as part of this plan identified a surge of interest from large tech firms who bring resources that surpass most local firms. Thus, affordable commercial options are increasingly important in addition to the historic residential affordability challenges that are well documented. Inclusive and affordable growth strategies will need to be intentional and encompass both large- and small-scale efforts. Given that affordability is a challenge for both commercial and residential space, if the market is left to its own devices redevelopment in this area is unlikely to be affordable at levels desired by the community. To address this, the following strategies can be used to promote inclusive and affordable growth in the Station Area: Small Scale Development/Affordability by Design Scale will be a key aspect of maintaining affordability and inclusivity. Smaller housing units, offices, maker spaces, studios and retail spaces may be more costly per square foot, but provide a more affordable option for individuals, organizations and firms willing to accept a smaller space in order to enjoy a better location and attractive amenities. Breaking larger blocks and parcels into smaller development opportunities will also provide access to investors and developers that cannot always compete on larger projects. Affordable Commercial As outlined in the Appendix, the commercial nature of the Station Area has been changing from primarily industrial to more flex and office space. With that, the cost of renting in the area has changed as well. While historically seen as an “affordable employment” location, this has not been true of this area for a number of years. With the City’s employment landscape continuing to shift towards high tech and similar tenants, flex and office market is becoming more competitive, and there is increasing pressure to adapt old industrial sites to these uses. There are a number of ways to prioritize affordable employment space as the station area redevelops; however, due to the strength of the market, in general any strategy will require City and/or district involvement. One specific area to address affordable commercial is in ground floor spaces. Many times getting a “first space” is challenging for a business that is just starting up, particularly in established markets. A strategic approach to ground floor spaces can help provide access for small, new, and less resourced businesses. There are several mechanisms being employed successfully in other communities to provide better curation and management of ground floor spaces. Ground floor easements, master leases, shared management and other strategies are allowing governments and other entities to better cultivate the mix and type of tenants that they desire. There are many complexities related to providing DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 135 of 232 District Centered Retail Small Scale Commercial Storefronts Ground Floor Retail under Parking 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 75 affordable commercial space. The recommended path forward is to build on the local success established by the City elsewhere in Boulder, and to empower a general improvement district to own and manage affordable commercial within a parking garage development. Similar to the City’s approach to parking structures that it owns and operates in other districts, this district would act as the landlord and have specifications for how spaces are advertised and managed as well as the criteria for tenant selection. Tenants would be identified consistent with the City’s retail and services strategy, and would enable the City to replicate its success within the Station Area at 55th and Arapahoe. Affordable Residential There is a strong interest from the community and stakeholders to increase the supply of affordable and mixed income housing throughout the Station Area, providing both rental and ownership housing at a mix of price points to support a diverse community. Mixed-income housing communities are developments that comprise differing levels of affordability, with some units at market rate and others available to low- and moderate-income households through the City’s affordable housing programs. Affordable and mixed-income housing can be realized in a variety of housing types including apartments, townhomes, and mixed-use. Because mixed-income housing is typically more diverse and higher density, it is a complementary use to incorporate within a transit-supportive district, and access to transit can provide additional benefits to residents. While affordable housing is a key goal of this area’s redevelopment, as an industrial area transitioning into a mixed-used district, context residential development is likely to be more of a challenge than commercial. The plan will “move with the market” – DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 136 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK current conditions are more conducive to commercial/ flex development, and residential will follow as the area changes. Building new housing will likely be difficult in the early years of plan implementation as amenities to support residents (e.g. retail, access to open space, civic areas for residents) are also being developed. In addition, the strong market means that without incentives or city subsidy, high costs of land and development are likely to dictate the type of housing that is built; as the most relevant comparable property, Parc Mosaic, demonstrates that high development costs necessitate high rents. Because of this, the development of affordable housing will likely need to be considered separately from market-rate housing. Incorporating affordable housing sites, set asides, and/or financing incentives will be important tools to increase affordable inventory. One of the most effective tools to address housing in this area will be land dedication and/or land acquisition. With land dedications, the City can land bank for future development and partner with various local entities to develop a project. This does not require the City to own and manage a dispersed set of units, which can be particularly challenging, and provides an extended period of time between the dedication and eventual construction, which is often needed to structure the financing for affordable projects. Seeking land opportunities should be a high priority, outlined further in the recommendations. With the arrival of BRT and high frequency service, there is an opportunity to leverage public and private investment along the corridor to support policies and programs that create and preserve affordability. Partnerships will also be key, to utilize the expertise of local agencies (such as Boulder Housing Partners) who have a proven track record of developing affordable housing in this market context.Industrial residential with Ground floor Retail Industrial residential Multifamily Residential with Ground floor Retail DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 137 of 232 Curated Public Art in RiNo RiNo Apartments Industrial Adaptive Reuse in RiNo CASE STUDY CREATING A VIBRANT DISTRICT WHILE ACCOUNTING FOR PROVISION OF INDUSTRY AND AFFORDABILITY RiNo, Denver, CO The River North (RiNo) Art District in Denver was once a heavy industrial district along the Platte River. Since 2016, when the River North Plan was amended, RiNo quickly evolved into a haven for local creatives and businesses with studios, breweries, and shops that occupy old warehouses and adaptive reuse buildings. This shift retained the physical history and character while offering the district a new breath of life and function. The Plan divided the area into five Primary Land Use Areas, each emphasizing a different mix of uses including: Commercial Mixed-Use, Residential Mixed-Use, Transit Oriented Development, Industrial Mixed-Use, and River Corridor Mixed- Use. The Plan however discouraged heavy industrial uses, which has led to the loss of much of the industrial and employment in the area. Additional guidance within the Plan emphasized improvements to the transportation network, including recommendations for transit and multimodal infrastructure that serves the study area and adjacent neighborhoods, and connects RiNo to downtown. Monuments, signage, and artistic urban design features created way finding for major attractions and a cohesive district character. The Plan also encouraged the inclusion of a variety of housing types, prices, and sizes, including subsidized units. As a result of these recommendations and an ever-growing Denver market, residential has become one of the primary uses in RiNo, although affordability is still a major issue in the district. The establishment of district that supports art and culture, the encouragement of multiple types of mixed use, and strategic mobility improvements are all strategies that should be considered for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area as well. 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 77DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 138 of 232 Commercial • Support commercial and retail service diversity that caters to a mix of incomes. • In conjunction with the development of a district-serving parking garage, seek to incorporate affordable commercial space on the first floor of this structure. • Support community-serving uses to give residents proximate access to daily necessities; to do this, define eligible tenants who will benefit from affordable commercial space (e.g. childcare, health services, nonprofits), consistent with the City’s Retail and Service Strategy. • To encourage community-serving retail development, ensure adequate space for a commercial anchor (e.g. entertainment, grocery) to draw traffic to support ancillary tenants as well as nearby residential areas. Residential • Continue existing City programs (development or preservation, land purchase, community benefit regulations) and consider new programs (e.g. tax and/or fee waivers, expedited approvals or other regulatory assistance) that provide regulatory and financial incentives for affordable housing development. • Support the development of affordable housing, on land immediately adjacent to the proposed district parking structure . • Create opportunities for developers to fulfill City housing requirements with “land-in- lieu” transfers to the City, providing sites for future affordable housing development within this area (note that this may require code changes to allow subdivision of parcels) Explore utilizing the Boulder Urban Renewal Authority and Tax Increment Financing to fund affordable housing development. • Prioritize partnerships with affordable housing developers (Boulder Housing Partners and/or other nonprofit developers). • Support a Low Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) (4% or 9%) project in this area if/ when an opportunity arises (public support may include securing land, gap financing, or other mechanisms). All Development • Implement maximum parking standards within the Station Area through regulatory tools. Specifically, the City should update the development code to include parking maximums instead of minimums. • Provide parking standard relief to developments that can achieve target densities and affordability rates. RECOMMENDATIONS STATION AREA FRAMEWORK DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 139 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 79 3f: Resilience and Climate Commitment The City of Boulder has for almost two decades now, made consistent efforts to reduce its climate impacts and encourage a more sustainable community. In 2017, the City released the Boulder Climate Commitment, acknowledging and addressing the challenges of climate change and committing to the transition to a clean energy economy and lifestyle. The commitment addressed aspects of the urban environment including energy, resources, ecosystems, and community climate action. In 2021, the City updated its framework for climate action to address the renewed urgency of climate change. The city’s new framework also includes more aggressive emissions reduction targets for the community including reduce emissions 70% by 2030 (Using a 2018 baseline), become a Net-Zero City by 2035, and become a Carbon-Positive City by 2040. Boulder also requires demo/deconstruction projects divert 75% from the landfill, by weight, of the materials generated from demolition/deconstruction projects (including concrete and asphalt). Future plans, including the 55th and Arapahoe STAMP, will maintain and renew that commitment through more specific design solutions and recommendations. LAND USE PATTERN AND TRANSPORTATION Resilience and sustainability are characterized by an area’s ability to deal with a variety of challenges and operate efficiently. Density and walkability, which reduce our reliance on vehicles, provide nearby resources and services, and more efficiently supply housing and jobs, are by nature more resilient than sprawling, low-density development. By creating compact and mixed-use development adjacent to multimodal transportation options, including the new BRT route along Arapahoe Avenue, residents and employees of the Station Area will have more options to access and meet their needs through a variety of situations or challenges. The benefits of walkable, mixed-use areas have been particularly apparent throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, when outdoor community spaces, sidewalks, bike paths, and nearby services were especially valuable. The ability to use multimodal transportation or to reach amenities and services close to home is also a key aspect of an efficient and sustainable region. Reducing car trips and the demand for surface parking goes a long way in creating more livable and environmentally responsible communities. Providing this access and more abundant transportation options is a key goal of the Station Area Framework and future development should aim to maximize the recommended density, allowed uses, and multi- modal amenities. ENERGY USE AND CARBON EMISSIONS The TOD Place Types set the stage for redevelopment and adaptive reuse to transform the STAMP area with Residential (townhomes and multifamily), Light Industrial (maker and production), Retail (restaurant and retail), Office, and Structured Parking. Energy consumption for the business-as-usual approach was calculated based on the City of Boulder Energy Conservation Code (current and future) requirements for each space type and building. The City of Boulder is on a timeline of Net Zero new construction energy code by 2031 with the overall goal of 80% carbon reduction by 2050. The future code cycles from 2020 until 2031 will require highly efficient, fully electric, outcome verified buildings with some amount of renewable energy production from PV per Boulder’s Climate Commitment. To meet the decarbonization goals of the project, recommended energy efficiency measures and renewable strategies above and beyond the current City of Boulder energy code goals were applied to the space types and buildings.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 140 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK For all building types, maximizing the amount of solar PV is critical to carbon reduction. Rooftop solar and vertical solar installations need to be utilized on all the buildings within the STAMP area to provide emissions reductions. The results of these measures on energy consumption and carbon emissions can be seen below. Please note that these calculations do not include the Ball Aerospace, Corden Pharmaceuticals, or Foothill Medical Campuses. Several municipalities have implemented bonus menus to help achieve goals. Denver has a voluntary Green Building Code that requires buildings to be Net Zero, LEED Platinum, Passive House, or follow the language of the city written Green Code. Benefits from following the Green Code include a 50% fee reduction, enhanced SDP process, and expedited building log plan reviews within 10 business days. Seattle also has a Living Building Challenge and AIA 2030 Challenge Pilot Program. If buildings meet either of those certifications, they are eligible for 25% more floor area and an additional 12.5-30’ of building height then zoning allows. Implementing the recommended strategies into the development bonus menu provides an avenue for the City of Boulder to achieve the carbon emissions savings from the analysis. Two additional bonus items to consider for carbon emission reduction are: • Net-Zero »100% of energy used is produced on-site and the project is fully electric. »An on-site battery storage system is installed. • Embodied Carbon LCA »10% reduction in embodied carbon of the building’s materials for new construction. »Reusing one or more existing structures and maintaining at least 50% of the existing building structure, enclosure, and interior structural elements. »Reducing the projects embodied carbon related to structural steel by specifying steel produced in facilities that operate using low-emissions (or zero-emissions) energy sources such as hydroelectric, renewable hydrogen, and solar. STORMWATER AND DRAINAGE Given the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area’s proximity to Boulder Creek, several waterbodies, and sensitive wetlands, as well as the amount of surface parking in the area, stormwater treatment and drainage is of particular importance to future site improvements. Both through private development as well as City-led efforts in public rights-of- way improvements should be made to the green infrastructure of the Station Area through both private redevelopment as well as through City-led efforts in public rights-of-way, potentially identified and funded through the CIP. Benefits of improved stormwater management and policy include flood mitigation, reduction of the urban heat island, and restoration and long-term conservation of wetlands, and water bodies, all of which contribute hugely to a more sustainable and resilient Boulder.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 141 of 232 Flatirons Park Stormwater Drainage Flatirons Park Stormwater Drainage KOA Lake 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 81 RE-WILDING Re-wilding is the effort to introduce more biodiversity into urban environments in an attempt to more closely function as pre-human habitats. Re- wilding, which primarily centers around protecting, conserving, and reintroducing flora and fauna into places shared by people, has positive benefits both for ecosystems as well as for people. An important aspect of re-wilding is acknowledging that it is impractical if not impossible to return to a completely untouched original ecology, but steps can be taken in the urban environment to move in that direction and better integrate natural and man-made environments. There are many documented health benefits of increased nature within urban areas and reconnecting people with the natural habitats of their region. Additionally, re-wilding improves ecosystem health and introduces more resilience into our urban environments. Opportunities should be sought adjacent to existing drainage corridors such as Dry Creek Ditch #2, within new drainage areas, and through an increased tree canopy throughout. Increased tree canopy should be prioritized first in existing public rights-of-way where significant gaps exist and then in the construction of new streets where existing tree canopy will likely not already exist. VERTICAL FOOD PRODUCTION AND ROOFTOP GARDENS Urban agriculture, or the practice of growing and distributing food in urban and suburban environments, provides major benefits to resilience and sustainability. Common urban agriculture practices, especially for compact or densifying areas, include vertical food production and rooftop gardens as a complementary, accessory use. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 142 of 232 Green roof Drainage re-wilding Boulder pollinator patch STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Vertical food production is a recommended method of farming in urban areas like the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. This method grows crops in stacked layers to reduce the square footage needed to produce food. Vertical farming is a more technical practice than many other means but pays off in the efficiency of the system as well as the resilience to weather disruptions. Vertical farming is a particularly good fit for the Station Area’s light-industrial and maker-space oriented areas that already have an emphasis on technology and production. Factors that should be considered in spaces dedicated to vertical food production include LED lighting, passive lighting and heating, integration with community spaces, and techniques such as hydroponics, aquaponics, and aeroponics. Rooftop gardens are a major opportunity for many urban places, and particularly the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area which currently has, and is planned to have, many large building footprints and flat roofs. Rooftop gardens benefit from the use of underutilized space, consistent sun exposure, and separation from pests. Important factors to consider in the creation of rooftop gardens within the Station Area are the structural integrity of rooftops, particularly given the weight of soil and water, and especially for adaptive reuse of older buildings, community access and education, and protection from heat and wind. Both of these means of food production also have less impact on local ecosystems due to their limited use of ground space and physical separation. Overall, urban agriculture improves human health through access to local healthy food, reduces a neighborhood’s dependence on outside food sources and vehicle travel, develops social and economic community growth, mitigates the urban heat island, improves stormwater runoff and water quality, and reduces an area’s carbon footprint.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 143 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 83 Decarbonization, which requires 1) balance, 2) flexibility over time, and 3) more analysis, based on space and building typology: • Residential: Adopting passive house certification envelopes for all new construction residential buildings is recommended to reduce operational carbon emissions. Implementing energy recovery, heat pump heating and domestic hot water heating, and reduced infiltration measures in adaptive reuse residential projects is also recommended. • Office: Redevelopment and adaptive reuse offices can achieve Net Zero operational carbon emissions by pushing efficiency beyond energy code levels. Strategies to get to Net Zero include Dedicated Outdoor Air systems (DOAS) with energy recovery paired with highly efficient heating and cooling systems, high performance glazing with low SHGC and U-factor, and plug load reduction strategies. • Light Industrial: The majority of the energy use from light industrial buildings comes from the industrial processes. High performance heat pump electrification and daylighting are recommended for general efficiency improvements. • Retail & Restaurant: Retail carbon emissions can be reduced through induction cooking and high performance refrigeration with low GWP refrigerant. Optimized daylighting is also a critical efficiency strategy in retail redevelopment buildings. • Parking: large parking structures have the unique opportunity to have a large solar carport system that can produce energy for the neighborhood. • Renewables: For all building types, maximizing the amount of solar PV is critical to carbon reduction. Rooftop solar and vertical solar installations need to be utilized on all the buildings within the Station Area to provide emissions reductions. Stormwater and Drainage • Increase the amount of pervious surfaces in the Station Area through parking areas, pedestrian paths, plazas, green roofs, parks, and urban agriculture. • Strategically locate and utilize sustainable stormwater detention and drainage technologies such as vegetated swales and rain gardens adjacent to streets, parking lots, and other paved area. • Prioritize distributed detention such rain gardens and bio swales over large, suburban, structural storm water ponds. • Create a required rain- and wastewater management program for all re-developed parcels. • Conserve water use through use of native and low-water planting, use of grey-water systems, rain cisterns, and low-flow faucets, pursuant to Colorado Water Law regulations. • Require adherence to Low Impact Development (LID) best practices for all new development per the DSC. Re-Wilding • Increase urban tree canopy within Station Area. • Reintroduce native prairie grasses and other plant materials through landscaping. • Take steps to mitigate invasive species. RECOMMENDATIONS DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 144 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 3g: Public Realm PUBLIC SPACE In more urbanized mixed-use environments, public spaces are critical to providing places to gather. Additionally, these space create opportunities for, urban respite, organization, and legibility , as well as placemaking in the built environment. Good public spaces make people feel welcome and engaged and evoke feelings of connection that bring them back again and again. Public spaces of a variety of types and scales will encourage people to linger, walk and bike throughout the area, link the public and private realms, and inform quality development that adds to the overall character and feel of the Station Area. Throughout the STAMP process, the community, time and time again, expressed desire for open space and places to gather in the area. Public spaces in the Station Area may be publicly or privately owned, but all should be publicly accessible. All development in the area should contribute to the network and hierarchy of public spaces in some manner. Recommended public space types include: Central Plaza The City should explore opportunities to work with private property owners to create a central plaza for the Station Area immediately adjacent or near the station, centralized parking, or along the activation street. The centralized plaza should accommodate informal and formal events and include hardscape and landscape elements, with the majority of space being hardscape to allow for heavy use and active programming. Building faces fronting the plaza (including that of structured parking) should include active storefronts and/or restaurant space. Paseos and Breezeways The next most prominent publicly accessible space in the Station Area should include paseos and breezeways and be integrated into private development of larger blocks. Paseos and breezeways should be at least 22 feet wide to accommodate safe and comfortable pedestrian connectivity and emergency access. Where possible, paseos and breezeways should be aligned with perpendicular pedestrian connections (i.e., sidewalks, pathways and other paseos and breezeways). Pocket Parks and Plazas For development that cannot contribute to the Central Plaza or the supplemental connectivity of paseos and breezeways, pocket parks and plazas should be integrated at corners and/or adjacent to the public right-of-way. Pocket parks and plazas should be privately owned designed to be openly accessible. A minimum size of pocket parks and plazas should be 300 square feet and can be any combination of hardscape and landscape. Pathway/Greenway Connection For development at the north, east or south edge of the Station Area, publicly accessible space can be provided by contributing to pathway connections along the perimeter of the Station Area. Ideally, a pathway connection will be augmented with landscaping, seating and other amenities, but a pedestrian or multi-use pathway connection along the edge of a constrained site may not include greenway elements. In certain instances, a pathway connection may be combined with fire lane access, but a drive aisle should not satisfy a public space requirement.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 145 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 85 Eastern Boundary of the Station Area, Looking North – Proposed Conditions Eastern Boundary of the Station Area, Looking North – Existing Condition This rendering is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 146 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK Accessible Rooftops Although likely to be less common, some developments may include a rooftop space that is accessible to the public. In order to be considered publicly accessible, there should be at least a 200 square foot area of common space with an easy to navigate path of travel to the space. Accessible rooftops do not need to be located on the top floor of buildings. On-structure public space on top of lower floors can help provide activation and protection. Programming and activation of public spaces should be crafted with the intent of unleashing the existing and future creativity and resourcefulness of the Station Area’s arts, cultural, and design community to achieve community building through activation of the public realm. PUBLIC/PRIVATE INTERFACE Ground Floor Activation There is a distinction between visual and physical activation of building ground floors, both of which can contribute to the quality of the user experience. Visual activation is about transparency and providing the pedestrian with an engaging visual experience into active ground floor businesses as they walk down the street. Physical activation includes interventions such as outdoor patios and plazas. Opportunities for physical activation, through architectural form and in providing opportunities to gather, should be explored and encouraged as well through streetscape spaces and architectural form. The user experience in the Station Area will largely be defined by the ground floor design and programming. Ground floor facades and spaces should be designed to open up onto the street with transparent facades, roll up doors, operable wall panels, and café seating. Residential and office buildings should be designed to provide visual interest on the ground floor in the short-term through lobby space or other active space and provide the potential for conversion to retail and dining in the longer term when feasible. Front of House and Back of House An active ground floor and vibrant public realm is only achieved through a fully-functional building envelope and program. ‘Back of house’ functions are essential to building operations, by addressing trash services, deliveries and maintenance. Those needs, however, do not often coexist well with more publicly-oriented experiences. In the Neighborhood TOD, traditional separation is encouraged and ‘back of house’ uses should be visually minimized where possible to allow for a more public façade along the major corridors. Furthermore, four-sided-design, aligned with the City of Boulder’s standards, should be taken into consideration when locating and designing service- oriented areas or facades. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 147 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 87 Neighborhood TOD Ground Floor Activation Example Innovation TOD Ground Floor Activation Examples Garage and roll-up doors Active internal uses that are visible from the public realm Cafe and patio seating Traditional storefronts Signage and wayfinding key intersections of public and private intersections Notable building entries Cafe and patio seating Accessible rooftops Increased visual transparency along the ground floor Additional set-back to accommodate private realm gathering spaces These renderings are for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 148 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK SIGNAGE AND WAYFINDING Signage and wayfinding should work as a common, visually unifying thread throughout the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area. Signage character, colors, design, and materials should reflect the district character and branding and maintain a similar visual language to help residents, employees, and visitors navigate throughout. Wayfinding should direct users to local businesses and shared amenities. Gateways should be designed to create a memorable and recognizable entrance to the Station Area from Arapahoe Avenue area while keeping in line with established placemaking and branding. STREETSCAPE DESIGN Streets in the Station Area should be designed with focus on providing an experience for all users in addition to motor vehicles. Streetscapes are especially important in TOD as it is intended that there are more pedestrians and multimodal users than in auto-oriented environments, who experience the street at slower speeds and are more likely to make unplanned stops or to linger in the public realm. The street type improvements described and illustrated earlier are intended to calm traffic and provide safer facilities for all modes of mobility. The streetscape design elements below should be implemented with the intention to serve all users and provide a range of experiences within the public realm of the street. The “amenity zone” is the typical location for elements listed below, which generally exists between the building and open sidewalk space, or between the sidewalk and the curb. The curb lane can also be prioritized for public realm amenities CASE STUDY PRIVATELY OWNED PUBLIC SPACES (POPS) San Francisco, CA POPS are publicly accessible spaces in forms of plazas, terraces, atriums, small parks, and even snippets which are provided and maintained by private developers. Their creation is linked to the urban planning rules of the City which require that a certain percentage of sites developed in Downtown be accessible to all. In the late 1960s, building codes neither required nor encouraged development of public space at street level, and accordingly most office towers were built right to the edge of the property. The few exceptions were in buildings where developers sought density and height bonuses and created public space as a condition for approval. In the 1985 Downtown Plan the city codified the conditions under which developers had to construct publicly accessible open spaces, which could be as diverse as plazas, greenhouses, or atriums, but had to comply with standards of landscaping, design, seating, and bathrooms. The San Francisco Bay Area Planning and Urban Research Association (SPUR) developed an inventory of POPS, complete with a printable map. SPUR has also made numerous recommendations for improving the public’s experience of existing POPS, including better signage, as well as recommended standards for future POPS.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 149 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 89 Conestoga Court, Looking East – Proposed Condition Conestoga Court, Looking East – Existing Condition besides parking. • Lighting: A range of lighting solutions, ranging from contemporary pedestrian lighting to art pieces, can help to increase safety and activate the Station Area after dark. • Restaurant Patios: Allowing leasing of the amenity space to restaurants can provide expanded seating options and increased business, as well as another options for diners, especially in the warmer months. • Outdoor Merchandise Display: Also known as “sidewalk sales”, allowing businesses to display merchandise within the amenity zone outside their building can activate the street and add interest for pedestrians. • Play Elements: Creating play spaces within the This rendering is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 150 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK RECOMMENDATIONS • Require development in the area to contribute to the network and hierarchy of public spaces identified in this plan. • Activate underutilized spaces in the Station Area with temporary uses and pop-up activities. • Establish a Privately Owned Public Spaces (POPS) program to catalogue, map, identify and promote POPS throughout the Station Area. • Consider the creation of a Public Arts Plan to inform future iterations of the Public Art Program Implementation Plan or Committee to ensure art selection and maintenance is cohesive and consistent. Public Art should be provided at major intersections and gathering places within the Station Area. • Update the existing FBC, or created an area- specific FBC to strongly encourage active ground floors along major thoroughfares and pedestrian routes in this area. • Identify secondary elevations/streets (elevations that do not contain primary points of entry or face primarily public spaces) where back house services are appropriate. • Develop a consistent look and feel for signage and wayfinding so that messages are recognizable, easy to read, and supportive of the overall Station Area character. • Provide wayfinding for all users including to/ from the BRT station, along bicycle routes, to/ from parking areas. • Identify funding for streetscape improvements within the Station Area and consider opportunities for improvements and amenities to be provided with new development. • Design a flexible public realm that can accommodate a variety of design elements depending on how and where redevelopment happens over time. • Engage the community as streetscape designs are created/expanded upon. public realm ensures the street provides desired uses and gathering spaces for people of all ages. • Landscaping: Tree-lined streets provide shade and other environmental and aesthetic benefits to the streetscape. • Art: Public art contributes to the sense of place and can be an opportunity to showcase local artists from within or near the Station Area. Art can also contribute to business branding and recognition. • Passive Plaza Space: Other seating and gathering spaces without direct programming provide value for informal gathering or relaxing within the streetscape as well. • Micromobility Elements: As outlined further in the Transportation and Mobility section, the streetscape provides opportunities for bike parking and other micromobility amenities. DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 151 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 91 3h: Placemaking While the Station Area is full of successful uses today, many community members identified the lack of a cohesive identity and that there is no “there” there. This generally means that there is currently a lack of organization and activation of the Station Area. This is exacerbated by the fact that there is almost no housing in the Station Area today and most businesses are operating from approximately 8 am to 5 pm. The vision for the Station Area expressed by community members helps to remedy these challenges with a diverse mix of uses that includes retail, light industrial, mixed income housing, and office. It includes new and improved streets, as well as distributed mobility hub elements, that will be comfortable and inviting for pedestrians, cyclists and other micromobility users. These private and public investments should be tied together with a strong placemaking strategy. Placemaking comprises a host of strategies and interventions, including site design, architectural design, public and quasi-public space, landscaping, furnishings, public art, signage and wayfinding, and branding. Elements related to experiential design are addressed here while other supporting strategies are included later in this and the next chapter. GATEWAYS Gateway elements can contribute to identity and sense of place in the Station Area through arrival and departure experiences. Gateways may include signage, public art, and wayfinding elements. Key locations of arrival and departure to the Station Area include: • At the proposed BRT stations • Intersection of Arapahoe Avenue and Range Street (entering from the west) • Intersection of Arapahoe Avenue and 56th Street (entering from the east) • Intersection of 55th Street and Railroad (entering from the north) • Intersection of 55th and Tobys Lane (entering from the south) DISTRICT BRANDING With the potential creation of a district for revenue generation, design control, and other benefits comes a major opportunity for branding and marketing as well. Creating a cohesive and desirable place requires a recognizable identity. For the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area this should include a name, logo, and placemaking strategies that are integrated with the district branding. District Branding Example DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 152 of 232 STATION AREA FRAMEWORK 55th and Arapahoe, Looking Northeast – Proposed Condition 55th and Arapahoe, Looking Northeast – Existing Condition This rendering is for illustrative purposes onlyDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 153 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 93 CASE STUDY BLUEBIRD DISTRICT CASE STUDY Denver, CO The Bluebird District along Colfax Avenue in Denver is an excellent example of a place that is attractive and recognizable to people. Strategies adopted by this district (Business Improvement District, or a BID) that should be considered for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area include: • Creation of a logo and color palette that is relevant to local businesses and character; • A website with information about the businesses, events, and destinations within the district; • A statement of intent and tagline for the district based on community values; • Trashcans, sidewalk painting, and street light banners with the logo and branding incorporated; • Sidewalk and landscaping maintenance and cleanup to create the perception of a clean and safe place to spend time; • Provide support to arts programs in the form of financial resources or organizational/ capacity resources; • Holiday lighting to create a festive atmosphere; and • Organization and promotion of district-wide events to draw people to the area, create district recognition, and bring revenue to local businesses. RECOMMENDATIONS • Create a cohesive branding strategy with input from the community for the 55th and Arapahoe district. The strategy should include a district logo, color and material palette, and furnishings strategy. • Implement recognizable and highly visible gateways into the district that are in alignment with and complementary to the established district branding. • Create a website, mission statement, branded events in alignment with and complementary to the established district branding. Bluebird District in Denver DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 154 of 232 DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 155 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 95 4 IMPLEMENTATION All of the various recommendations illustrated in the Station Area Framework require further consideration as to how they will be achieved. Implementation strategies are summarized in a comprehensive matrix in this chapter and organized by prioritization (phasing). One key element to implementation will be the creation of a district. The strategies and considerations related to district creation are described in greater detail as well.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 156 of 232 IMPLEMENTATION IMPLEMENTATION MATRIX To achieve the various recommendations illustrated in Chapter 3, numerous partnerships and funding strategies will be required. The following matrix further breaks down and prioritizes those recommendations. Each priority recommendation has an associated priority level, champion, magnitude of order cost, measures of success, and governing bodies likely required for approvals. The priority levels are broken into four categories: • Priority Level 1: Immediate, Near Term • Priority Level 2: 5 – 10 years • Priority Level 3: 10 – 20 years • Priority Level 4: +20 years $=$0-$99K; $$=$100-499K; $$$=500-$2M Priority Level Priority Recommendation Champion(s)Magnitude of Order Cost Measure of Success Place Types, Land Use, and Building Form 1 Consider expanding Boulder’s form-based code to the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area to implement the envisioned Place Types, active ground floors, and building form characteristics. City Departments: Planning and Development Services, PD&S $Land Use Code Update 2 Create adaptive reuse guidelines specific to buildings identified for adaptive reuse in the Station Area City Departments: PD&S, Historic Preservation, Climate Initiatives $Adoption of Guidelines, Land Use Code Update (Re)development Opportunities 2 Consider financing incentives to encourage developers to follow redevelopment approach as envisioned by the STAMP (renovation/expansion, infill, or redevelopment) City Departments: PD&S, Planning and Development Services; Economic Vitality $ Adoption of policy, Land Use and Building Code Updates Transportation and Mobility 1 Initiate a Corridor Study on 55th Street City Departments: PD&S, Transportation and Mobility $$$Completion of Corridor Study 1 Identify and initiate transportation pilot project opportunities in the station area City Departments: Transportation and Mobility $$Completed pilot project work plan DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 157 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 97 Priority Level Priority Recommendation Champion(s)Magnitude of Order Cost Measure of Success 1 Conduct Parking Study for the inventory and management of on- street parking in the station area City Departments: Transportation and Mobility $$Completion of Parking Study 2 Develop Access Management Plan for Arapahoe Avenue and 55th Street City Departments: Transportation and Mobility, Planning and Development Services Engineering Review $ Adopt updated policy for the Station Area within the citywide Access Management and Parking Strategy (AMPS) 3 Develop Curbside Management Plan for transportation network companies City Departments: Transportation and Mobility $Completion of Curbside Management Plan Inclusivity and Affordability 1 Develop an organizational structure to enable ownership and/ or management of affordable commercial space (whether through a district or other entity), and define eligible tenants who will benefit from affordable commercial space (e.g. childcare, health services, nonprofits) to support community- serving uses District and/or City for support; Economic Vitality; Boulder Chamber $$$ Affordable commercial spaces; new community- supporting uses 2 Enable fees in lieu for affordable housing paid by development in this area to be channeled back to local affordable developments (this may be done through a district or other entity that can use these funds to buy down residential units in market rate developments) City Departments (for policy change): Housing and Human Services, PD&S; District for use of funds $$ Investment in buy-down of market rate units (ownership and rental) 2 Implement maximum parking standards and provide parking standard relief to developments that achieve target affordability rates and densities. Discourage financing that would not allow for shared parking. City Departments: Transportation and Mobility, Planning and Development Services $Land Use Code Update DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 158 of 232 IMPLEMENTATION Priority Level Priority Recommendation Champion(s)Magnitude of Order Cost Measure of Success Resilience and Climate Commitment 3 Apply decarbonization strategies based on space and building typology City Departments: Climate Initiatives, Planning and Development Services $Energy/ Building Code Update 4 Increase the urban tree canopy within the station area City Departments: Urban Forestry $$$Tree Canopy Coverage Increase Public Realm 2 Provide wayfinding for all users including to/from the BRT station, along bicycle routes, to/from parking areas. City Departments: Transportation and Mobility, Communication Vitality $$Construction of wayfinding elements 3 Establish a Privately Owned Public Spaces (POPS) program to catalogue, map, identify and promote POPS throughout the station area City Departments: Planning and Development Services, Community Vitality $Establishment of POPS program 4 Design flexible streetscapes that can accommodate a variety of streetscape elements depending on how and where redevelopment happens over time. City Departments: Transportation and Mobility, Planning and Development Services $$$ Completion of conceptual streetscape designs 4 Develop a Street and Pedestrian Lighting Plan for the station area City Departments: Transportation and Mobility, Public Works $Completion of Lighting Plan Placemaking 1 Create a cohesive branding strategy with input from the community for the 55th and Arapahoe district. City Departments: Community Vitality, Arts and Culture; Boulder Chamber $ Completion of branding strategy with community consensusDRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 159 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 99 Priority Level Priority Recommendation Champion(s)Magnitude of Order Cost Measure of Success 2 Implement recognizable and highly visible gateways into the district City Departments: Community Vitality, Arts and Culture, Transportation and Mobility $$Construction of gateway elements District Creation 1 Establish General Improvement District and structure therein including: funding mechanisms, community benefits targets, land use policy, and parking strategy. City Departments: Community Vitality PD&S, Finance $$ Establishment of a District prior to significant redevelopment DISTRICT CREATION Given the growth potential of the Station Area, there is an opportunity to use public financing mechanisms for infrastructure and services that benefit more than one property to support the Plan goals. Public financing through a general improvement district (GID) can leverage the strong market demand to address community needs, including parking provision and micromobility. As an emerging theme within industrial mixed use areas, there is also an opportunity to incorporate arts and cultural amenities in the area. For example, similar to the RiNo neighborhood in Denver, the GID can be used to fund arts in the district and support artists and/or maker space. This would allow the area to develop and redevelop while adding some of the key community benefits and amenities that draw people to—and keep them in—the area. GIDs are formed for specific public purposes that are not provided city wide. Services that could be included in a GID include structured parking, TDM programs, and transit connections (microtransit). Why a General Improvement District? • Creates revenues through mill levies on properties in the district or rates, fees, tolls and charges for use of GID improvements and to construct and maintain common infrastructure and amenities, that in turn benefit the immediate area as well as the larger community. • Employs a tool that has been proven within Boulder (e.g. CAGID, BJAGID), utilizing the GID structure for governance, revenue tools, and partnerships. • Provides on-going and scalable funding for TDM programs and management of shared structured or on-street parking. • Provides common set of services that are relevant to tenants and owners within the area that are not provided citywide. • Can tailor to needs and resources of the area. • Adaptable (e.g. can expand micromobility and art beyond immediate station area).DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 160 of 232 IMPLEMENTATION What Would a GID Do? • Centralized, shared parking: enable developers to buy into shared parking within the district, reducing the parking required to be constructed on individual sites. • This would involve constructing a parking structure within the district. • Developers would join the district and buy into this parking structure; in exchange for joining the district, they would receive lower parking requirements (e.g. through parking maximums) and increased FAR on their development site. • In addition to parking, this structure could be designed to accommodate affordable housing as well as first-floor affordable commercial space (similar to the City’s approach to parking structures it owns). • Micromobility and Transportation Demand Management (TDM): subsidize e-bike and e-scootershare, carshare, as well as transit benefits, such as the EcoPass and other TDM programs, and provide bicycle parking within the district. • Art: curate and fund public art throughout the district, and potentially include artist space within the first floor of the district parking structure, within the overall program for affordable commercial space. • Manage funds: depending on the depth of funding sources that are available for this district (i.e. the size of membership and value of member properties), the district would manage these funds and deploy them at times when specific partnership opportunities emerge. • Affordable commercial space: similar to the City’s approach to first floor space in its parking garages, the district can develop dedicated affordable commercial space as a first floor use in the district parking structure. Key Benefits • Enable developers to increase utilization of parcel (through centralized parking, TDM programs to reduce parking demand, height allowances) • Provide community benefits (e.g. art, micromobility) • At a minimum, the district boundary would encompass the Station Area. There is an opportunity to expand beyond that boundary, particularly for micromobility and art. In this case, developers outside of the core district area could opt into the GID to use its services DISTRICT IMPLEMENTATION 1. Establish GID (property owners, staff, council) »Property owners circulate petition signed by a specified majority of property and assessed value in the district area. The petition asks city council to form the district, specifies the purposes of the district (which must be improvements and services not provided throughout the city), the boundaries of the district, and states whether any property taxes or debt will be authorized. »City Council holds a public hearing on the petition. If the petition requests debt or tax authorization, it is subject to a vote within the district at a November election. 2. Identify available funding mechanisms / sources of funds (district management) »Mill levy - annual, ongoing funding for the GID through a mill levy paid by property owners as specified in the petition (which may be when redevelopment plans are entitled). »Fees, rates, tolls and charges – levy fees on services provided by the GID which are paid to the GID to support community amenities (e.g. art and micromobility/TDM).DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 161 of 232 55TH & ARAPAHOE STATION AREA MASTER PLAN • 101 »Explore creation of an urban renewal district (in accordance with HB 15-1348) or business improvement district (BID), which would be distinct from the GID (although it could have the same boundaries), to utilize property or sales tax increment financing (TIF) revenues to support GID expenditures on community amenities. »Potential for specific expenditures to be supported by larger revenue sources (e.g. General Fund allocations or CIP commitments from the City), which could be particularly important in the early years of the GID prior to the district generating sufficient funds to pursue its activities. 3. Establish targets for community benefits (uses of funds) (staff, district management) »Micromobility/TDM – subsidize shared micromobility (e.g. e-bike and e-scooters, carshare) and TDM programs (e.g. transit passes) within the district. »Arts – fund public art, explore opportunities to provide affordable space for local artists »Parking – building a parking structure, purchase spaces in privately owned garages, and other strategies as determined on a case-by-case basis. »Affordable commercial – enable affordable commercial spaces on the first floor of the district parking garage, utilizing a similar model to what the City undertakes in its parking structures. »Affordable housing – secure a land set-aside to enable affordable housing development as part of the construction of the district parking garage, partnering with BHP or a similar organization to own/manage this housing. 4. Establish land use policy as it relates to the district (staff, council) »To encourage membership in the district, development allowances should be maintained at current levels in the area; then as developers entitle projects, increase development potential with greater height allowances in exchange for joining the district. 5. Establish parking strategy for the district (staff, council, district management) »Establish land use categories with parking maximums, in line with shared, unbundled, managed, and paid (SUMP) principles. »Maximize shared parking opportunities between commercial and residential developments. »Require that parking be unbundled for new residential multi-family developments. »Manage all public on-street parking demand through pricing. 6. Pursue development of parking structure with affordable housing and affordable commercial components »Identify development site to acquire (detailed soft parcel analysis). »Establish funding agreement with Council (to allow for site acquisition and development while GID is still in early stages of membership and generating lower levels of revenue). »Identify partner for affordable housing (BHP or other similar entity). »Establish guidelines for affordable commercial space, using City’s existing strategy for its parking structures as a guide.DRAFTAttachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 162 of 232 IMPLEMENTATION Station Area MASTER PLANDRAFT Attachment B 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 163 of 232 • v East Boulder Subcommunity Plan Engagement Engagement ScrapbookScrapbook Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 164 of 232 Engagement Scrapbook 1 Table of Contents This scrapbook provides community members interested in engagement in the East Boulder subcommunity planning process an opportunity to follow along, to see what fellow participants are saying, and to understand how this input is shaping next steps. Essentially, a diary of completed engagement, this document includes details about engagement events and activities, as well as key measurements of participation and summaries of what the city heard. It will be updated frequently throughout the 18- to 24-month process, with new versions posted following engagement and outreach activities. PURPOSEPURPOSE How do I contact Subcommunity Planning Staff? Email us at subcommunityplanning@bouldercolorado.gov INTRODUCTION ENGAGEMENT STAGES Subcommunity Planning offers the opportunity for the city to work with community members in the collaborate space of Boulder’s Engagement Spectrum: Subcommunity Planning in Boulder 1 Welcome to East Boulder 2 Tenets of East Boulder 3 Community Engagement Integrated Engagement 4 Stakeholder engagement aligns with East Boulder subcommunity planning in three stages that aim to answer the following big-picture questions: Who Is East Boulder? 6 (February - October 2019) Who Do You Want To Be?46 (November 2019 - May 2021) How Do We Get There? 113 (June 2021 - 2022) Summary 135 INTRODUCTION East Boulder is home to some of Boulder’s great businesses, urban parks and green spaces. This subcommunity is one of the city’s primary employment centers, with many local businesses specializing in scientific, research and technology sectors. There are also important local businesses in East Boulder, including construction industry professionals, warehousing and small-scale manufacturing. With the community, this planning process will explore three questions: Who are we? What do we want to be? How do we get there? It is important to be clear that this process is a path toward implementing the communitywide goals set out in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan (BVCP). These goals are: •Increase the diversity of housing types and the numberof affordable housing units throughout the city,including in commercial and industrial areas; •Increase access to alternative modes oftransportation; •Ensure that redevelopment and infill development deliver buildings and public spaces of high-quality design and create pedestrian-oriented neighborhoods; •Achieve energy system resilience; •Improve community capacity and resilience to naturaland economic disruptions; •Reduce carbon emissions; •Support climate stabilization; •Support arts and cultural experiences as essential to community well-being; and •Support and retain small local businesses. The city recognizes that residents, landowners and neighborhood groups likely have their own goals for their subcommunity. The planning process will seek to capture strategies that address both communitywide and local goals and provide a forum for discussion and decision-making in cases where these objectives may conflict. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 165 of 232 2 Introduction Tenets of Engagement There are a number of different objectives that can apply to a collaborative process. For this project, the city has adopted these basic tenets: Build capacity of city stakeholders. Stakeholders in the subcommunity planning process include residents, land owners, business owners, community organizations and public entities. Not all these groups or individuals share a common understanding about the city’s decision-making process and their own role in decision-making within the community. The subcom-munity planning engagement program will include educational opportunities that build stakeholder capacity to play a meaningful role in subcommunity and citywide futures. Provide inclusive, context-based participation opportunities. Not all methods of engagement are appropriate for all subcommunities, neighborhoods or stakeholders. The subcommunity planning engagement program includes multiple strategies for participation that respond to stakeholder interests, availability and facilities. Deliver memorable experiences. Subcommunity planning creates a comprehensive picture of an area of the city at a moment in time and produces a vision for longterm futures of community neighborhoods. Producing the material for this endeavor affords a lot of room for creativity in each phase of work. Participants in the subcommunity planning process should find the process engaging and memorable. Offer consistent and clear communication. It is critical that communication about subcommunity planning maintain a consistent voice that connects stakeholders with information. Coordination among city leadership, staff and community members to deliver clear communication is a key component of the program. Engagement Welcome East Boulder Community The East Boulder Subcommunity plan will operate in the collaborate space of the Boulder Engagement Spectrum. This indicates that our participation goal is to “partner with the public in each aspect of the process including the development of alternatives and identification of a preferred solution.” As defined in the Engagement Strategic Framework, working in the collaborative space makes the following promise to the public: “we will work together with you to formulate solutions and to incorporate your advice and recommendations into the decisions to the maximum extent possible.” This type of engagement requires employing multiple methods for outreach, education, communication and participation to achieve successful outcomes through a transparent and democratic process. Interested in learning more about the team’s approach to community engagement? Check out the community engagement plan on the project website! As Boulder itself has changed and evolved over the years, so has East Boulder. As one of the industrial and business centers of the city, East Boulder serves as an incubator of small local businesses that have gone on to great success. Residents and council noticed that East Boulder is on the cusp of change, where community and businesses needs are different from the past. And so, we are embarking on the first subcommunity plan in over twenty years! Through a subcommunity plan, we as a community can be more intentional and play a role in the type of change that we would like to see in East Boulder and map out how East Boulder might look in 25 years. The BVCP goals will be at the forefront of our community discussions and subcommunity planning process. The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan will set the stage for evolution and innovation in East Boulder to achieve citywide goals and celebrate the subcommunity’s unique identity. to East Boulder - 3 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 166 of 232 4 Introduction WHO STAGE 1 WHAT STAGE 2 HOW STAGE 3INTEGRATED INTEGRATED ENGAGEMENTENGAGEMENT A collaborative process requires that community input is integrated into the plan throughout the scope of the project. While there are six phases that make up the scope of work for a subcommunity plan, stakeholder engagement aligns with this program in three stages that aim to answer the following big-picture questions: PROJECT PROJECT TIMELINETIMELINE The project’s timeline directly coorelates and was planned for community engagement throughout the process. - 5 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 167 of 232 6 Wh0 is East Boulder? Stage 1: This stage of engagement is intended to be an opportunity for data collection as well as reflection. Engagement efforts will collect information about the subcommunity history and stories, special places, character and unique attributes. This stage will also look to community members to identify sites, spaces, and issues within the subcommunity that are valued or that need improvement. Staff inventory and analysis will be vetted with community members to confirm or critique data-based assumptions about the area. WHO IS EAST BOULDER?63rd StThe subcommunity boundaries include Arapahoe Avenue on the south, Foothills Parkway to the west, Valmont Road, Lake Center Office Park and the Municipal Airport on the north end and 63rd Street to the east. LEGEND City Limits East Boulder Sources: Esri, Airbus DS, USGS, NGA, NASA, CGIAR, N Robinson, NCEAS, NLS, OS, NMA, Geodatastyrelsen, Rijkswaterstaat, GSA, Geoland, FEMA, Intermapand the GIS user community Always ON and TOP City Limits Subcommunities.lyr SUBCOMMUNITY East Boulder Base Layers - DO NOT EDIT Railroads Streets ROADCLASS ALLEY HIGHWAY LOCAL STR MAJOR ROAD MINOR ROAD PED MALL <all other values> Wetlands Group Layer Active/Proposed Category High Functioning Wetland High Functioning Wetland - 25' Buffer High Functioning Wetland- 50' Buffer Low Functioning Wetland Airport Rd Independence Rd Arapahoe Ave Valmont Rd Pearl Pkwy 55th StFoothills PkwyAttachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 168 of 232 8 Wh0 is East Boulder? Valentine’s Day Campaign 2019 What Do You LOVEWhat Do You LOVE The Valentine’s Day campaign posed the question, “What do you LOVE about East Boulder?” Using a brightly decorated comment box and heart shaped comment cards, we placed boxes at several locations to hear what people love about East Boulder. We received a variety of responses. What We Heard The city received 106 unique comments (including quite a few people with great sense of humor and some with wonderful dogs). Of these, 71 of the 106 comments fit into key themes about the East Boulder area, including: 1.Sense of Community2.Scenic Quality3.Open Space and Parks4.Recreational Trails and Amenities5.Accessibility6.Lack of Traffic Congestion7.Rural Character8.Area Businesses9.Affordability How will we use this input? The input provided informs our understanding of important local landmarks, key area features, and the subcommunity’s identity. These are captured in the project Inventory and Analysis Report, Chapter Three, Community Identity. - 9 - about East Boulder? Date: February 13 - 20, 2019 Number of Comments: 106 Locations: Vision Quest Brewery, Baby Goat Coffee House, Humane Society of Boulder Valley, Foothills Hospital, and Ozo Coffee Co. at 5340 Arapahoe Ave. Advertising: social media postings on February 14 and project website Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 169 of 232 10 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 11 - Citywide Open House: East Boulder Subcommunity Plan Table What’s Up Boulder?What’s Up Boulder? The What’s Up Boulder event is a citywide open house event held once a year. This event allows the public to learn about the city’s top projects and services, see clear timelines and hear how community members can impact decisions about our future, all at one time and location. The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan hosted a booth at the event. This was a venue to allow community members to share general comments and concerns about the subcommunity with the project manager. What We Heard •Interest from local residents and workers in improving sidewalks and bikeaccess in the area •Area residents who experienced the 2013 flood wanted to know how the plan might impact mitigation strategies •Some local residents mentioned the importance of being able to find good rental options in the area •Valmont Dog Park is a popular and cherished destination There were a few comments about perceived needs, such as a grocery store, recreation center, and no parking zone. A few expressed concerns about noise from the road and rail and new housing or office buildings in the area. How will we use this input? The input provided informs our understanding of what subcommunity features are frequently utilized by the community and suggestions on improvements. For example, comments on the lack of pedestrian/bike access supported the idea of hosting a walkabout to further explore and understand connectivity. Date: April 4, 2019 from 5:00 - 7:30pm Number of Participants & Comments: 20 Location: Jewish Community Center, 6007 Oreg Ave. Advertising: All City Email, Advertisement in community newsletter, Advertisement in P&R Guide, Library Guide, Facebook Ads, Twitter, Daily Camera ad, 200 hardcopy flyers posted around the city, and Nextdoor Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 170 of 232 12 Wh0 is East Boulder? 13 Call for Collaborators for the East Boulder Date: Applications opened April 4, 2019 and closed April 22, 2019 Number of Participants: 26 applicants, 20 were selected, and 19 accepted. Two community connectors were selected and a Planning Board liaison was elected. Advertising: East Boulder website, Planning newsletter, What’s Up Boulder, physical flyers (at Ozo coffee in Flatirons, Baby Goat, Spruce Café), direct email, social media (Nextdoor, Facebook, Twitter), staff participation in East Boulder Leadership Committee meeting, word of mouth Working GroupWorking Group The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan is using a working group to help develop a collaborative process between Boulder community members and the subcommunity planning team. The group is charged with representing diverse stakeholder interests, sharing information with their communities, and encouraging the participation of other stakeholders in the planning process. About The Call for Collaborators launched at the What’s Up Boulder event with hard-copy and online application opportunities. The application period was open for 18 days and staff received 26 applications. Staff used a rated ranking system to rate application responses and made recommendations to the planning director for the appointment of working group members. This was also a pilot for the Community Connector Program. Community Connectors are natural relationship builders who are trusted within their own neighborhoods. These individuals partner with the city in connecting with residents from underrepresented communities, sharing the lived experiences of their neighbors, and co-designing materials for the East Boulder Working Group. This is a paid position with the city and their Community Connector workload is in addition to their Working Group responsibilities. The city team collaborated with AMISTAD to identify and invite two Community Connectors to participate in the program. To learn more about the East Boulder Working Group, you can check out their website. Erin BagnallPeter AweidaJulia Dullien Matt Applebaum Ben Molk Kristen Miller Laura Kaplan Patty Smith Aaron Johnson Kenneth MacClune Lori Call Not pictured:Ana Karina CasasLucy ConklinAaron CookLeticia GarciaJustin HartmanAdam KrollTim O’SheaJudith Renfroe Elizabeth Dawn WilliamsJeffrey Wingert - 13 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 171 of 232 14 Wh0 is East Boulder? Two members of the East Boulder Working Group are part of the city’s Community Connectors Program. Community Connectors are community members who are contract employees with the city, working to ensure that the voices and perspectives of underrepresented communities are heard and integrated throughout the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan process. For the East Boulder process, the city engaged El Centro Amistad to identify excellent community connectors for this project. Working Group Working Group Community Connectors Community Connectors About As part of the East Boulder Working Group, Ana and Lety, two Spanish-speaking Promotoras de Salud, serve as Community Connectors – natural relationship builders who are trusted within their own neighborhoods. Community Connectors partner with the city in connecting with members of underrepresented communities, sharing the lived experiences of their neighbors, and co-designing programs and materials with city staff. Reflecting a commitment to racial equity, city staff have contracted with El Centro AMISTAD to ensure that Ana and Lety receive compensation for their time, expertise, and established Latino community networks. To support fuller participation, interpretation and translations services are also provided. Ana and Lety have been instrumental in engaging members of the San Lazaro and Vista Village communities through co-designed and culturally-relevant focus groups, sessions, and discussions, helping to integrate the voices and perspectives of underrepresented communities throughout the Working Group process. Reflections “Being part of the East Boulder Working group has been both eye opening and a rewarding experience. Working with and voicing out the needs, worries, and the experience of the Spanish speaking residents of this specific area has been a humbling and rewarding experience. Working in the project has being a learning experience and has giving me insight into the working mechanism the leads to change and development in our city. Having this experience has made me realize how the voices of the working class immigrant community have been left out in the past, but now the city of Boulder has a resolution to change this and bring the voices of our most vulnerable community members to the table.” - Ana Karina Casas Ibarra “I believe my community feels, well, we feel a bit important, because -honestly- we recognize that we have been taken into account. Not only myself in this group. Now that I was offered to be part of it and participate, that is very important to me because ... the Latino Community is being considered and, in this case, to get to know their needs. And that, was truly very important.” - Leticia Garcia East Boulder Working Group - 15 - Leticia Garcia Ana Karina Casas Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 172 of 232 16 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 17 - On-site, In-person Outreach WalkaboutWalkabout The city engaged Walk2Connect to host a “Walkabout” of the area northwest of 55th and Arapahoe. The event helped staff to work with engaged community members on identifying areas of interest and concern that may impact the planning process. The Walkabout explored the Ball Aerospace and Boulder Community Health areas. Walking a predefined route through the study area, community members were able to share thoughts about the space and provide guidance for staff and note the locations of environmental issues and hazards. What We Heard Participants wrote down their observations and the key themes included: •Missing links include bike lanes, crosswalk striping, ADA infrastructure, sidewalks, bus stops, bus shelters, and bus signage. •Wayfinding and public space were scarce while ugly, unpleasant facades and litter were abundant. While there were many benches, the placement seemed to be inconvenient and not conducive to use. •The Boulder Creek Path is well-marked, but connecting paths are not clear. •Many paths through the area are discontinuous. •There is a lack of uniformity in character throughout the area and too muchsurface parking. Art and murals would be a nice addition to the area. •Trees are unevenly dispersed and at times lacking. •Road crossings and parking lot entrances seemed unsafe, oftentimes because entrances are wide and have fast traffic. Without wide paths, pedestrians felt unsafe walking near fast moving traffic. •The area lacked lighting, comfort, and appeal for pedestrians. How will we use this input? Participants’ input pinpoints how the subcommunity is lacking in the pedestrian experience and safety. Participants’ observations and thoughts provide a qualitative perspective that supplements the quantitative data in Chapter 8, Transportation, of the Inventory and Analysis Report. Walking Tour Date: April 24, 2019 from 11:45 a.m. - 1:15 p.m. Number of Participants: 8 community members and 6 city staff Route: The tour started at Blackbelly’s parking lot, cut across the parking lots to 55th Street, continued on Western Avenue, turned north on Range Street, down Commerce Street, across to Foothills Medical Campus, and through the Ball Aerospace campus to arrive back at Blackbelly. Advertising: Boulder Walks Facebook page Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 173 of 232 18 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 19 - East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #1Meeting #1 The first working group meeting included group member introductions followed by a bus tour of the subcommunity. The tour included four stops and was intended to provide working group members with a broad understanding of the variety of land uses throughout the area. At each stop, staff specialists provided some background information of the area, any ongoing planning work and identified key features. Working group members asked questions and shared their expertise among each other. What We Heard Key input from working group members was centered around amenities, connectivity, affordability, and character. Some desired amenities identified by the group included more dining options at Flatiron Office Park, a grocery store by Lake Center Office Park, and a bike store and food options by Valmont City Park to accommodate events and uses. Group members described that the area should remain affordable and keep the small business feel. Lack of character and multimodal options was a frequent concern. Stop #1: At Flatiron Office Park, members described that the business park could use improvements to better support pedestrians. They also identified that improvements such as adding bike lanes and bikes shares will make bike commuting more attractive. Stop #2: At Lake Center Office Park, connectivity was again a concern, with missing path connections to the multiuse path running along the North Boulder Farmers Ditch. Several members cited the current IM zoning as a barrier to adding food/dining options. Some expressed the potential for housing here because of the presence of great views and a multiuse path. Stop #3: Excitement was high at Valmont City Park due to the wide range of planned uses. Different modes of transportation to access the park and dealing with parking congestion during high-use days/events were concerns. Stop #4: At the intersection of 55th Street & Arapahoe Avenue, working group members described a need for pedestrian-friendly connections to businesses in the area and more community-serving retail. Improvements such as street trees, sidewalks, and public art will increase the sense of community but the area should remain affordable and accessible. How will we use this input? The working group’s input deepened the planning team’s understanding of key areas of the subcommunity from a multitude of perspectives: residents, business owners, and employees. Their input is included throughout the Inventory and Analysis Report. Feedback also offered ideas of improvements and services that working group members would be most interested in seeing. Welcome & Site Tour Date: May 20, 2019 (make-up tour: June 12, 2019) Number of Participants: 16 working group members (4working group members participated at the make-up tour) and 5 city staff Tour Route: The starting point was at the OSMP Hub within the Flatiron Office Park. The second stop was Lake Center Office Park, near the Boulder Municipal Airport. The third stop was at Valmont City Park. The last stop was at Blackbelly at the intersection of 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 174 of 232 20 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 21 - East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #2Meeting #2 This working group meeting included a Planning 101 presentation by the city’s planning director that covered decision-making in planning, the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan as a guiding document, and how zoning regulates the built environment through the Boulder Revised Code. The city’s engagement manager moderated a discussion on communications commitments among the working group and between the working group and the public. View the full meeting notes here. What We Heard The group made some key decisions about communication among the working group: • A majority of the working group decided that an email group would be the preferred way to share information and discussion among each other, where members of the public can sign up to observe, similar to the Council Hotline. • Group exercises will include time for reporting out. The group also made some key decisions on communications between the working group and the public: • Several members expressed the desire for separate seating for members of the public to observe and allow working group members to sit together. • A majority of the working group would like the public to reach them through a variety of methods, including BeHeard Boulder and an online comment form on the working group webpage. Staff will compile all comments and send them out to the working group; working group members can choose to respond on the group email or address comments at meetings. • A majority of the working group would like to set aside 10 minutes for open comment at the beginning of each meeting. • A member of the public and working group members stressed the importance of acknowledging public comments. How will we use this input? The working group and community input directly established how the working group will communicate with the public. Staff set up an email group for community and working group members to communicate among each other, with the sign-up for community members on the project website. In addition, staff set up online opportunities to comment on both BeHeard Boulder and the project webpage. Future working group meetings set aside 10 minutes as the start of each meeting for open comment and an area for members of the public to sit. Planning 101 Date: June 24, 2019 Number of Participants: 17 working group members, 7 city staff, and 4 members of the public Location: OSMP Hub, 2520 55th St Advertising: Project website, Planning newsletter, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and direct email to East Boulder Working Group members Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 175 of 232 22 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 23 - What We Heard The full summary of the meeting is available online. 1.Small Local Business: East Boulder is valued for its service industrialbusinesses and as a good place for start-up, small, local, nascentcompanies; preservation of these types of businesses is critical. Membersexpressed concern about commercial gentrification. 2.Arts & Culture: East Boulder has many isolated neighborhoods, including theunrealized gateway to the city along Arapahoe Avenue. Local services andretail are critical to the subcommunity’s gritty, quirky, and patchwork nature. 3.Design Quality & Placemaking: The subcommunity is missing a north/south multi-use corridor and typical residential neighborhood featuressuch as parks, schools, grocery stories, and libraries. People working in thesubcommunity tend to not leave their workplaces. 4.Housing Affordability & Diversity: Housing would be more exciting andefficient along transit corridors and integrated into existing light industrialareas, possibly creating future mixed-use areas. 5.Resilience & Climate Commitment: Typically, the places that flood arenot appealing due to their lack of resiliency and vegetation. However,stormwater control can help create beautiful places and public amenities. 6.Balance of Future Jobs & Housing: Issues of getting around East Boulderwere discussed and improvements were suggested for bike connectionsbetween the Foothills Medical Campus and business park north of it,between Airport Road and Valmont Road, and between the South BoulderCreek Path and Flatirons Park. Arapahoe Avenue, Valmont Road, PearlParkway, and industrial streets are unpleasant for pedestrians. Transitwould be improved if there was bus access along Airport and bus serviceto Longmont. With the high volume of cars traveling on 55th Street andCherryvale Road, members were concerned that neighborhoods south ofArapahoe Avenue could be negatively impacted if more amenities wereoffered at 55th and Arapahoe. How will we use this input? Working group feedback is included throughout the Inventory and Analysis Report. Six suggested questions from the working group were posed to the community during the engagement events from August 4-10. They were: •Where do you go to experience art and culture in East Boulder? •What kinds of businesses would you like to see more of? •If appropriate housing were available, would you consider living in East Boulder? •My experience riding the bus to/from East Boulder is…Excellent/Good/Poor/ Very Poor. What makes your experience either poor or good? •My experience along the Boulder Creek Path in East Boulder is…Excellent/ Good/Poor/Very Poor. What makes your experience either poor or good? •How often do you visit Recycle Row (CHaRM, Resource, and Eco-Cycle)? East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #3Meeting #3 This working group meeting included an overview of the East Boulder Subcommunity data-based inventory and an Inventory Working Session conducted by working group members. Members split into six teams, with each team focused on a BVCP focus area. Each group produced an inventory map that documented a perspective about East Boulder’s existing conditions. They also created three questions to ask community members at upcoming outreach events. There were no public comments at the start of this meeting. Existing Inventory Date: July 24, 2019 Number of Participants: 17 working group members, 7 city staff, and 4 members of the public Location: OSMP Hub, 2520 55th St Advertising: Project website and direct email to East Boulder Working Group members, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 176 of 232 On-site & In-person Outreach Series 24 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 25 - Do you live in the City of Boulder? In-person Overall Series Summary Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? During this engagement blitz, staff looked to community members to identify sites, spaces and issues within the subcommunity that are valued or that need improvement. The Who? What? Where? series included pop-up sessions to meet stakeholders in the community during their daily activities. Working Group members and city staff asked participants six questions, took additional comments, and provided informational handouts about the project. The group held a total of 9 events in 6 days. Who We Heard By meeting members of the community where they visit, eat, recreate and play, we were able to hear a wide variety of voices in the community:55 hospital staff and visitors at the Boulder Community Hospital Cafeteria over the lunch hour;36 families, cyclists, and dog owners at Valmont Bike Park 32 families, softball players, and spectators during league play at the Gerald Stazio Softball Fields;22 residents, families, and fans of Zumba classes at San Lazaro Park; 21 members of the workforce at the food trucks in Flatirons Office Park over lunch;20 pedestrians, employees who were out for lunch and performance cyclists along the Boulder Creek Path;13 theater-goers at the Boulder Dinner Theater before a Sunday matinee performance;13 commuters and pedestrians during rush hour at RTD stops; and, 8 recyclers and reusers at Recycle Row How will we use this input? The feedback and results from this engagement phase have been shared with the East Boulder Working Group, City Council, boards and commissions, and the public. Based on topic, both aggregated responses and comments are included in relevant portions of the Inventory and Analysis Report. The input collected from this exercise helps establish a holistic understanding of the subcommunity’s existing conditions and experiences. Boulder Other Westminster Broomfield Arvada Denver Boulder County Dates: Sunday, August 4 to Friday, August 9, 2019 Number of Comments: 220 Locations: Boulder Dinner Theater (5501 Arapahoe Ave), 48th Street and Arapahoe Avenue bus stop, 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue bus stop, food trucks at Flatiron Office Park (5775 Flatiron Pkwy), Gerald Stazio Softball Fields (2445 Stazio Dr), Valmont Bike Park (5333 Valmont Rd), Boulder Community Hospital Cafeteria (4747 Arapahoe Ave), Boulder Creek Path (55th Street and Pearl Parkway), and Recycle Row including Resource Central, Eco-Cycle, CHaRM (6400 Arapahoe Ave), and San Lazaro Park Advertising: Project website, BeHeard, Working Group members, Planning Newsletter, and the city engagement calendar Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 177 of 232 On-site & In-person Outreach Series 2726 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 27 - Online Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? Following the in-person engagement, a similar feedback form on BeHeard Boulder was posted. This provided an opportunity to capture input from both daily users and those who live in other parts of the city. We asked participants about their relationship to East Boulder, the types of businesses that draw them to the area, arts and culture, recreation, housing, and transportation. Over half of respondents utilized the freeform comment space to share their thoughts and concerns about East Boulder. Who We Heard By hosting a feedback form on BeHeard Boulder, we were able to hear from those who were unable to make it to an event or preferred to participate online. Participants: 62 members of the community living in Boulder 13 members of the community living within Boulder County; and, 3 members of neighboring communities Engagement on BeHeard Boulder skewed more towards those who live in the city (79 percent), homeowners (94 percent), those over 55 (53 percent), women (59 percent), white (71 percent), and those who make over $100,000 annually (42.4 percent). This is in line with the general trend for Boulder’s online engagement.The online engagement had more participants who lived in Boulder (79 percent) than in-person events (39 percent). While we had a handful (six percent) of respondents who live in the subcommunity, most (53 percent) live near East Boulder. 23 percent work or own a business in the subcommunity. Others volunteered, took classes, or visit East Boulder regualarly. Half of respondents visit East Boulder daily, 37 percent more than once a week, and 13 percent less than that. How will we use this input? Online input is used in the same way as in-person feedback; they have been be shared with the East Boulder Working Group, City Council, boards and commissions, and the public. Responses are aggregated with in-person feedback when possible to fully represent this phase of enagement. Alongside comments, they are included in relevant portions of the Inventory and Analysis Report. Hispanic Prefer not to say Prefer not Asian 2 or more races65+ 55-64 35-54 White >$150,000 $100,000-$149,999 $50,000-$99,999 $25,000-$49,999 <$25,00025-34 Age Race/Ethnicity Income What is your primary interest in the East Boulder subcommunity? 6%15% 17% 6% I live in the subcommunity I live near the subcommunity I work in the subcommunity I own a business in the subcommunity I own property in the subcommunity Other Do you live in the City of Boulder? BeHeard (online)BeHeard (online) Boulder Boulder County Dates: Monday, August 12 to Sunday, August 25, 2019 Number of Comments: 79 Location: BeHeard Boulder at www.beheardboulder.org Advertising: Project website, BeHeard, Working Group, Planning Newsletter, and Nextdoor Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 178 of 232 28 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 29 - Arts and culture is a key focus area of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. The subcommunity is home to many art studios, creative businesses, maker-spaces, and performance venues. To learn more about community members’ interest and engagement with the arts in East Boulder, we set up shop at the Boulder Dinner Theater before a matinee show of Beauty and the Beast. As theater-goers entered the BDT Stage, we asked six questions and recorded their responses and comments. On BeHeard Boulder, we asked respondents about arts and culture in East Boulder — both their perception and where they go to experience it. What We Heard We learned that the Boulder Dinner Theater is quite the destination! Families travel as far as Colorado Springs to attend shows in East Boulder. At the BDT, 85 percent of attendees travelled from outside of Boulder. Other cultural destinations in the area that people visit include the Jewish Community Center (JCC) and churches. We found that 82 percent of participants at the BDT consider East Boulder a destination for arts and culture. Attendees at the BDT were not the only ones to consider East Boulder an arts and culture destination. We asked the question, “What kinds of businesses do you visit most often in East Boulder?” at six other events during this engagement blitz; one-tenth of the responses said that they came to East Boulder for arts and culture. However, through the BeHeard engagement, the opposite seemed to be true; 81 percent did not think of East Boulder as an arts and culture destination. “There is no where to go...” one commenter wrote. However, the other 19 percent seemed to know more about the arts and culture scene in East Boulder, listing many destinations: Theatre O, Spark Theatre, a glass studio, musicians at breweries/distilleries, Naropa, Boulder Community Health, Kettle and Spoke, theater camp, artist studios, Coupe Studio, Frequent Flyers, Rocky Mountain Theatre for Kids, Avalon Ballroom, KGNU, and Open Studios. The BDT was mentioned by 23 percent of online respondents. The comments online generally supported arts and culture, but the chief concern is that rents will rise in East Boulder and price out artists. How will we use this input? Responses are incorporated into the arts and culture section within Chapter 10: Community Well-Being and Safety in the Inventory and Analysis Report, and were shared with the city’s Office of Arts and Culture. This input will also inform initial concepts during Phase 3 of the subcommunity planning process, as the working group and project teams work to identify big ideas and small changes to to positively impact East Boulder. Arts & Culture Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? Do you consider East Boulder a destination for arts and culture? BDT (in-person)BeHeard (online) No - 81% Yes - 19% Yes - 82% No - 18% On-site & In-person Outreach Series Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 179 of 232 30 Wh0 is East Boulder? 31 - 31 - The unique businesses within East Boulder are a destination for community members and visitors, from grabbing a meal at a foodtruck or the hospital cafeteria to shopping and recycling at Recycle Row. To gain an understanding of what brings people to East Boulder, working group members and staff asked participants what business types they visit most often in East Boulder at six events and on BeHeard Boulder. Throughout conversations with the East Boulder Working Group and prior engagement events, many people have suggested the kinds of businesses they would like to see in the subcommunity. Building upon that, a question was included at two events asking particpants what additional kinds of businesses they would like to see in the subcommunity. What We Heard “What kinds of businesses do you visit most often in East Boulder?” People love their food and restaurants options in East Boulder from coffee shops to breweries (170 responses, 76 percent). Being able to access medical and health services was a key use for 42 percent; this was most critical at the hospital. Some commented that they chose this option because the hospital was their employer while some indicated they were both employee and patient. East Boulder also has a high concentration of auto services that are highly utilized. Arts and culture and recreation are valued by participants. All of these uses help to build a strong, diversified business base in the subcommunity. At Recycle Row, users fell into two camps: one-third were daily visitors and two-thirds were infrequent ones. Many were shopping at Recycle Row, and respondents at Recycle Row were twice as likely to request more general merchandise businesses than participants at other pop-up locations (11 percent vs. five percent on average). “What kinds of businesses would you like to see more of?” This question was posed at the Stazio Ballfields, Valmont Bike Park, and San Lazaro; the answer was overwhelmingly Food/Restaurants (43 responses, 56 percent). The second most popular choice was Apparel/Accessories at 23 percent. While responses at all locations were in agreement on food/restaurants, different locations had different responses for other businesses; San Lazaro showed a strong desire for medical/health services while demonstrating little interest in additional arts and culture businesses. At Stazio and Valmont, respondents showed the opposite desire and would like to see more arts and culture. Many write-in comments included: children’s park by San Lazaro, skateparks, sports/bike shops, more biking trails, pools, baseball fields, open space, and low- and moderate- income housing. How will we use this input? Based on past community feedback, a lack of food and restaurants was a frequently mentioned complaint. However, many people come to East Boulder for food and restaurant options. Many of the businesses that were write-in responses for food and restaurants were not in the subcommunity, so a misunderstanding of East Boulder’s boundaries could be confusing the issue. Regardless, food and restaurants are highly desired and add vibrancy to the community, and aligns with the 2019 Citywide Retail Study. People would also like the subcommunity to build upon arts and culture organizations that already exist in East Boulder, which can create a regional draw and enhance the subcommunity’s character. It will also be key to preserve the businesses that many already use, such as auto services and medical/health uses. Business Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? Food/Restaurants Med/Health Auto Services Arts and Culture Recreation Profess Services Gen Merch Home Improvement Apparel/Accessories Banks Furniture Education What kinds of businesses do you visit most often in East Boulder? On-site & In-person Outreach Series Darker colors indicate in-person responses. Lighter colors indicate BeHeard responses. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 180 of 232 32 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 33 - East Boulder has a range of recreation opportunities, from from softball league games at Stazio to bike races at Valmont Bike Park, that bring people to the subcommunity from far and wide. Valmont City Park is the city’s only regional park and is meant to serve the entire regional community while attracting visitors from outside the community. The subcommunity has many different multiuse paths running through. It is a place to play with dogs, bike to breweries, and have fun. Recreation Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? What We Heard “What kinds of businesses do you visit most often in East Boulder?” People are dedicated to recreation and love their outdoor activities. While not a business use, recreation was mentioned by 15 percent of responses, including dog parks, Valmont Bike Park, frisbee golf courses, Peak Physique, trails, open space, exercise facilities, ballfields, parks, and multiuse paths for biking, running and walking. Other recreation spots that are not in the subcommunity but frequently came up were the East Boulder Recreation Center, the Flatirons Golf Course, and birding at Sombrero Marsh and Walden Pond. Stazio and Valmont Bike Park accounted for almost all the recreation responses. One commenter mentioned that they liked to see the diversity of users and recreators around East Boulder; the subcommunity certainly has a plethora of recreation opportunities that members of the community enjoy. Online, a majority (60 percent) considered East Boulder a destination for recreation and 40 percent did not. At in-person events and online, people added their thoughts for how to improve East Boulder — by adding recreation and open space. Suggestions included: a children’s park by San Lazaro Park, more open space and better disc golf coures (also recommended by the Valmont City Park Concept Plan). Safety was important too, both physical and environmental. Some suggested improving the safety at crossings for both pedestrians and cyclists and correcting for blind spots along multiuse paths for cyclists. Others were concerned about homeless activity along the path. “How often do you visit this [recreation] area?” The most frequent recreators are along the Boulder Creek Path. Almost all participants along the Boulder Creek Path said they use it daily or more than once a week. At Valmont Bike Park, almost three-quarters visit the park daily or weekly. At Stazio, half of respondents were daily or weekly users of the ballfields. Stazio also had the most regional draw; people all over Boulder County came to play or watch games, as well as coming from Denver or other surrounding counties. Some only come to East Boulder for the ballfields. How will we use this input? Feedback is incorporated into Chapter 10: Community Well-Being and Safety in the Inventory and Analysis Report. The information is also shared with the city’s Parks and Recreation, Open Space, and Transportation departments. This input will also inform initial concepts during Phase 3 of the subcommunity planning process. Daily > once per week < once per week Never Boulder Creek Path Valmont Stazio Do you consider East Boulder a destination for recreation? BeHeard (online) Yes - 60%No - 40% On-site & In-person Outreach Series Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 181 of 232 34 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 35 - Increasing housing options in Boulder is a key focus area of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. One of City Council’s Affordable Housing Goals is to increase affordable housing to comprise 15 percent of the city’s housing stock and address the citywide imbalance between city-area jobs and the availability of housing. As a primary employment hub, East Boulder is home to many employers and jobs, but has only one residential neighborhood in the subcommunity, San Lazaro Park. To gauge community members’ interest in living in East Boulder, we asked if people would consider living in East Boulder at eight different events and online. We also recorded what types of housing would meet their needs or was most appealing. What We Heard Many were excited by East Boulder as an area for future housing and the opportunity to live in Boulder. Boulder’s outdoorsy spirit were echoed in respondents comments about why they would love to live in Boulder: outdoor activities, open space, recreation opportunities, and extensive trail system. In East Boulder, the views and reduced traffic congestion were also factors for why East Boulder is an appealing spot for housing. At the in-person events, 61 percent of respondents do not live Boulder, and 61 percent said they would consider living in East Boulder. However, the 61 percent that do not live in Boulder are not the same 61 percent that would like to live in East Boulder. All locations were more likely to respond to “yes” to the housing question except for participants at the Community Hospital (43 percent) and Recycle Row (38 percent). Almost 22 percent of online respondents do not live in Boulder and 38 percent would like to; 20 percent might consider it. Responses fell into three camps: •Yes please! — excited about living in East Boulder, The biggest factorwas affordability. The types of preferred housing ranged widely. Thisdemographic trended towards those in their 30s to 40s working in the area. •Yes, maybe — might live in East Boulder if they could have their ideal house.These respondents were generally older with families/children. •No way! — already own their dream home and could not envision moving toEast Boulder. They frequently cited liking downtown/western side of Bouldermore. Others disliked how expensive Boulder is, the smell, trains, the loss of small town charm, high number of people already in Boulder, and high congestion in the area. A few brought up their concerns that if multifamily housing was built, that they should not too expensive or luxury units. Withinthis camp, there were passionate comments about the intensity and densityof current development already being too much and changing the character of nearby neighborhoods. Other comments mentioned their preference to buy instead of rent, have more options outside of the Affordable Housing Program, have more places to rent, and create affordable housing without gentrifying East Boulder and pushing out San Lazaro residents. Some respondents would like to see mixed-use housing, senior housing, workforce housing, and housing for younger adults. The most suggested type of housing was affordable housing; however, affordable price points vary from person to person. Some offered suggestions for the area: more transit, creating an RV park, and reusing empty buildings. How will we use this input? Responses are incorporated into Chapter 9: Housing in the Inventory and Analysis Report and will help the planning team and working group consider housing concepts for the area. This feedback was also shared with the Department of Housing and Human Services. Housing Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? If appropriate housing were available would you consider living in East Boulder? In-person BeHeard (online) No - 42%Yes - 38% Maybe - 20% Yes - 61%No - 39% On-site & In-person Outreach Series Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 182 of 232 36 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 37 - Design Quality and Placemaking is a key focus area of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan, and this includes transportation and connectivity. How are people linked to transit, workplaces, services, and parks? At eight Who? What? Where? events and on BeHeard Boulder, we sought to answer those questions. At two bus stops, riders were asked how often they rode the bus to/from East Boulder, if their employer provided an EcoPass, and their experiences riding the bus. At Flatiron Office Park, the Foothills Medical Campus, and on BeHeard, visitors and employees were asked if they felt safe walking around and if there was enough car parking in East Boulder. What We Heard In East Boulder, driving and biking are the easiest options while walking and busing are much more difficult. Both the in-person events and online engagement produced similar results. 84 percent of total participants drove to East Boulder, 12 percent biked, three percent walked, and one percent rode the bus. Some of the comments might explain why so few walked or bused. People like that there are more bike paths and less congestion in East Boulder than downtown Boulder. However, there were comments from the online feedback form that said East Boulder has too much traffic and congestion and that the community could not handle more people. Respondents would like more bus routes, increased frequency, more hours in the evening, designated bus lanes (which the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan recommends), more EcoPasses or lower bus fares, and first- and last-mile connections. From the pedestrian side, improving the 55th and Arapahoe intersection and reducing the “sketchy” portions along the creek and pedestrian paths would encourage more people to walk. Making the paths more dog-friendly would also encourage people to walk their dogs around the neighborhood instead of going to the dog park. Crossing Arapahoe on foot or on bike should be easier and safer. People like being able to walk to food and restaurants but cannot easily do so in East Boulder. At the two bus stop events, a majority of participants (69 percent) did not live in Boulder and most (62 percent) rode the bus regularly and were provided a bus pass by their employer. A high percentage (92 percent) rated their experience riding the bus to/from East Boulder as Good or Excellent. The most dissatisfaction centered around the poor condition of bus shelters though it did not seem to impact the rating of their experience. Some were extremely frustrated by how infrequently or late buses came. At two locations and on BeHeard, we asked about safety and walking around East Boulder. The majority (69 percent) said they felt safe, 20 percent said they did but only during the day, three percent said they did not feel safe, and the rest were unsure. Others added comments about sketchy areas, fear of being alone on the path, bicycle speed, or dangerous intersections. At Flatirons Park, almost all respondents felt safe at all times of the day. At Flatirons Park and the hospital, responses were very divided on parking. At Flatirons, almost all respondents said that there was enough parking. One said not during peak times. At the hospital cafeteria, 55 percent said there was not enough parking at the hospital. 45 percent said there was enough parking. However, one comment said they would rather deal with the current parking than build more. How will we use this input? Much of this feedback reinforces that we’ve heard through other engagement events and through the working group. It supplements the recommendations in the East Arapahoe Transportation Plan, and feedback is captured in Chapter 8: Transportation in the Inventory and Analysis Report. What we’ve heard will also guide conversations about commuting with employers and other community members in the area. Transportation Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? How did you get here today? How do you most often get around East Boulder? In-person BeHeard (online) Yes - 38% Drove - 82% Biked - 15%Biked - 10% Transit Walked On-site & In-person Outreach Series Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 183 of 232 38 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 39 - San Lazaro Findings Who? What? Where?Who? What? Where? San Lazaro Park is both outside the city boundaries and within the East Boulder subcommunity limits. We looked to community members of San Lazaro to understand the existing residential community within East Boulder. During the Who? What? Where? engagement window, the Community Connector Working Group members asked participants five questions about residents’ daily lives, took additional comments, and provided informational handouts about the project. What We Heard We heard from 22 San Lazaro residents, almost three-quarters of whom have lived at San Lazaro for over six years and of those, two-thirds have lived at the park for over ten years. Almost half of San Lazaro respondents travel more than ten miles to their job; only one person traveled less than one mile. Most children of the respondents (84 percent) take either a school bus, RTD bus, or both to travel to school. Sixteen percent of respondents either drive children to school or carpool with other parents. “What kinds of businesses would you want to see in East Boulder?” Some of the results to this question resonated with responses heard from other in-person events. Over half of San Lazaro respondents (57 percent) would like to see more food and restaurant options, including a market/grocery store. However, it is clear that businesses that sell apparel and accessories and medical and health services are as important to the community as more food options as almost half of the respondents would like to see more of these businesses in the neighborhood. A few commenters mentioned Walmart as a more affordable shopping/grocery option. This is in line with the Citywide Retail Study that found apparel and affordable goods to be the top request as well. “What improvements would you like to see?” The overwhelming response was clean water. Many respondents shared their thoughts on the water quality in San Lazaro, and that they would like access to city water that can be used for cooking and drinking. Almost as overwhelmingly, respondents desired access to city services (including services for children/youth, and other city programs). There is a strong desire to receive the same services and quality of life as those who live within city boundaries. Other desires include recreation centers that are nearby and good public transportation. How will we use this input? The feedback and results from this engagement phase will be shared with the East Boulder Working Group, City Council, boards and commissions, and the public. The input collected from this exercise helps establish the current conditions and wishes of the residential community within East Boulder and will be included in the Inventory and Analysis Report. Food/Restaurants Med/Health Auto Services Arts and Culture Recreation Profess Services Gen Merch Home Improvement Apparel/Accessories Banks Furniture Education What kinds of businesses would you want to see in East Boulder? On-site & In-person Outreach Series Dates: Monday, August 26 - Friday, August 30, 2019 Number of Comments: 22 Locations: San Lazaro Park, Thursday night zumba classes Advertising: Communications through Almistdad Community Connectors Darker colors indicate responses at Valmont and Stazio. Lighter, hatched colors indicate responses from San Lazaro. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 184 of 232 40 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 41 - What We Heard The full summary of the meeting is available online. 1. Small Local Business: How do we make improvements to East Boulder without displacing local businesses (Commercial Gentrification)? Create business incubation programs that create opportunities for small businesses to start and thrive in the area, such as subsidies and incentives. 2. Arts & Culture: How do we reveal and celebrate the “underground” creative culture of East Boulder to broader community? Authenticity is key, and we need to include local community members and artists in the process and creation of art. Highlight gateways, transportation corridors (roads and bike paths), and buildings with art tied to the area. 3. Design Quality & Placemaking: How can the sense of East Boulder’s identity/character be strengthened? By creating a gateway experience when you enter Boulder from the east, including improving the Legion Hill Overlook and adding a “Welcome to Boulder” sign on Arapahoe Avenue, similar to the overlook on 36. East Boulder needs to retain its unpolished character, and we should identify places that people are most attached to. 4. Housing Affordability & Diversity: Where would you recommend housing be integrated with existing businesses and land uses? Since the area is mostly designated for industrial/manufacturing uses, members highlighted possibilities for mixed use housing that are near public transit, open space, or great amenities, including office parks and the areas by: 47th Street, west of Valmont City Park; 57th Street, west of KOA Lake; the Humane Society; 63rd Street, near Xcel Energy; Arapahoe from 55th to the eastern edge of the subcommunity. Working group members expressed their limited knowledge of the area and that some of these areas may be unsuitable for housing with more research and consideration. 5. Resilience & Climate Commitment: How do we make sustainable and resilient practices easier for East Boulder businesses and landowners? Embrace density so that parking and housing can be focused near services and transit. Try to build where there are existing buildings instead of new construction that might become flooded. This will preserve also open space and maximize green space. 6. Balance of Future Jobs & Housing: How do we reduce the number of single-occupancy vehicles traveling to East Boulder? Improve the ease of the transportation experience for bike and foot traffic. Improve the transit experience with more buses, routes, and supplemented EcoPasses. Embrace density for both housing and concentrating service-oriented businesses to create destinations. How will we use this input? The ideas generated during this session will be shared with project teams and city staff. As an initial brainstorming effort, this input will start the process of identifying potential policies, programs and capital projects that could have positive impacts on East Boulder in the future. These ideas will be refined and further explored as the project moves forward. East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #4Meeting #4 This working group meeting included three public comments, an overview of the Municipal Service Center, a discussion of emails the working group has received to date, an engagement recap of the Who? What? Where? series, and an hour-long working session. Members split into six teams, with each team focused on a BVCP focus area and corresponding question raised at the EBWG Meeting #3. Each group produced a map or matrix with big ideas that they then categorized based on level of effort and impact it would take to implement their ideas. Big Ideas and Major Challenges Date: August 28, 2019 Number of Participants: 15 working group members, six city staff, and four members of the public Location: 5050 Pearl St, Municipal Service Center Advertising: Project website and direct email to East Boulder Working Group members, and the city’s engagement calendar, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 185 of 232 42 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 43 - East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Source: Jeffrey Beall, www.commons.wikimedia.org/w/index. This working group meeting included four comments from members of the public, an overview of the Boulder Municipal Airport given by the airport manager, a presentation on the Transportation Master Plan Update, and a 30-minute working session. Members split into four teams, with each team focused on a mode of transportation (driving, biking, walking and riding the bus in East Boulder) and corresponding feedback from the EBWG Meeting #4. Each group produced a map to propose improvements on each mode of transportation. What We Heard The full summary of the meeting is available online. Due to time limitations, working group members did not report out at this meeting. Groups will continue their discussion on the following topics and report out on October 23, 2019. 1.Walk East Boulder: Identify new sidewalks or multiuse path connections,prioritize proposed pedestrian improvements, and identify intersections inneed of pedestrian crossing improvements. 2.Bike East Boulder: Identify routes that need a bike connection and locationsthat would benefit from a shared mobility station. Share your perspective onindoor versus outdoor bike parking and storage for area workers. 3.Ride East Boulder: Identify areas that are underserved by transit/bus service,areas that need a new bus stop, and priority first/last mile connections forarea workers, residents and visitors. 4.Drive East Boulder: Identify addtional north-south and east-west roadwayconnections that would improve the area and mark areas that could useadditional parking and areas that could use less parking. How will we use this input? The location-specific ideas generated during this session will be shared with project teams and city staff. This was a deeper dive into different modes of transportation within East Boulder, building upon earlier brainstorming efforts. This input will serve as a starting point for creating a complete transportation network in East Boulder. Working group recommendations will be vetted with Transportation staff. The working group, community and staff will continue to refine and develop these ideas as the project moves forward. Meeting #5Meeting #5 Transportation Date: September 25, 2019 Number of Participants: 19 working group members, 9 city staff, and 4 members of the public Location: 3327 Airport Rd, the Boulder Municipal Airport Advertising: Project website, direct email to East Boulder Working Group members, and the city’s engagement calendar, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 186 of 232 Transportation Follow Up and Process Check In 44 Wh0 is East Boulder? - 45 - East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #6Meeting #6 This working group meeting started with a report out of last meeting’s discussion on transportation improvements (driving, biking, walking and riding the bus in East Boulder). Senior Transportation Planner Jean Sanson, was available to answer questions. Kathleen King, the project manager, provided an update on the project progress and how the working group’s time will be focused on land use and mobility options for the next few months. A week prior to the meeting, staff sent out a survey to working group members about the meeting format and community engagement, and the survey results were discussed. The group was interested in extending their commitment from the original 12 meetings to better align with the project schedule. What We Heard The full summary of the meeting is available online. 1.Walk: Signalized crosswalks or similar methods should be installed nearSan Lazaro and along Valmont Road, 55th Street, and Arapahoe Avenue(to access the Jewish Community Center and the Naropa campus) to helppedestrians cross safely. 2.Bike: There is a missing component of the bike network to connectGunbarrel to East Boulder (from 55th to 63rd Street) that is critical tocomplete. Mobility stations for bicycles, e-scooters, and e-bikes could beused for last-mile connections if safe speeds could be enforced. Long-termbike storage might make biking more appealing to bike commuters. 3.Ride: Transit needs to be high-frequency, especially at peak times toencourage ridership. Smaller towns, such as Breckenridge, provide a goodexample of high frequency network in low-density towns. so. Integratingthe bus pass with a bike system that allows 30 minutes of free use wouldbe convenient; current B-Cycle prices are too high. In addition, free parkingincentivizes people to drive; charging for parking or employer cash outincentive programs might encourage behavior change. The working groupmembers acknowledged that future land use would impact transit. 4.Drive: Working group members identified the intersections around 55thStreet and Valmont Road/Pearl Parkway as confusing, as well as creatingdifficulties for San Lazaro residents entering and exiting their neighborhood.Walnut Street is a dead end, and there should be a road connectionfrom Walnut to Pearl. Pros and cons of arterial access were debated,but members considered centralized parking a viable option to reducecongestion by connecting people to buses, bikes, and microbility options.The retail plaza at 55th and Arapahoe has parking issues, and across thesubcommunity, there could be opportunities for shared parking models. With the update on project progress, it was clarified that the working group will focus on mobility and land use concept development as it impacts the entire subcommunity. Scenario testing will occur in Q2 2020 and a consultant will be hired. There will be a survey during the project’s midpoint, and members debated the merits of a survey and who will be surveyed. Staff and council will be looking for wide public support on one of the scenarios and understand that complete consensus in the working group is unlikely. There was discussion on the working group meeting format and how to best use the time and working group. Ideas included: more reading/homework, more surveys to the working group, advanced notice on dicussion topics, subcommittees for a deeper dive, summary of key points for reading, and extending the working group meeting commitment to align with the project schedule. How will we use this input? The focus area ideas are now posted online and working group members can add more ideas. The mobility ideas will be assessed with city staff and used to develop potential transportation network scenarios. Staff will streamline the meeting format to allow for more group discussion time and generate more discussion from the group. Date: October 23, 2019 at the Municipal Service Center (5050 Pearl Street) Number of Participants: 17 working group members, 8 city staff, and no members of the public Location: 5050 Pearl St, Municipal Service Center Advertising: Project website, direct email to East Boulder Working Group members, and the city’s engagement calendar, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 187 of 232 46 What Do We Want to Be? Stage 2: This stage of engagement provides stakeholders with the opportunity and freedom to be visionary about the future of the subcommunity and identify how their neighborhood will contribute to citywide goals. Stakeholder input will contribute to the development of vision statements for each goal area that will guide assessment of alternative future scenarios. Community member participation will provide essential feedback on tradeoffs and choices for the future direction of the subcommunity. Reaching a diverse range of people in this process, including employees, employers and current residents of the subcommunity will be critically important. All of this feedback will help the Working Group make recommendations for a preferred alternatives and shape the components of the plan. Airport Rd Independence Rd Working Group members iterate concepts with city staff through diagrams and dialog. WHAT DO WE WANT TO BE? Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 188 of 232 - 49 - 48 What Do We Want to Be? East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #7Meeting #7 Working group members met at the Palo Park Community Center before the meeting to tour the Palo Park development and visit a Habitat for Humanity home currently under construction with Flatirons Habitat Construction Director, Jonah Kinchy. Following the tour, Senior Housing Planner Jay Sugnet presented information on affordable housing program and answered questions from the group. The group then worked through a land use exercise to determine which areas of the subcommunity might be appropriate for a change in land use that incorporates housing and which areas should be reserved for industrial uses. What We Heard A full summary is available online. The group considered a number of the subcommunity areas or neighborhoods appropriate for a change in land uses that could integrate housing development. Incorporating new uses along major transit cooridors was a priority for the group, with interest in coordinating new uses at the intersection of 55th Street and E Arapahoe Avenue with the planned regional mobility hub at this location. Other areas the working group identified for potential change in uses included Flatirons Park, the land west of 55th Street that currently includes the Corden Pharma site, and office and industrial parks on the north and south sides of Pearl Parkway. Areas identified as unlikely to change or areas that the group did not indicate an interest in changing uses included Flatirons Medical Campus, land surrounding the county jail and San Lazaro Park. How will we use this input? The group’s work on changing land uses and integrating housing options will help build overall land use concepts for East Boulder. Three land use concepts will be developed over the coming months to serve as “alternative futures” of what East Boulder might look like in 2040. These alternative future concepts will be tested against citywide goals to learn how changes could impact the future of the subcommunity and the city. The group will continue to develop and refine land use concepts over the next few months with a focus on integrating commercial and retail uses, arts and cultural uses and considerations for floodplain management. Housing Date: November 20, 2019 Number of Participants: 19 working group members, 8 city staff, and 1 member of the public Location: 3295 Palo Pkwy, at the Palo Park Community Center Advertising: Project website, direct email to East Boulder Working Group members, and the city’s engagement calendar, two consectutive Daily Cam- era’s Sunday News for City Hall notices Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 189 of 232 - 51 - 50 What Do We Want to Be? Eisenhower Eisenhower Elementary SchoolElementary School Growing Up Boulder (GUB) at What We Heard Growing Up Boulder’s Report on East Boulder Subcommunity Planning is available here. Analysis revealed that many students and parents (96%) spend time in East Boulder. Their favorite places to visit in the area include Arapahoe Ridge “Rock” Park, Boulder JCC, and Boulder Creek/South Boulder Creek. Their favorite types of activities include Nature & Trails, Parks & Playgrounds, and Arts & Culture. Student recommendations for improvements in East Boulder centered around play, nature, and inclusivity. They advocated for better bike paths, parks, and playgrounds, as well as environmental amenities (more trees, gardens, and organic farms). Students also suggested increasing wheelchair-friendliness of paths and recreational equipment in parks and recreation centers. In terms of introducing new facilities into East Boulder, students advocated for indoor and outdoor play spaces (ex. parks), as well as facilities for learning (ex. museums) and animal interaction (ex. cat and dog parks). Through the family homework, parents advocated for safety and quality of life improvements, such as increasing the number of public bathrooms and creating wider, separated bike paths. How will we use this input? The plan will consider the student prioritization of play, nature, and inclusivity in shaping East Boulder’s future. Student ideas and recommendations will be shaped with the working group, public, and city staff for consideration during the concept development phase of work. As as part of their “Communities” unit, 2nd grade students at Eisenhower Elementary School learned about East Boulder and participated in weekly engagement sessions to inform the EBSP. Students were asked what they liked and what could be improved about East Boulder. They researched ideas and crafted recommendations for East Boulder. During the last engagement session, students presented their recommendations for the subcommunity to city staff, East Boulder Working Group members, and community residents. Date: February 13 - 20, 2019 Number of Comments: 106 Locations: Vision Quest Brewery, Baby Goat Coffee House, Humane Society of Boulder Valley, Foothills Hospital, and Ozo Coffee Co (5340 Arapahoe) Advertising: Twitter, Instagram Stories Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 190 of 232 - 53 - 52 What Do We Want to Be? Growing Up Boulder (GUB) at San Lazaro San Lazaro Park PropertiesPark Properties What We Heard Growing Up Boulder’s Report on East Boulder Subcommunity Planning is available here. Parents and children at the event were both interested in seeing the improvement and addition of parks and playgrounds in East Boulder. Older children hoped to see more frequent bus service and better connectivity in their community. Parents were concerned about water quality. Seventy-five percent of children at the event spent time in East Boulder. Favorite places amongst children included Valmont Bike Park, Valmont Dog Park, and Boulder Creek/South Boulder Creek Paths. Their favorite types of activities included Parks & Playgrounds, Sports, and Arts & Culture. Sixty-six percent of adults at the event spent time in East Boulder. One reason given for not spending time in East Boulder was, “I like to go (to) places or cities where there is more cultural diversity.” The list of parents’ favorite places included Avalon Ballroom, Boulder Creek and Paths, and Valmont City Park. How will we use this input? The plan will use this input to identify more culturally relevant activities in East Boulder. San Lazaro children and parent interests will be shared with the working group, public, and city staff. Ideas and recommendations will be considered during the concept development phase of work. GUB hosted an engagment session about the EBSP for residents of San Lazaro Park, located in East Boulder. Following dinner and an introduction to the EBSP, families completed worksheets and engaged in discussion about East Boulder. Children and parents were asked if they spent time in East Boulder, what they liked about East Boulder, and how East Boulder could be improved. Date: October 23, 2019 Number of Participants: 12 children and youth (ages 4 - 15), five parents, one GUB staff member, one GUB/CU undergraduate intern, one Boulder High School student/member of the Youth Advisory Opportunity Board (YOAB), one project assistant/EcoArts Promotora, one City of Boulder staff member Location: 5505 Valmont Rd , San Lazaro Park Community Center Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 191 of 232 - 55 - What We Heard Growing Up Boulder’s Report on East Boulder Subcommunity Planning is available here. Seventy-one percent of Thorne youth spend time in East Boulder. When asked, “why not?,” the one reply we gathered was, “I don’t live near here, but come every once inawhile.” They selected these top five favorite places to visit in East Boulder: 1. Boulder Creek/South Boulder Creek Paths2. Thorne Nature Experience3. Coffee (Ozo and Baby Goat)4. Snarf’s Sandwiches5. Valmont Bike Park Student recommendations for what East Boulder should add varied widely and expressed youth’s growing interests and passions. They included: 1. Build a Teen Hangout Space2. Create a Wildlife Preserve3. Add more Public Art4. Add a Progresh Store (indoor sports)5. Make East Boulder more lively to walk through6. Expand Snarf’s Sandwiches7. Put money towards conservation of creeks, rivers, lakes, and ponds8. Add a store specializing in reptiles9. Improve bike trails10. Allocate more money for historical site preservation11. Include more interactive gaming locations, such as Time Warm Video andComic store12. Add a Young Eagles program How will we use this input? The plan will use this input to align potential land uses and future recommendations with youth interests. Student recommendations will be considered for the development of a preferred alternative concept as well as future recommendations for programs and projects in the area. 54 What Do We Want to Be? Growing Up Boulder (GUB) at Thorne Nature Thorne Nature ExperienceExperience GUB and Thorne Nature Experience co-hosted a two-hour event in which students participated in a bird-banding session for the first hour, and EBSP engagement for the second hour. During the EBSP engagement, students filled out worksheets and discussed what they liked, what they would like to see, and what could be improved in East Boulder. Students also gave suggestions for improving East Boulder based on the six focus areas of the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan (BVCP). Date: October 16, 2019 Number of Particiants: 15 students (ages 11-18), 2 Thorne staff members, 1 GUB staff member, 2 GUB/CU undergraduate students, and 2 city staff Location: 1466 63rd St, Thorne Nature Experience Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 192 of 232 Overview and 2020 Roadmap - 57 - 56 What Do We Want to Be? East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #8Meeting #8 Working group members met at the OSMP Hub. Manager of Comprehensive Planning Jim Robertson and Engagement Manager Sarah Huntley presented on the role of the working group in the creation of the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan (EBSP), including accomplishments and what is to come. Group members learned about the Station Area Master Plan (STAMP). The group then worked through an exercise with Senior Planner Jean Gatza to consider ways to improve group operations. What We Heard A full summary is available online. Working in small discussion groups, members considered ways to improve the working group’s process which were later reported out to the entire group. The subject of ideas ranged from content, decision-making, and logistics to advertising and engagement. Regarding the the 55th & Arapahoe STAMP project, members requested staff create a timeline showing milestones and deadlines pertinent to the working group process, as well as greater explanation of the similarities and differences. How will we use this input? The working group’s ideas will be organized into areas of items for immediate action and items for more consideration. Members and staff will continue to prioritize ideas and evaluate how best to implement ideas. Staff will increase efforts to ensure that working group members and the public understand the purpose of each working group meeting, and how the group’s input will help inform the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Date: January 22, 2020 at the Number of Participants: 14 working group members, eight city staff, one consultant, two members of the public Location: 2520 55th St, OSMP Hub Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning Board webpage, email to the East Boulder Working Group members, and in The Daily Camera’s Sunday paper for City of Boulder Public Meetings on January 19 and 26, 2020 Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 193 of 232 - 59 - 58 What Do We Want to Be? BeHeard Boulder Community Ideas BoardCommunity Ideas Board As part of the What Do We Want To Be phase of engagement, an “Ideas Board” was created on BeHeard Boulder to collect ideas from community members. Participants are asked to answer the question “What would you like to be able to do/see/visit/experience in East Boulder in 2040?”. Community members are able to post ideas for their neighbors and other visitors to the website to react to. There is also a comment option which allows participants to comment, like or share each posted idea. What We Heard Participants have been submitting a range of great ideas! We’ve heard great interest in building out a more comprehensive transportation network in East Boulder as well as support for the development of 15-minute neighborhoods and mixed use, walkable communities. Community members have also expressed a desire to maintain affordability for businesses in the area and making sure that Boulder still has space for important service-oriented industries. How will we use this input? The ideas and comments submitted are informing land use and transportation concepts during the concept development phase of work. Ideas that include policy, program or project recommendations will be included and evaluated with other community, stakeholder and staff recommendations. Online Findings Date: February 2020 to present on BeHeard Boulder Comments: 13 ideas submitted, 10 comments and 41 “likes” Advertising: BeHeard Boulder; project website, social media channels (Facebook, Twitter, Nextdoor) Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 194 of 232 - 61 - 60 What Do We Want to Be? East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Meeting #9Meeting #9 The Working Group met at the Spark Theater in East Boulder. At the beginning of the meeting city staff from the Office of Arts & Culture presented an interactive survey to working group members that contained many different types of public art. Members could vote instantly on how they felt about that type of art, and if they felt it was a good fit for East Boulder. After this, the group broke out into discussion groups, where they spoke about examples of other cities with public art, how to integrate public art into East Boulder, and other questions. What We Heard A full summary is available online. The working group was clear about art and artists being a defining characteristic of the East Boulder neighborhood. The group supported maintaining and supporting East Boulder as a place to create art; view art; purchase art; and display art in public. The Working Group discussed how the patchwork nature of East Boulder and it’s poor transportation options made it difficult to know that certain creative businesses existed, and to access them. The combination of art with other retail and food amenities was a large point of discussion. Co-locating creative businesses with other types of businesses would create a destination that would draw people to East Boulder, and support the success of the creative businesses. However, balancing new uses without pushing out existing small businesses through rising commercial rents was a large group concern. The group was interested in a number of potential policies and redevelopment opportunities that could support the low cost of living and commercial spaces that artists require. The group also wanted to retain the existing cultural aspects of the neighborhood: the multicultural communities, connection to nature, and patchwork of gritty, quirky, industrial/service/artistic identity. How will we use this input? Staff will research case studies of transitioning industrial areas and useful policies that can be used to prevent commercial gentrification and displacement. The subcommunity planning process will also review potential land use options that can support a mix of creative businesses, increased retail and food uses, and artist housing while retaining the character of East Boulder. The process will also work to develop new transportation connections through the neighborhood and improved wayfinding. Arts and Culture Date: February 26, 2020 at the Number of Participants: 15 working group members, nine city staff, and one members of the public Location: 4847 Pearl St, The Spark Performing & Creative Arts Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning Board webpage, two consec-tutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, email to the East Boulder Working Group members Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 195 of 232 14- 63 - 62 What Do We Want to Be? The purpose of this meeting was to continue developing land use concepts and hold a discussion about the future of the floodplain. City of Boulder Floodplain Administrator, Christin Shepherd, P.E., CFM shared information about understanding flood zones and development. This was the first meeting held in a virtual enviroment via video and phone conference call, based on members willingness to meeting during the COVID-19. (Due to the City of Boulder’s committment to its core value of community safety and it proactively took steps to limit potential social spreading of COVID-19 by offering engagement in safe ways.) Meeting #10Meeting #10 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) What We Heard •Support for smart (re)development in and near the floodplain: balancing safety, nature, and beauty with multi-use areas, and thoughtful structures. This might include encouraging creative flood control measures that are also amenities for public spaces and emphasizing natural-looking greenspaces. This might also include focusing residential or increased density /focused redevelopment in the 500-year floodplain (or no floodplain) instead of 100-year floodplain. Consideration of high groundwater. •Interest in considering opportunities in and near Flatirons Business Park. The area is located near the confluence of Boulder and South Boulder Creeks, yet the business park did not experience significant damage during the 2013 flood. Working group members envision potential reuse of existingparking lots and structures to meet goals. •Support for increasing residential housing options and 15-minute neighborhoods, especially along Arapahoe Avenue ensuring flood mitigationand safe design is addressed. •General consensus that the 100-year floodplain regulations should not beextended to the 500-year floodplain, but that redevelopment in the 500-year floodplain should be well-tailored to the site and prioritize safety and protection of property. How will we use this input? There are many areas in East Boulder that are in or near floodplains. The group’s discussion about redevelopment in and near the floodplain will inform the locations and type of uses proposed in forthcoming land use concepts. Feedback around creative and functional flood mitigation design, infrastructure, public spaces, natural areas, and other considerations may inform policy, program or project recommendations in the future plan. The working group, community, and staff will continue to refine and develop these ideas as the project moves forward. Floodplain Dates: April 15 and 17, 2020 Number of Participants: 18 out of 21 working group members, 10 staff, and 3 members of the public Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning Board webpage, two consectu- tive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 196 of 232 - 65 - 64 What Do We Want to Be? What We Heard Of the 10 areas identified by working group members, the greatest amount of support for siting retail and 15-minute neighborhoods through smart (re)development were at these 3 intersections: 55th & Arapahoe, 55th & Valmont/Pearl Parkway, and 47th & Valmont Not too much prescriptive direction was offered on the types of uses or types of structures that could locate in a neighborhood retail amenity, as much as enthusiasm for a good fit with the specific location that is unique and authentic, reinforcing a possible form-based approach. However, the functional combination of uses was encouraged for things like the groceries and basic needs close to residences; and restaurants, cafes, bars near employment. There was consensus about locating high intensity retail options for 55th and Arapahoe location. There was emphasis on retaining existing use and structures to support current businesses and character, to integrate a sense of place To create a sense of place and community, housing (people living in proposed re-developed areas) must be a part of it. Connectivity, walkability, and safety of the entire subcommunity is currently challenged; the group considers mobility and access a high priority for the success of creating 15-minute neighborhoods in East Boulder Weaving in affordable housing options for workers and students was supported. How will we use this input? In the development of land use concepts, the three sites (55th and Arapahoe; 55th and Valmont/Pearl Parkway; and 47th and Valmont) will be considered priority areas for considering uses that would allow more retail in East Boulder. Future concepts will include housing at these locations to test the working group’s ideas about creating new housing at these locations that could support the potential retail needs. Pairing land use with improved mobility connections to and from these sites will be studied and tested as part of future concepts for changes in land use and transportation. East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Date: April 29 and May 1, 2020 Number of Participants: 20 out of 21 working group members, 10 staff, and no members of the public participated Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning Board webpage, two consectu- tive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. Meeting #11Meeting #11 The purpose of this meeting was to discuss retail potential in East Boulder and identify areas for 15-minute neighborhoods. City of Boulder Community Vitality Coordinator, Sarah Wiebenson shared information about citywide retail strategy, GIS Technician, Kate Gregory shared topical maps, and staff elaborated on the meaning of 15-minute neighborhoods. This meeting was also held online in response to COVID limitations. Retail and 15-Minute Neighborhoods Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 197 of 232 - 67 - 66 What Do We Want to Be? In the winter 2019-2020 focus group sessions were held to capture the vision for East Boulder and to generate tangible ideas for the policies, programs, and projects that support the fulfillment of that vision. Diverse stakeholders offered input and ideas to further the engagement efforts of this project to create an adoptable subcommunity plan. CDR Associates facilitated Focus Group SessionsFocus Group Sessions What We Heard Focus groups covered topics including arts and culture, climate commitment, local businesses, transportation and housing affordability. Participants contributed many hours of ideas, needs and interests to the subcommunity planning process. There were several areas of general agreement among participants, as well as areas identified for future inquiry and analysis. Key areas of general consensus reflects broad conclusions drawn from focus group discussions. These topics can serve as a springboard for future alternatives evaluation, scenario planning, community engagement and improvements. Areas of general consensus include: •Increasing the walkability of and multi-modal transit options within East Boulder •Providing options for a commuting workforce •Holistic approach to support equity, access and affordability •Supporting small local businesses and nonprofits. •Promoting development that compliments the industrial character of East Boulder •Protecting natural spaces and views •Infill and addition of small homes, tiny houses, mixed zoning and multifamily buildings •Creating spaces for arts and culture •Mitigating impacts to preexisting communities in East Boulder •Improving access to and amenities near Arapahoe Ridge High School for a diverse range of ages and interests How will we use this input? Focus group input will be used to help define the vision for East Boulder, answering the question, “What do we want to be?” The next phase of the subcommunity planning process will include evaluation and testing of different concepts. In this phase the community will begin to explore tradeoffs, primary and secondary impacts and feasibility. Ideas generated by focus group participants about policies, programs and projects will be tested for impacts and viability. Participants’ expression of their concerns for impacts will help inform the indicators used during scenario testing. Dates: There were nine, 2-hour long Focus Group Sessions held between December 2019 and February 2020 Number of Participants: 84 participants Comments: 519 comments recorded Locations: city office buildings at OSMP and Center Green, Arapahoe Ridge High School and San Lazaro Park properties Advertising: A broad range of diverse stakeholders were emailed via the consultant, CDR, plus this information was posted on the project webpage Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 198 of 232 - 69 - Accomplishments, Themes, and Vision 68 What Do We Want to Be? The purpose of this meeting was to review what has been heard through the process over the past year and discuss the draft vision statements for the future of East Boulder. Facilitated by project staff team members, Jean Gatza and Kathleen King. Date: May 27, 2020 Number of Participants: 18 out of 21 working group members, 8 staff, and 5 members of the public Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. Meeting #12Meeting #12 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) What We Heard • Top priorities among the group include the following focus areas: Housing, Design & Placemaking, and Small Business • Arts & Culture and Access & Mobility were second tier priorities, followed by Resilience & Climate. • Things not directly addressed that may need further investigation: 1) Water to San Lazaro Village and 2) the possibilities for the Valmont Power Plant site. • There is a desire to find creative solutions through flexibility of use when it comes to fitting housing with light industrial • There is a desire to support and continue the existing aesthetic, without adding “cookie cutter development” (multi-level apartment buildings without relation to surroundings). • There is interest in creating housing solutions that solve more than one problem, possibly through partnerships. • Finessing the intent or the actual words for Small, Local, Diverse, to make them more universal / applicable as well as specific to this subcommunity. How will we use this input? The key themes and vision statements will be shared with the community for feedback on BeHeard Boulder and included in a memo to City Council and Planning Board. The East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) will use Vision Statements as a tool to make decisions about the value of potential recommendations to land use or transportation options. Working Group summary of activities and accomplishments for the last 12 months: Participated in: • 12 Working Group meetings • 7 Different venues: OSMP, MSC, Airport, Palo Park Community Center, Spark Performance, Zoom! • 1 Bus tour • 11 Outreach events Influenced these documents: • 1 Inventory and Analysis report • 1 Growing Up Boulder report • 1 Focus Group report • 1 Council and Board memo • 1 Themes document for the year! Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 199 of 232 - 71 -Resilience & Climate Commitment 70 What Do We Want to Be? At this Working Group meeting, the members provided feedback on the draft Vision Statements and agreed they were ready to share more widely with the community, discussed how the they can help with engagement, and refined plans for the July virtual workshop to revise draft land use concepts. Date: June 24, 2020 Number of Participants: 17 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 1 Spanish language translator, and 1 member of the public Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #13Meeting #13 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG)Small Local Bus iness Housing A f f o r d a bili t y & Di v e r sit yDesign Quality & PlacemakingArts & Cu l t u r a l S p a c e s Ac c e s s & M o b i l i t y What We Heard In group discussions, working group members expressed some concern about the Visions Statements being too generalized but the group reached concensus that these draft statements could move forward to sharing with the wider community for feedback. Other thoughts about the draft vision statements included thoughtful consideration around certain terms, such as “substantial amount of new housing,” “culture,” “diversity.” There were also considerations about prioritizing flood safety, incorporating language that recognizes the need for amenities that support families and a discussion of how working group members could share out the vision statements with neighbors, coworkers and other stakeholders. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group What We Heard How will we use this input? Feedback on the vision statements were used to make final tweaks to the statements before sharing on BeHeard Boulder for community-wide feedback. Working group members also discussed the July land use workshop and provided thoughts about helpful materials, offering spanish translation and putting the concepts in the context of the BVCP focus areas. This input is helping the staff team prepare materials for the workshop, which will be held virtually. Vision continued... Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 200 of 232 - 73 - - 73 - 72 What Do We Want to Be? BeHeard Boulder Date: July through September 2020 on BeHeard Boulder Comments: 113 Advertising: BeHeard Boulder; project website, social media channels (Facebook, Twitter, Nextdoor); working group members messaging to friends, neighbors and networks, Planning E-Newsletter Vision Statements Vision Statements QuestionnaireQuestionnaire East Boulder Vision Statements will guide decision-making, objectives and strategies for the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan. Working Group members worked with city staff to create draft statements. A community questionnaire was provided on the BeHeard Boulder website to invite community members to review and provide feedback on the draft Vision Statements. Participants were asked to what degree they supported each of the six Vision Statements by answering with a “yes!”, “kinda”, or “nope!” -- followed by an opportunity for comment. Participants were also asked about how each East Boulder vision should be prioritized. The questionnaires were offered in English and Spanish. What We Heard In general, a majority of community members support the six Vision Statements. Each statement received important comments and feedback. The Housing Vision Statement feedback included the greatest range of sentiment, from fervent support to strong opposition. Participants expressed concerns about increased traffic resulting from an increase of residential density. Others want to see diverse, affordable options in East Boulder that would allow for for-sale products serving a range of households: families, workers, low and middle income. Other issues with a wide range of viewpoints include subcommunity character, the need for industrial and commercial space and density. Some of the feedback indicates that some community members still are not clear about the boundaries of the East Boulder subcommunity. Other consistent themes about the vision statements include a general support for providing access to nature and green spaces and open areas with views to the mountains; a range of views about desired future density and a desire for new and enhanced connections in East Boulder to support any new uses. For a full capture of responses, see the BeHeard Boulder report online. How will we use this input? Working group members, Planning Board and the Transportation Advisory Board will review survey results and feedback. The working group will work with staff to make any final revisions to the statements. Many of the comments can be brought forward for consideration as a potential recommendation. Other comments will weigh on decisions related to land use choices, mobility options and final recommendations. Revised Vision Statements will help shape the range of options considered about where, what and how East Boulder’s future might evolve – to achieve citywide goals established in the Boulder Valley Comprehensive Plan (BVCP). - 73 - Online Findings Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 201 of 232 Test Concept Comparison Test Concept 1 Test Concept 2 Test Concept 3 - 75 - 74 What Do We Want to Be? In lieu of the planned in-person, half-day workshop to develop and iterate land use concepts for the East Boulder subcommunity, working group members members met via Zoom for two sessions over a week in July. Group members were given a variety of materials to prepare for the workshop including online, recorded videos describing some “test concepts,” and a hard-copy packet that included concept maps, BVCP land uses and floodplain mapping for the subcommunity. Working in small groups, members developed recommendations for revising the land use concepts to meet citywide goals and East Boulder vision statements. Date: July 22 and July 29, 2020 Number of Participants: On July 22, 17 out of 21 working group mem-bers, 7 staff, and 2 translators attended; and on July 29, 14 of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 3 translators, and 2 members of the public Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #14Meeting #14 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) What We Heard Working Group members provided a range of recommendations to revise test concepts, including a desire to test a greater variety of uses along Arapahoe Ave, wanting to focus higher intensities at the 55th and Arapahoe “node,” and an interest in testing change in uses at Valmont Power Plant and the Municipal Airport. The group also wanted to see options with more intensity of uses and more changes at the 47th and Valmont road “node.” The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? The feedback and recommended revisions for land uses will be used to refine the Test Concepts for review by the working group at the August meeting prior to finalizing them for further analysis. Feedback regarding additional analysis needed, desired character, floodplain impacts, and other concerns or ideas will be considered as the Test Concepts are refined into final land use scenarios that will be evaluated and shared for wider community review and feedback. Land Use Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 202 of 232 0 1200600 2400 Feet 0 1200600 2400 Feet Test Concept 1 Valmont Rd Pearl P k w y 55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyBNSF Railroad Pearl St 48th Ct49th StPearl E Cir Walnut St Sterling Dr Sterling Ct47th STAirport Blvd Airport Rd Sterling DrSterling CtFlatir o n P k w y Central Ave Central Ave S F l a t i r o n C tN 57th Ct56th StConestoga Ct Conestoga StWestern Ave Range StCommerce St48th STPeak Ave Old Tale RdCherryvale RdOreg Ave Westview DrEisenhower DrMacArthur Dr Patton Dr55th St63rd StValmont Rd EBWG DRAFT 8/21/2020 - 77 - 76 What Do We Want to Be? During this virtual meeting, working group members provided feedback on the next iteration of land use concepts, dicussed the opportunity for committee work and learned about the next phase for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Master Plan. Date: August 26, 2020 Number of Participants: 14 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 3 translators, and 3 members of the public Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #15Meeting #15 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) What We Heard After reviewing the next iteration of the land use concepts, working group members shared general consensus that with a few modifications, they were OK with these concepts moving forward to boards and council for feedback. The working group discussed committee opportunities and a few members have expressed interest in participating in one of the three committees. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Feedback on the land use concepts will inform modifications to the concepts before they are shared with boards and Council. Other input received about the concepts will continue to be explored and evaluated in the next phase of work. Working group members who have volunteered for committees will be contacted to help move the following topics forward into the next phase of work (1) Indicators and Metrics; (2) Community Engagement and (3) Station AreaMaster Planning. Land Use continued... Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 203 of 232 - 79 - 78 What Do We Want to Be? Date: Transportation Advisory Board on September 14, 2020 and Planning Board on September 17, 2020 Number of Participants: 5 TAB and 7 PB members and 2 staff Location: Meetings held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website During the week of September 14, Planning Board and the Transportation Advisory Board (TAB) both received an update on the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan project. Boards provided input to guide the next phase of work, which is Scenario Testing. The Scenario Testing process will consider a range of options for land use changes in the East Boulder subcommunity and test these concepts against a set of measurable indicators, such as population, housing and trips generated to help community members understand how changes to land use could impact citywide goals. Planning Board & Planning Board & Transportation Advisory Transportation Advisory Board MeetingsBoard Meetings What We Heard On Sept. 14, Transportation Advisory Board asked staff to consider adding bike access, transit access and density measures to the list of indicators being considered. Meeting minutes found here. On Sept. 17, Planning Board members asked for indicators that would provide a more comprehensive understanding of key issues including affordability, diversity and climate adaptability. Meeting minutes found here.These included: •A housing unit index that would measure the potential for a mix of housingtypes •An indicator that considers the potential for affordable units •An indicator that considers the potential for affordable industrial and commercial space •An indicator measuring CO2 emissions whose source is vehicles •An indicator that consider the types of jobs created or reduced How will we use this input? City staff will work to identify potential methods for calculating the requested metrics and move forward with the next phase of work. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 204 of 232 - 81 - 80 What Do We Want to Be? This working group meeting focused on the a future mobility hub, development opportunities and challenges surrounding the 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue intersection. The meeting was facilitated by consultants from MIG, who have been hired by the city to direct more detailed design for this catalytic site. Funding for consultant work was provided through a DRCOG grant to conduct a station area master plan. Group members discussed “What could mixed-use, transit-oriented development (TOD) be for 55th & Arapahoe?” Date: September 23, 2020 Number of Participants: 17 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 spanish language interpreters, 2 consultants and 1 Boulder County staff member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #16Meeting #16 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Station Area Master Plan with consultants, MIG What We Heard • When considering a TOD, there is support for an area that is safe and accessible • Connecting to and creating multi-use pathways will be important for the multi-modal success of this site • Support for building community with permanent affordable residential (would like to see products besides just multi-family apartments), flexible business uses, and an entertaining environment (during the day and evening). • Integrate the information the working group has created to date regarding housing and density. • Not interested in creating the “highest and best use” economic scenario. Want to see “high enough and best for the community use.” • The boundary for the Station Area Master Plan (STAMP) will be wrefined. • Prioritize supporting businesses with affordable for-rent commercial space. • Develop ways to solicit input from residents south of Arapahoe as well as employers and employees in the area. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? The consultant team will use the input provided by the working group to refine the study area boundary and develop a summary of area opportunities and constraints to inform the existing conditions analysis for the STAMP. The input will also continue to refine the options and engagement planning for the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan process and outcomes. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 205 of 232 - 83 - 82 What Do We Want to Be? At this October Council meeting, city staff presented progress on the subcommunity plan including the three alternative land use scenarios and potential impacts. Council members discussed the project’s next steps for engagement and discussed other potential impacts the team should consider. Date: October 20, 2020 Number of Participants: 9 City Council members and 2 staff Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website City Council City Council MeetingMeeting What We Heard Council members described other types of data they would like to see as part of the discussion on alternative scenarios, including: •Vacancy rates •Provision of service industrial space •Threats to space for start-up businesses Council members expressed enthusiasm for the engagement plan and look forward to hearing community feedback. Meeting packet and minutes can be found here. How will we use this input? Council input will inform analysis of the alternative scenarios and will provide community members with additonal factors to consider when weighing trade-offs. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 206 of 232 - 85 - 84 What Do We Want to Be? This working group meeting provided engagement, indicators, and STAMP committee updates and reviewed draft materials in preparation for upcoming public engagement window. The engagement plan includes a variety of tools to ask community members about trade-offs and land use choices. The input offered direction on the overall approach as well as specifics about the videos, indicatiors, and questions to be used. Date: October 20, 2020 Number of Participants: 19 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 spanish language interpreters, and 1 Boulder County staff Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #17Meeting #17 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Planning for Winter Engagement Window What We Heard In general, the group was pleased with the progress of the committee work to date. The group appreciated seeing the 3D modeling of the Test Concept Scenarios. They offered input on staging and translating the information to share with the community. In particular, they suggested aiming toward providing feasible scenarios instead of maximum capacity and communicating the full extent of the proposed changes (even if they are not feasible) to be transparent and credible; providing existing information compared to proposed; expressing numbers in relation to relatable factors, instead of using absolute numbers; translating the land use changes into a narrative, instead of just numbers and masses; providing clarity about the purview of the two part engagement to initially solicit the community needs of “this” or “that” land use categories (housing, commercial industrial, retail, etc.) in the winter, followed by soliciting the community’s interest in potential design / the “look and feel” preferences in the spring. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will this input be used? This information will be integrated into the community engagement materials (online materials, survey and communications messaging) for the Winter Engagement Window. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 207 of 232 86 What Do We Want to Be? This working group meeting focused on learning about the opportunities and limitations for redevelopment in East Boulder based on the market and economic analysis developed and presneted by consultants EPS. Discuss 2021 project schedule. Date: December 16, 2020 Number of Participants: 18 out of 21 working group members, 4 staff, 2 MIG consultants and 2 EPS consultants, 2 spanish language interpreters, and 1 community member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members Meeting #18Meeting #18 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Market and Economic Analysis What We Heard Priorities from the group include maintaining diversity in the types of businesses and jobs in the area. The group supports housing and affordable housing including for-purchase, co-housing, and family-oriented options that do not exist today in the subcommunity. The group was amenable to considering building up, making opportunities that would benefit the community and make it manageable/doable for developers. The group supported mixed uses with existing shops and create sense of place with an attractive / arts draw as well as make it walkable. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Feedback and insight from this meeting will inform the next draft of the Market Study for the STAMP, initial concepts for the MU TOD area at 55th and Arapahoe (STAMP) and will influence recommendations for the East Boulder Subcommunity. 2021 Working Group Schedule There are 5 more meetings to complete the Working Group commitment on the 4th Wednesday of each month from 2:30 to 5:00 p.m. January 27, February 24, March 24, April 28, May 26 - 87 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 208 of 232 2%6% 15% 6%4%0% 50% 6%9% 1% 5% 11% 2%2%1% 56% 6% 18% 3%4% 19% 6%1%0% 62% 3%0% 0% 11% 20% 13% 0% 0%0% 56% 0%0% 0% 0%0% East Boulder Subcommunity Plan January 2021East Boulder SubcommuntiyComparing Concepts Concept 1 New Neighborhoods at Key Nodes Concept 2 Residential Redevelopment Along Major Corridors Concept 3 Mixed-Use Redeveopment and New Green Spaces East Boulder Residential Population 2040 City of Boulder Residential Population 2040 New Homes Overall New Homes Types of Housing Jobs Jobs Breakdown of Job Types Existing 466 108, 091 313 16,984 1,319 123,000 605 35,198 6,182 127,863 2,736 33,985 13,709 135,390 6,117 33,302 13, 272 134,953 5,908 33,477 .91% 1.26% 1.24% annual pct. growth .69%annual pct. growth annual pct. growth annual pct. growth Current Trend Industrial Area with Destination Recreation 52% 48% 88 What Do We Want to Be? This meeting focused on the results of scenario modeling and discussed methods for sharing this information with the community. To prepare for the upcoming engagement window about land use choices and trade-offs, Working Group members provided input on the draft format, content, and questions to ask the community. Following up from the previous month’s meeting, staff shared more information on the Economic / Market analysis. Meeting #19Meeting #19 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Land Use Choices and Trade Offs Community Meeting prep Date: January 27, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 18 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 1 MIG consultant, 3 Spanish language interpreters Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. What We Heard The Working Group and staff did a dry run of the planned Community Meeting which provided good insight on how to best share the information including the following: • Informational videos being shared with the community via website and social media, pointing to the upcoming outreach event. • These concepts are a way to project, but not predict the future, and to highlight the differences between the concepts so that the community can understand and provide input. • Simplify the questions, imagery, and digital tools to make it easier to share with the community. • Since the concepts can look similar, find ways to distinguish the concepts. Description of job types was highlighted as a distinguishing characteristic. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Feedback and insight from this meeting would hone the Community Meeting event to improve participants experience and understanding, as well as improve feedback. - 89 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 209 of 232 90 What Do We Want to Be? Following a presentation of the project, land use concepts and potential impacts, this outreach event solicited the community’s input on the draft concepts in small discussion groups (3 to 6 people) facilitated by Working Group members and recorded by staff. Project staff were available throughout sessions to answer questions. This was the first large-format community meeting held via Zoom for this project. Community MeetingCommunity Meeting Community Engagement Event Land Use Choices and Trade Offs Date: February 1, 2021 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. Number of Participants: nearly 70 community members, 10 working group members, 13 city staff, 1 county staff, 2 MIG consultants Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: Written content about the event was posted on the city’s project webpage and the home page calendar, the Planning and Develop- ment calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, on Facebook and NextDoor posts that were also provided to working group members for distribution, and an email was sent to the East Boulder Subcommunity Plan mailing list via MyEmma; visual content was created via a Subcommunity Planning 101 video posted on the BeHeardBoulder and the project website, and a Channel 8 segment was broadcasted; and a phsyical postcard was mailed to area residents. What We Heard What people like about the Concepts: •Support for new housing, especially if affordable for workforce in the area •Opportunities for mixed-use: housing close to work, walkable retail, services and transit – 15 minute neighborhoods •Opportunities for new businesses, accessible neighborhood-serving retail and food What people had concerns about the Concepts: •Potential for increased traffic •Displacement of important businesses and services •Consider issues around parking, electric cars, transit access, flood anddrainage, water supply Observations about Balancing Trade-Offs •Support changes in use near transit corridor to offset increased traffic •Work to match housing with workers Building Height Considerations •Views are really important! Balance allowing higher buildings withmaintaining view •Some feedback not in support of allowing flexibility in building heights •Allowing flexibility and taller buildings could be ok: - with good design, attractive buildings, nice plazas and places gather - along corridors, not impacting residential views, - with sufficient open spaces, landscaping, setbacks so it doesn’t seem like a tunnel - if provides community benefit – like more housing that is affordable The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Community Meeting - Summary Report How will we use this input? Community input shared during this meeting will be shared with the East Boulder Working Group, Planning Board and City Council. The input will be used to help design a preferred land use concept for the East Boulder subcommunity. - 91 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 210 of 232 Group 1  Boulder Chamber Discussion What do you like about the concepts and proposed changesand what concerns you? What considerations are most important regarding trade-offs?  If we make these changes, do you foresee a positive or negative impactto your business or other businesses? How does this affect you?  Group 2 Group 3 Group 4Lori Call + KKing Ben Molk + Jean Sanson Peter Aweida + Jean Gatza Jeff Wingert + Holly Opansky LIKES CONCERNS LIkes concept 3 becauseit seems to move landtowards its approapraiteuse. Questions about costbut likes the ideas 55th Street doesseem like a greatarea for more density Good to see thatwe're thinking aboutredevelopment andplanning for it Maybe getting the inlieu of option foraffordable housing isa good option.  Mixedneighborhoods  San Lazaro serving asan anchor foradditional affordablehousing  Density density density.There might be a way to findsome middle-ground. Don'twant to give industrialbusinesses reason to moveout  Getting in the door is thehard part for getting intothe housing market andhome ownership.  Down-zoning will create a lot ofangry property owners. It's kind of ataking. There's a legal componentand a cost component. There's atremendous amount of park area.Would suspect that the city has tobuy those properties.  We shoo people awayat the end of the daywhen they could bepart of our community  If housing units aregoing in that couldhelp people get intoa market rate home.  50 year vestige of Euclidean zoning; assumingyou'll always be able to drive. OOOPS wegoofed. Our industrial zones are the bestopportunities that exist for our broken urbanfabric. We have land that has lots of room on it.All we need to do to get affordable housing anda mix of uses that doesn't exist today is to re-mixit and say to the owners that are there, that wewould like you to build housing.  Light industrial is that remainingliving wage type of job thatsustains a family. Worried aboutgetting rid of that kind of job andwage. That kind of infrastucture isimportant to support those level ofwages and jobs.  Boulder Lumber is changedin all three scenarios. They'rebeing changed in all threescenarios. The companyprovides lumber for a LOT ofprojects  Having an area inBoulder that isprimarily for businessis an important thing Looks at different perspectivesof parks and greenspaces andneed to be realistic about whatthe costs associated are withdriving towards true feasibility  That area of EB and North Boulder are theonly two areas where you still see services(auto shops and repair) and those are thesame jobs contribute to a mmiddle class.So much of it has already been pushed outof Boulder. Those jobs have a lot of dignityand are an important part of a healthycommunity.  What level ofoutreach have youdone to the tenants inthese areas?  If you say to a landowner we're going to upzoneyour land so you can add 10 dwelling units peracre, but you have to build them andpermanently restrict them as affordablie andmiddle income units, it's pretty low risk. If theybuild under those terms, permanent restrictionsmay be imposed. If nothing happens, back to thedrawing board ... HOw are youconsidering COVIDimpacts to office? Concepts 2 and 3 concern withthe reduction in industrialspace; Concerns about drivingthese services into Louisville,Lafayette where things can besupplied  Has the outreachbeen done to thetenants?  Taking an industrial zone andredeveloping it as a completeneighborhood. We don't know wherethe tipping point is. If you went toUpslope and said you can build 15units next to your business. Whatwould the outcome be?  EFFA does a ton of rental assistance.There is a lack of jobs that are lowerincome. There's a risk of eliminating oflight industrial and manufacturing whichare better paying for less education;restaurant and retail jobs don't on averagepay living wages in our community. Thoseworkers will need subsidity.  Does it all need to turninto housing?  It shouldbe a collection ofbusinesses ANDneighborhoods  Needs to be very carefullyconsidered. Want to make surewe're not taking or de-valuingproperty but if there is a way tofinance it, open to looking atideas. There is value in theseexisting uses now.  The area that TRADdesign was in -everyone is stillworking  Before we design any homes, we need toask the current employees in the areawhat it would take for them to stopcommuting in because they want to LIVEhere. Not just number of bedrooms, butquality of neighborhood and potential tocreate a thriving community. San Lazaro is a key location wherethe latino population lives. Wouldfind it poetic if the area couldacknoledge the ethnic history ofthe area. It's important and it'smaintained a minority populationfor a long time.  If we reduce theindustrial by 50%, wheredoes that business go?That has to happensomewhere  There's a way to dosome coolplacemaking withsome density and finda middle ground  Allowing going above 55'to allow for new roofs.Non-living space topenetrate the 55' barrierto improve architecture.  We’ve been studying this abit Downtown and that isconsistent with ourassessment (regarding officespace returning) Height!! Some are allowed up tothe 55'.  The most expensivepart of a building is a top floorand the bottom floor. If you cango taller and get a 4th or 5thstory. We have things that are55' and they're not intrusive.  Boulder Chamber Discussion What do you like about the concepts and proposed changesand what concerns you? What considerations are most important regarding trade-offs?  If we make these changes, do you foresee a positive or negative impactto your business or other businesses? How does this affect you?  LIKES CONCERNS 55th & Arap is groundzero bc we need to dealwith traffic coming intoBoulder; good it's acommon denominator C2: balance betweencommercial andresidential is preferred;need 15-min nbhd tobuild affordable housing C3: like mixed use at FBP,but would take a lot longerbecause leases are verylong; also allow greaterheights More of BCH has tocommute, so mobilityhub would assisthospital C2: like amount ofincreased housing C3: prefer this conceptbc of mixed use at FBP;could offer greatestenvironmental benefits Retail sales and econvitality are highlydependent on in-commuters C2: preferred by BCHbecause it housesmore medical uses C2: Coverting Cordento housing may takelonger; and won'tappreciate the benefituntil much later C3: majority of green spacenorth of Arap is high hazard,but contained north ofrailroad; but work could bedone to bring area out ofhigh hazard conveyance C3: area shown asopen space north ofArapahoe could bebetter used for housing More residential willhelp achieve jobs-housing balance Live, work, playenvironment withoutcommuting can checka bunch of Boulderboxes Would be in favor ofexceeding 55' heightlimit; doesn't impactviewsheds; and wouldhelp meet all city goals Ensure Mixed Useallows medical uses; aimportant resourcesthat's not allowed inmany other zones Should allow greaterheights bc you have abetter shot atattainable housing Lowering or eliminatingparking requirements willhelp improve quality ofspace for people andallow more intensity BCH would prefer toadd greater intensityon their current site;much easier thanfinding other areas If you're doing groundfloor commercial,allowing an extra flooror two can help withresidential Form based codewould create greaterpredictability and useby right Ensure it's not aneighborhood retailservices desert; integrateinto E Boulder soresidential is successful  Consider convertingFBP to mixed use,given COVID impacts Hospital would likemore space at 55th &Arap for medical uses Allow Ball to do whatthey need to do, andnot get in their way Boulder Chamber Discussion What do you like about the concepts and proposed changesand what concerns you? What considerations are most important regarding trade-offs?  If we make these changes, do you foresee a positive or negative impactto your business or other businesses? How does this affect you?  LIKES CONCERNSstaying the course is amissed opportunity. this area presentsfertile way to addressbig challenges.  worry about takingaway from industrialarea and pushing moreretail. these areimportant jobs. medical is importantfor this area. retaillikely in transition.  important to get specificproperty-owner feedback. e.gcorden pharma - get a sense offuture build out plans. may notwant residential nearby /nuisance complaints  drawn to concept 1for mixed useapproach.   EB is one of the lastindustrial strongholds, imptindustrial economy; thereare more practical places toput open space.  Dinner Theater site is key andpoised for redevelopment. Likethe concepts 1, 2 - higherdensity on the corner w transit.transition to residential to theS.  important to have bigvision. bring peopletogether for change.  adverse reaction toHDR on 55th - addinga bunch of people andtraffic to Arapahoe  opportunity withtransit corridor.   supportive of mixeduse at 55th and arap -dinner th appreciate the process:the more granular wecan be - better to sell thevision to those with mostangst concern about losingservice industrial,repair opportunities more work on the TOD sopeople can plan accordingly -redevelopment plans take afew years to come together.faster.  question about what areappropriate buffers toindustrial uses / manuf?  artsvenues?  arts and cultdestinations - adds to neigh.  Ball - industry isn't superdirty but have aspects thatmay not align with nearbyresidential. Significantconcerns about nearbyuses, access and security traffic flow for newdestinations (culturalvenutes) would have to bewell considered / parking -security concerns IDEA: take 48thacross to Pearl -emerg access  traffic impacts -consider traffic on Arapesp peak, rush, needemergency access;  keep manuf andhousing separated need conversationswith smallercompanies as well aslarge employers  oppportunity to create spacesthat allows for more efficient usefo the land. "catywompus" funkyfit today - maximize. can mixtypes of uses - service usesintegrated with office/others. yes, and keep natural traffic flow - keep residential trafficw residential - out ofmanuf areas wherethere is risk important to consider detailsof types of uses andbusinesses -overall needs inboulder - mix of medical,manuf, others needed in thecity - not lose key businesses Boulder has many CBD, growfacilities, has been leader in theindustry but has impacts -driving up value of ind spaces -wondering if consideringlimiting these types of uses?interested in ideasabout power plant andfuture. excitementabout long term vision  some types of manufhave low human density -consider types ofindustrial in regard topotential traffic change paradigm aboutzoning - (FARs, energy) -to allow owners to getmore creative, betterspace overall.  Boulder Chamber Discussion What do you like about the concepts and proposed changesand what concerns you? What considerations are most important regarding trade-offs?  If we make these changes, do you foresee a positive or negative impactto your business or other businesses? How does this affect you?  LIKES CONCERNS Preserve existing jobs and business (createaround that), esp. light industrial and crafttrades. However, do not do it by somehowlandmarking or limiting options, but rather byoffering more opportunity, a variety of landuse options and/or programs that are flexibleand area-wide (not parcel by parcel), and letthem evolve. Support green space(but not eliminatingthe light industrial) Supportingaffordability so thatinnovation can occur Does the plan includethe types of jobs /business that willevolve? Arapahoe and 55th isa good  spot forsomething (like aTOD) to occur Support for moreheight & density in EastBoulder for thepurpose to achievegreater affordability Wendell - excited toabout the proposed 317housing with 1,900 sq. ft.retail of WaterviewDevelopment Support for housing inall the concepts  Support for bus rapid transit -transportation from the east and thatone property owner (Ben @ Cresent)that can transform the area, to addloft style housing, Rayback East,activate area, great parking,breweries, coffee roasters, micro-modal Give the property owner / businessowner (additional FAR, height, zoneoptions) so they have the flexibilityto build and create; in particiularmake the options broader, and notso perscriptive, parcel by parcel Becky - What is theTOD? Would prefer todiscuss characteristicsof each instead of aconcept A distinct need to support forArtists, Craftsman, Rehersal,Maker, Live-work space, ANDcommunity venues to draw folksto the area (create a compelingreason to draw folks to the area) Offer the ability to adapt todifferent evolving needs  like thecurrent state of pearl streetCOVID options with out doordining and closing streets.- abilityto be flexibility; outdoor theater Where would businesses go,if Concept 3's removed lightindustrial in place of housingor green spaces? A lot of businesses have comeout of these light industrialspaces (Avery Brewing); so howdo you support new businessesif they do not have a space tostart.  Demand for a vibrantcommunity meetingand performancespaces isunderrepresented. Be realistic and identifyareas of change /recognizing what's notgoing to change (storageunits - bc they are moneymakers) Support increasing in density(residential and commercial), butbe flexible and do notinstitutionalized it by making itfederally mandating regulations,just "attainable", not necessarily"affordable") Supported the idea ofintroducing morehousing / residential Provide flexibility, don't force oroverly prescribe options, let themarket create demand anddevelopers offer solutions If light industrial is reducedfor housing/mixed use orgreen space, it would highlyimpact the areas thatcannibas companies couldoperate, if at all. How will propertiesbe allowed to evolve? Group 4 Tim O'Shea + Mark De La Torre Boulder Chamber Discussion What do you like about the concepts and proposed changesand what concerns you? What considerations are most important regarding trade-offs?  If we make these changes, do you foresee a positive or negative impactto your business or other businesses? How does this affect you?  LIKES CONCERNS Support for housing,but concern fortraffic/transportaiton Exciting oportunity to do"something" over there -when I think of EastBoudler, I don't think ofanything, I get a blank East Boulderconcepts representlive/work possibilities "As a restaurantowner in this area,more residential isgood for me!" Check out Black Belly Propent of density for:affordability, sustainabilityand making it easier tocreate walkablecommunities "So exciting what youguys are doing!" Whatever we can do to sustainaffordable housing in EastBoulder will not only keepdiversity, it will help us keepentry level workers around forsmall businesses Encouragingrepurposingcommunities to newneeds arises with timechanging Are Concepts 2 and 3showing too muchhousing growth? I’m curious about thetransit hub Where is densitymost appropraite? When we talk about peopleliving and working in thesame place (traffic benefits),the job to population ratiogets better, but it's notenough We need the little fix-itshops that exist today(not too many choicesleft for thosebenuiness) Hard to communitybuild without change Concerns regardingoverbhilding as itrelates to housing We graduate great talentout of the university, butthey have to leavebecause they can't affordto live here. Difficult to managepeoples dislike ofchange Addressing mobilehome communityneeds - don't want tosee them kicked out Comp Plan policiesspell out a need forhousing, but the codechanges hasn't caughtup yet Housing for young families istoo expensive. The 5 personhousehold is now a couple inthe house and 3 solooccupants of apartments Housing andtransportation gohand and hand Something toincorporate the arts What is missing (thoughtsfrom downtown): Foodtrucks.  Things to walk to. Trnasportation.  Housing. Subsidiziation tomaintain smallerneeds along withallowing for growth As dense as NorthBoulder is (thearmory), somethinglike that  Deed-restricted units are onecategory. We also need unitsthat are affordable by nature,like smaller market rate units. Value to thecommunity to have aplace where you getyou things fixed Need to expand lightindustrial - how surehow you balancerising land values Affordable Housing andthe challenge of realizingappreciation of value. Subdistricts tomaintain key usesthen allow for changeelsewhere How do you keep landvalue down?  Voluntarydeed restrictions? Annexation to drive thevalue down? Currently, East Boulderdoesn't make tme thingof anything - change willbe positive East Boulder is full ofopportunity Broken economic link ofBoulder - 24 to 35 movingto Denver (goes beyondaffordable housing, there'sa lifestyle to it) We need to find away to talk aboutdensity that desn'tscare people away Ball Aerospace is closingwatching the EBS - want tobe in sync.  Wants to respectsmall business, but largerinstitutions need to grow,connect. I don't see us becomingfewer people, so whatever that looks like, weneed to be prpared forthat "I love the momentumand the conversation" Diversity is important,but the universitypipeline doesnt' helpbecause it's notdiverse Deborah Malden, Boulder Chamber (Arts); Alana Malone (Green Dot Labs), Andrea Meneghel, Boulder Chamber;  Adrain Sopher (Sopher Sparn Architects, Sean Maher (RRC Market Research), Becky Callan Gamble (Dean Callan Commercial Real Estate), Wendell Pickett (Frontier Companies) C1: least favorite bc missingopportunity for affordable housing;residential at Valmont and Foothillsalready has a lot of investment;residential upzoning wouldn't beenough for properties to redevelop;resid wouldn't be highest and best use There's a greatvisualization in thelink there showinghow Arapahoecould look important to havespace for "dirty shop"service  really like transit hub. Ball -2000 employees, manyneed to come in for manufjobs.  last mile is difficult inthis area of town  “the Brooklyn ofBoulder” - moreindustrial, a bit moreaffordable, andcontains moreopportunity thandowntown East end ULI study still hasvalue - ideas that resonate,follow creek that flows intoFlatirons... use asconnection - access area-serving andneigh-serving retailwould do well in thisarea. food options people would LOVE tohave a groceryopportunity in the area- would reduce trafficmiles  like Mixed Use thatencourages new businesses- restaurants are needed bythose who work here. would reduce overall traffic.  I believe in theMarket, but Ialso believe ingood planning,good zoning From a public policy perspectiveand opportunity for personalwealth building (home ownershipis the single most common wealthbuilding opportunity for averagefolks - how they fund, forexample, college tuition) I thinkdeed restrictions are a bad idea.And as CU can attest, annexationis a long embattled slog. We're buildinga lot ofhousing butwe're notgrowing Most of my hourly staffcannot afford Boulderany longer - so theycommute Thank you for thisdiscussion. It’s exactlywhat I was looking forto begin to understandthe work done so far …and the work there isstill to do. Those whowere here, haveleft.  Those whowork here arecommuting The university has beenincreasing it's diversity annuallyfor at least 5 years and workingvery hard at continuing thattrajectory as we look to whothe future workforce is. As acommunity, CU is more diversethan the Boulder community. Conversation focused more on goals, aspirations and general thoughts. Stephen Sparn(Architect), John Tayer, Karl Gerber (Ball), Ted Rockwell (CU),Rick Johnson (rep for Dinner Theatre prop), Iffie Jennings (Xcel), MichalDuffy (Out Boulder), Nikhil Maneker A robust arts  & culturecommunity creates foran over all vibrant andattractive community 92 What Do We Want to Be? Policy Roundtable Policy Roundtable DiscussionDiscussion Boulder Chamber of Commerce Date: February 11, 2021 from 4:30 to 5:30 p.m. Number of Participants: approximately 75 chamber members, 4 working group members, 4 city staff, 2 MIG consultants Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This meeting was hosted and advertised through the Boulder Chamber of Commerce and the city’s staff and consultants were guests. Staff shared information about the event with working group members for observation purposes. Land Use Choices and Trade Offs What We Heard What people like about the Concepts: •Support for transit and access improvements at 55th & Arapahoe – a keyopportunity area •Support for new mixed-use neighborhoods and opportunities for 15-minutewalkable food and services for those who work in East Boulder •Support for green space What people had concerns about the Concepts: •Be mindful of existing businesses development plans for the future •Include arts / cultural / performance area (as well as space for artists/artisans) to support vitality and compliment community-building •Too limiting having parcel by parcel land use designations, allow moreflexibility so that demand drives solutions (instead of limited by city code) •Provide flexibility for that jobs and businesses can evolve Observations about Considerations about Trade-Offs: •Be strategic about adjacencies of new residential and established industrial uses to minimize negative impacts (I.e. security, noise) •Support for increased amount of housing and jobs, but keep it affordable for businesses •Impacts on Businesses •Need for startup, nascent, small business, and light industrial space that isaffordable and/or attainable The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Chamber of Commerce, Policy Roundtable - Summary Report How will we use this input? Chamber member input shared during this meeting will be shared with the East Boulder Working Group, Planning Board and City Council. The input will be used to help design a preferred land use concept for the East Boulder subcommunity. Following a presentation of the project, land use concepts and potential impacts, this outreach event solicited the Chamber member attendees’ input on the draft concepts in small discussion groups (3 to 6 people) facilitated by consulants and staff. Project staff were available throughout sessions to answer questions. During this project, this was the third update shared with the Chamber of Commerce community. - 93 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 211 of 232 94 What Do We Want to Be? San Lazaro Park San Lazaro Park Properties’ Community Properties’ Community Date: February 23, 2021 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 20 community members, 3 working group members, 5 city staff, and 2 Spanish language interpreters Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: Written content about the engagement event was shared directly through the two community connectors working on this project via social media and hardcopy flyers and working group members’ networks Land Use Choices and Trade Offs Community Engagement Event in Spanish This event was delivered in Spanish and included a project overview presentation, Q & A, and break-out rooms for discussion. Participants shared feedback about key concerns, as well as the hopes and needs for the future of the area, especially for residents who live in the East Boulder Subcommunity at San Lazaro Park Properties. - 95 - What We Heard What people liked & disliked about the Concepts: •Concern that with redevelopment of any of the concepts there will be gentrification of housing and commercials space. •Support for concepts that prioritize new housing. Want to see housing types that will support homeownership of affordable units. Many people who work in Boulder have to live in other communities and commute long distances. •Access to recreation space is a priority for the community – like the concepts that add green space and locate housing near parks and open spaces, concept 3 for green spaces, areas to walk. •Suggestions around examples of affordable commercial space for businesses owned by people of color (e.g. the new Hispanic Marketplace in Aurora). What people had concerns about the Concepts: •People were happy to hear that all concepts for the future preserve and maintain SL as mobile home neighborhood in plan. •Several expressed serious concerns about the water quality at San Lazaro and their desperate hope to be connected with city water. •esidents want the part to be annexed to enable them to receive city benefits, city services like recreation center access, other programs. •There were question about rents going up if the park is annexed. People inquiredabout the possibility of rent control? Or other ways to keep rent affordable. •Several people expressed concerns about keeping the low-key character ofthe area and that if there is a lot of redevelopment in the area it would push up housing prices and result in other gentrification. General Comments and Questions: •Hope that the city will really consider the feedback from the Spanish-speakingcommunity. •What is considered “affordable housing”? 15% affordable housing seems toolow; new development is typically more expensive and may drive up rents in San Lazaro. •What control does the city have around redevelopment of private property?Concern about big companies buying up large areas of property. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Community Meeting in Spanish - Summary Report How will we use this input? Community input shared during this meeting will be shared with the East Boulder Working Group, Planning Board and City Council. The input will be used to help design a preferred land use concept for the East Boulder subcommunity. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 212 of 232 96 What Do We Want to Be? This meeting focused on recent engagement activities’ key themes heard from the 2/1 Community Meeting, 2/11 Boulder Chamber of Commerce’s Policy Roundtable, 2/23 Community Meeting in Spanish, this month’s BeHeardBoulder Questionnaire, and City departments. The group reflected upon them, then discussed how this community input could translate into ideas for land use recommendations. Meeting #20Meeting #20 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Reflecting on community engagement input Date: February 24, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 15 out of 21 working group members, 4 staff, 1 community member, and no Spanish language interpreters because not needed at this meeting Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. What We Heard Many working group members participated in at least one event and/or opportunity and found the efforts fruitful. Of the eight big ideas that came out of the engagement efforts, on the topics of housing, local business, and floodplain, there were diverse views that supported, suggested, and opposed these ideas. Some input included support for: •Housing priorities, as long as it provides options for families (something with access to grass and ownership), as well as high-density options •Annexation of San Lazaro Mobile Home Park •Local business priorities, as long as it retains flexibility •Floodplain priorities, as long as it provides affordable commercial space, investment growth, flexibility to use the space in different ways (orienting towardthe creek, building on stilts, mobile options) The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? The input will help revise the “big ideas” for East Boulder recommendations and influence ideas for the other three focus areas. Input will also influence the next iteration of a preferred land use concept to be reviewed by the working group during a March meeting. - 97 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 213 of 232 98 What Do We Want to Be? Trade-Offs and Trade-Offs and Opportunities Opportunities QuestionnaireQuestionnaire BeHeard Boulder Online Findings This community questionnaire was hosted on BeHeardBoulder.org for five weeks and paper copies were delivered and collected through Community Connectors. The questionnaire was available in both English and Spanish. The questionnaire responses provide quantitative and qualitative data about community choices impacting decisions about change in land use. What We Heard The questionnaire included descriptions of proposed land use concepts, including a “no change” option, and analysis of the differences between choices for key indicators like number of homes that could be generated, types of jobs, and land use mix by area. Participants were also asked to prioritize outcomes based on tradeoffs and about priorities for the 55th & Arapahoe Station Area. Many participants also offered critical feedback and comments through open-ended questions included in the questionnaire. For a full capture of responses, see the BeHeard Boulder report online. How will we use this input? The input will help revise the “big ideas” for East Boulder recommendations and influence ideas for the other three focus areas. Input will also influence the next iteration of a preferred land use concept to be reviewed by the working group during a March meeting. - 99 - Date: January through February on BeHeard Boulder Comments: 329 total respondents, 30 responses in Spanish, 55% nearby neighbors, 14% East Boulder Subcommunity employees and business owners Advertising: BeHeard Boulder webpage; project website, social media channels (Facebook and Nextdoor), Planning & Development Services Newsletter, and Working Group members messaging to friends and neighbors, Boulder Chamber, direct email to stakeholder list, project notice on all city utility bills for month of January Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 214 of 232 100 What Do We Want to Be? This meeting focused on reviewing and providing input on the draft Station Area Master Plan (STAMP) concepts developed by the STAMP subcommittee (some working group members, staff, and MIG consultants). Meeting #21Meeting #21 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Discussed STAMP draft concepts Date: March 8, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 15 out of 21 working group members, 4 staff, 2 consultants from MIG, 2 community members, and 2 Spanish language interpreters Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. What We Heard •Supporting existing (and/or small local) businesses’ ability to remain andthrive is a priority •Identify regulatory tools (policies and/or programs) i.e. Community Benefitsthat could support non-profit, affordable commercial spaces. Look into therecent Keyser Marston Associates’ study on community benefit. •Retain EPS to investigate options if existing STAMP businesses weredisplaced to greater East Boulder Subcommunity area. •Acknowledge that commercial gentrification is already starting to occur insome spaces like life science business. Recognize that if this project didnothing, commercial gentrification would still be occurring. Embrace that this subcommunity plan may shape the direction of this trend, instead of initiating it. Find data that recognizes this displacement trend and how the preferred concept will address issues. •Define the difference between change and displacement, and the affects and how the concepts could address any issues. •Implementation sequencing key to making an effective subcommunity plan •Connectivity is a key element •Concept C seems to be the style of most interest, with elements of A and Bpeppered in The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? This input will refine the draft concepts to be shared with focus groups at the end of March. Then the STAMP committee will draw and prioritize information from the focus group input to develop a draft preferred concept to share at a subsequent working group meeting. - 101 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 215 of 232 What We Heard A summary of all community input this winter, can be found here. •The group supported the big ideas shared in the presentation. •There was interest in seeing what changing to Mixed-Use Industrial would provide in housing options in all the areas of change and seeing the amount of housing that could be achieved. •There was interest in seeing what Mixed-Use Residential land use designation adjacent to Valmont Park, while keeping the rest Mixed-Use Industrial, would provide in housing options. •There was interest to learn more about the direct benefits or lack thereof in “affordable housing” and “cash-in-lieu” programs. There was a request formore information about how cash in lieu is calculated. This information isavailable here: https://bouldercolorado.gov/housing/cash-in-lieu-calculator •Flatiron Business Park: Support for MUI (and housing), expanding theboundary to the west, including buildings / sites west of 55th Street, likeHuman Society, and Flatiron Lane (but not Corden Pharma), and preserving existing structures by allowing residential above and utilizing surface parking lots. •Missing Middle-Income Housing: need to provide complex and workforce family housing options that include ownership, grass, multiple bed / bath for children and/or grandparents near green space and or adjacent to park(s). •NW of KOA Lake: Not much support for changing this Light Industrial to a park. •Conveyance /High Hazard N of Arapahoe: Not much support for changing existing use. •Waterview development: Support for waiting for official approval before placing updates on map. •Car dealerships to Naropa area: Strong opposition to some support for changing this Commercial / Service Industrial and Public to allow for other uses. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Staff will mockup the areas of change to see how much housing might be accommodated as well as draft a preferred alternative. Jean will document gaps, items not planned to be included, neighborhood characteristic descriptions. 102 What Do We Want to Be? This meeting focused on recent engagement activities’ key themes heard from the 2/1 Community Meeting, 2/11 Boulder Chamber of Commerce’s Policy Roundtable, 2/23 Community Meeting in Spanish, this month’s BeHeardBoulder Questionnaire, and City departments. The working group reflected upon them, discussed the big ideas generated from the community input, and how this could translated into land use recommendations. Meeting #22Meeting #22 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Reflected on community input, discussed Big Ideas & Land Use Date: April 2, 2021 from 12 - 2:30 p.m. (This meeting was originally sched-uled for March 24, 2021, but due to the shooting tragedy 2 days prior, the meeting date was postponed) Number of Participants: 11 out of 21 working group members, 4 staff, 1 MIG consultant, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 0 community members Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. - 103 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 216 of 232 104 What Do We Want to Be? Date: April 5, 2021 Number of Participants: 7 PB and 5 TAB members and 11 staff Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website This is joint-board work session brought together members of the City’s Planning and Transportation Advisory Boards to consider key land use changes and align land use planning with important transportation decisions in the subcommunity. The two boards worked together to create a “Mural Board” documenting key design qualities and mobility improvements that will guide subcommunity recommendations. Planning Board & Planning Board & Transportation Advisory Transportation Advisory Board Joint MeetingBoard Joint Meeting What We Heard The boards offered the following as key qualities and characteristics of East Boulder: • Human-scaled design • Diversity in use • Diversity of housing types • Provision of neighborhood destinations • Near- and long-term programming • Parking considerations • Experimentation and removing barriers • Increasing the urban canopy • Consideration for OUT commuters as well as IN The boards highlighted the following mobility improvements for consideration in East Boulder: • Pedestrian and Bike Access • TDM • Micromobility and new technology • Roadway Design Meeting materials can be found here. How will we use this input? This input will be shared with community members and the EBWG to help guide recommendations in the subcommunity plan. - 105 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 217 of 232 106 What Do We Want to Be? Special Special City Council City Council MeetingMeeting At this study session, staff presented the latest community feedback and a preferred alternative concept for land use in East Boulder. Council made recommendations for updates to the concept and offered additional considerations for the team to incorporate into the plan’s recommendations. Date: April 13, 2021 Number of Participants: 8 City Council members and 5 staff Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website What We Heard City Council considered the community feedback and provided direction on land use and mobility recommendations to guide the project team and East Boulder Working Group into the next phase of the project including support for annexing San Lazaro, creating a mixed-use transit-oriented development at 55th Street and Arapahoe Avenue, further investigation of innovative mixed-use industrial with housing, improved mobility connections, integrating the airport, diverse and middle-income housing options, forward-thinking options for the Valmont power plant, and the idea of “STREAM”. The meeting materials can be found here. How will we use this input? Council feedback will inform the next iteration of the alternative land use plan, the East Boulder Connections Plan and recommendations to be incorporated into the 60% draft plan. - 107 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 218 of 232 55th and Valmont (East Park) WHAT DO YOU LIKE ABOUT THESE IMAGES?Description Building HeightsMassing and Density Street Level Activation Connectivity Public Space Parking Looks "hot" - lackingthe streetscapeelements that we'vedescribed. Creategreenspace throughthe streetscape. Flavor is moreheavier industrial.Not sure that theyare as appropriate -not sure who theywould appeal to Might beappropriateanywhere - wherebuildings arereaching end of lifebut might not beready to invest yet Likes thecontaineraesthetic Fits nicely in anindstrialneighborhood.Would like to seecafe on the ground the sidewalk. I've seen shipping in Stockholm. likes the gray industrialbuildings, the casitas(thanks for the new tome word), even the structures (for the rightcontext). Also at 25th and Larimerin Denver; restaurants,coee shop, commercial and Class restaurant) 47th and Valmont (West Park) Looks like Likes the style -"casitas"combinedtogether. Variedheights Nice the STAMParea Likes thelight colors -maybe o ofan alley Might beattractive toyoungprofessionals And the light colors will bebetter withclimate change. context, working class no examples ofcourtyard, quadplexes GENERAL COMMENTSon attached residential likes Holidayneighborhood fordiversity All of these have somethinggoing for them in one way oranother - particularly in the twoareas along Valmont. Would liketo see dierent areas ordierent clusters of those How does this get integratedinto Flatirons Park? Into the a hodgepodge. Integration iscritical lives in a HOA that hasa pvt / public parkGENERAL COMMENTSCourtyard - Landscaping -Pvt / Public space Iris & Folsom creates walkingpathways the buildings, insteadof a walled garden - pocket park,noto putting - cautious aobutthe design to make sure it is 10 11 All in the samecontext (not 10dierentarchitectural styles) -looks very Human;Trees in thestreetscape. supports anything thataddresses missingmiddle human lookingin that it is incontext (orconsistency?) likes the foliage- provide"green-ness" tosoften thearchitecture supports an even / consistency of pacing ofbuildings and space between them to makeit walkable wants an image of themissing middle Tim: At the risk of citing an examplefrom Palo Alto, this is less of'traditional garage' and more of'what the space can represent'https://homedesignlover.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/12-palo-alto.jpg GENERAL COMMENTSon Mixed-Use Mixed Use with MultiFamily this goes in theSTAMP area (notother areas ofchange), as well asmajor arterialcorridors along 55thnear TOD Zone. bc of roof lines(sense of massreduction) and likesthe light colors likes thetrees out infront Comment: need to addressthe building height / FAR, bcregulations combined with for developers to get themost out of a structure, and it (making it look boxy) Doesn't likesquare-ishblockyness1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 likesactivatedstreet front likes thedensity andaordability Would like acombo of #6and #2 likes the massreduction,created by theangled roof line likes thetransparency has a lot of glassand is transparent -would like to seethe process; invitesyou in. Likes the densityto support retailand getting moreunits to supporthousing. Unattractive. likes structures tosupport an enjoyable walkableexperience that creates spacesthat have some level ofconsistency. Doesn't have to beexactly the same. Someconsistency within a walk (as ifyou're walking through anecosystem); Would like to see avisual example of the "missingmiddle" likes staggered setbacks;esp. along arterials. Couldhave more height up tostreets once you're into aneighborhood (not as muchas a visual shock). likes the mass reductionis nice (tiers from thestreet) likes #7 &#10 Doesn't want "deadplaces" on theweekends - ground Avoid the Texas Donut - reallyunattractive from the street. Spaces arenot that big inside (Don't want to buildsomething that would be a "slum" - wantsomething that will feel permanent,builds community. Ex/Curtis Park historicdistrict (near RiNo Denver) Attached Residential 12 Looks moreappropriatefor industrialareas/artful 13 14 15 doesn'tt likethis bc itlookssuburban likes the classic workingclass community essencethat is also walkable. Densebut looks like an industrialpart of town. Alleywayaccommodates variety ofmobility types. Likes thewindows at the top level -sense of people watchingover the neighborhood My favorites in theattached residential are#12 and #19. This kind ofdenser townhome wouldbe good to have in themix of diverse housingtypes. 16 housing within asingle area (could seeit near Valmont Park) -also likes Holidayneighborhood 17 not bad; Inthe spirit ofthe inventoryout there 18 19 Looks moreappropriatefor industrialareas/artful Representscurrent Bouldervalues andspeaks todensity likes that thewindowsconnect tosense ofpresence andoutdoors likes that itresonates withthe history oftheneighborhood. Not sure aboutgarages - maybethere should be adierent design than atypical garage door toactivate the space for"tools and toys" Think about other use in the"garage" space Seems likethis wouldgo with thearea this one seemsmore appealingand that wouldgo more withthe area In the spiritof what's outthere Extremelyfancy andupscale($$$) too low ofdensity with 1-story structuremight beimpractical likes theattractivequalities likes this aesthetic bc it can beaccomplished with densities that aren't soobvious: 1) Flat with townhome above; 2)Multifamily implementation in a "lowerdensity looking" neighborhood couldappeal to the types of renters or owners Been done at S'Park West (mix oftownhomes for families and then 3- in the MUI zone of Steelyards doesn't like thatit's a bit more ofexpensivehousing stock Tim: likes the garages bc theycan be used as utility/maker/neutral space; it can be a shop,work space (less about the carand more about how you coulduse that space for "tools andtoys" dislike that thealley might betight for Firetrucks. doesn't likethis bc itlookssuburban doesn't likethat theseareexpensive doesn't likethis bc itlookssuburban likes the landscaping;it's a clever uses ofspace and createsdiversity of ownershipsimilar to Iris Hall oof Folsom - 20 almost likesthis, as it is"on the vergeofappropriate". Pleasant View could be agoodinspiration Likes themodernaesthetic doesn't like Parkingunderneath andbelieves it isinappropriate (andugly) - Parking is "inyour face"doesn't like littletoo high-end /higher dollar (likesome newdevelopments inLongmont ). Someone: Likesthe utility ofspace -integratingparkingunderneath Could be scatteredalong the twoareas alongValmont. Wouldappeal to the"missing middle" doesn't likethis bc itlookssuburban Favorite Favorite Favorite What We Heard The working group highlighted the following as key characteristics of potential redevelopment: • Green Space; Streetscape plantings, integrated landscapes and tree canopy • Consistency in building aesthetics along a blockface • Incorporate context with surrounding structures into new development • Continue to refine how to integrate housing with light industrial The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? The team is currently working on the development of “Place Type” performance measures that will bridge the gap between land use and zoning and provide further direction on the desired neighborhood What We Heard Working Group members highlighted the following as key characteristics for Mixed Use Industrial neighborhoods in East Boulder: Structures •Angled roof-lines (not flat) •Building “layers” – upper floors set back from lower floors •Windows that tie bring outside to the inside Ground floor of new buildings • Transparency • Active Uses Streetscape •Consistent set-backs •Consistent tree canopy and landscape treatments •Consistent building materials on a block Considerations for new housing •Access to outdoor space • Proximity to parks, open space, transit •Temporary/Transitional Structures • Industrial material / shipping container structures are appealing for transitional business space The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Member input will be used to create the performance measures and describe Place Types in the final plan. Place Types provide guidance beyond the BVCP land use categories for future redevelopment and gives the community a greater level of detail on expectations for evolution in the area. 108 What Do We Want to Be? - 109 - Meeting #23Meeting #23 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Neighborhood Character: Mixed Use Industrial areas This meeting focused on defining the neighborhood character for the areas of change. For the most part this discussion addressed a new type of land use catagory, Mixed-Use Industrial. Working Group members submitted photos and images they thought represented a good style for the area for discussion. Members highlighted the character and design qualities that they felt would be a good precedent for Mixed Use Industrial neighborhooods in East Boulder. Date: April 28, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 16 out of 21 working group members, 4 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 4 community members Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 219 of 232 What We Heard Working Group members interests and goals for housing in the area and who it could serve was diverse. Following are some key take aways: Housing is tough. There are many challenges to creating affordable housing. Some things can be influenced or managed by the city and other forces cannot. The East Boulder subcommunity plan can make great contributions to creating new housing opportunities. It is not an expected outcome that the EBWG will solve Boulder’s housing crisis through this plan. There is a range of housing products and programs (affordable rental to ownership) desired. There is still a conflicting desire for low-medium density (middle income, ownership), low-medium density (low-income, ownership and rental), as well as medium-high density (with a mix of options) - but all want high quality building materials and execution, views, access to outdoor space, and a handsome pedestrian experience. Need to clarify the amount of potential new housing for some to justify their support for the land use recommendations. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? This group’s feedback will be used to further define area Place Types and performance measures for areas of change. Sharing information and discussing key issues to ensure Working Group members would be well-positioned to focus on draft plan at June meeting was the goal. ``The plan outline and implementation matrix approach were reviewed. The housing topic was further investigated with help from senior housing planner, Jay Sugnet. Jay presented information and answered questions about low, moderate, and middle-income resources and options that make up the overall affordable housing program in the city. Meeting #24Meeting #24 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) Housing Revisited and Prep for Draft Plan Date: May 26, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 17 out of 21 working group members, 6 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 1 community member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, two consectutive Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notices, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. 110 What Do We Want to Be? - 111 - - 111 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 220 of 232 The vision for the East Boulder includes walkable neighborhoods with mixed-use redevelopment and a variety of mobility improvements to better connect the subcommunity to the surrounding city and the region. 112 How Do We Get There? In Stage 3 of the engagement process stakeholders will collaborate with staff, city leadership and community partners to discuss potential implementation strategies as well as key programs and projects that will help realize the vision for East Boulder. The work will help define a path towards plan implementation. This phase is intended to create stewards of the plan within the community who will carry its goals forward. HOW DO WE GET THERE? - 113 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 221 of 232 What We Heard Working Group members provided key feedback on the Draft Plan: • The amount of housing projected in the concept - is it too little? too much? just enough?; solicit board and council input in July on this topic; • Some members concerned that the place types are too vague and need info on specific unit types, others recommend including example images to help convey what each place type could look like, and who might live there; • Some members concerned the mixed-use land use designation doesn’t offer enough incentive for change; • There was support & opposition for the east border of STAMP land use designation to allow residential • The draft land use plan does represent a combination of interests from community and working group members; • Is the plan visionary enough? For the fall engagement plan there was support for: • Targeted outreach, that translates the complex information to things people can understand. • Use of images that are pedestrian-centric and highlight the changes/ amenities/benefits to existing users. • Using online platforms versus in-person to reach a wide range of people and interests. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Group feedback will be used to prepare for next steps with boards and council in July and public engagement in the fall. 114 How Do We Get There? Meeting #25Meeting #25 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) The Working Group reviewed key features of the Draft Plan including the updated Land Use Plan and Connections Plan as well as the 55th and Arapahoe STAMP concept and provided guidance on strategies for the upcoming Engagement Window in the fall. Significant contributions to the creation of the Draft Plan and two years of collaborative engagement were important deliverables of the group’s charter and a milestone accomplishment. As the original commitment of this group has been completed, staff acknowledged this milestone and solicited interest in continuing to the next phase of engagement and implementation. In July, the Draft Plan will be shared at a joint Transportation Advisory Board and Planning Board meeting, as well as a City Council Study Session. Draft Plan and Engagement Date: June 30, 2021 from 2:30 - 5 p.m. Number of Participants: 13 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 1 community member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, the preceding Sun- day’s Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notice, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members. - 115 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 222 of 232 116 How Do We Get There? What We Heard Overall Planning Board (PB) and Transportation Advisory Board (TAB) members supported the 60% Draft Plan and provided refining feedback on the key elements that included some of the following topics: • Regarding the land use plan, members offered input that ranged from refining details about light industrial, mixed-use flexibility, balancing housing to address missing middle options, long-term airport planning, to greater emphasis on climate commitment. • Regarding the connections plan, members offered input that ranged from focusing more on bigger impacts on greenhouse climate initiatives sooner, welcoming multimodal curculation while de-emphasising single occupancy vehicles, connecting the area to the rest of the city, identifying existing gaps, to the integration of isolated communities like San Lazaro, and how it (public transit) could better serve families. • There was support for targeted engagement options like in-person at local churches or with artists groups, as well as clarifying housing topics, and highlighting Council Study Sessions. • Emphasising climate initiatives, clarifying place types, jobs housing balance were some additional items noted to further refine the plan’s success. The meeting materials and recording can be found here. How will we use this input? Along with the forthcoming City Council will feedback on the draft at a July 27, 2021 Study Session, Boards and Ccouncil input will be used to make revisions to the 60% Draft prior to the Fall Engagement Window. Additionally, the input will be used to help develop the engagement strategy and tactics to provide boards with the most useful community feedback so board members are able to confidently make community-supported recommendations about future drafts of the plan. At this Joint-Board Work Session, the Planning and the Transportation Advisory Boards reviewed the 60% Complete Drafts of the East Boulder Subcommunity and 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plans to provide recommendations for any updates or changes to the drafts for city council’s consideration. Date: July 15, 2021 Number of Participants: 5 Planning Board and 4 Transportation Board- members, 11 staff, and 4 consultants from MIG Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website Planning Board & Planning Board & Transportation Advisory Transportation Advisory Board Joint MeetingBoard Joint Meeting - 117 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 223 of 232 118 How Do We Get There? What We Heard Overall Council members supported the 60% Draft Plan and provided refining feedback on the key elements that included some of the following topics: • Regarding the land use plan, input ranged from support to concern about mixing idustrial with housing, having enough housing, affordable commercial space, 15-minute neighborhoods, San Lazaro annexation, adaptive reuse policy, and additional land use changes. • Regarding the connections plan, there was addtional support for improved pedestrian and bike connections throughout the subcommunity, empahsising micro-mobility options and extending the Goose Creek path straight across to 55th Street to complete that important connection. • Addressing building eight descriptions and using before and after images to better communicate changes could take the STAMP to the next level. • Request for a guided field trip of the area before the next discussion of the plan. The meeting packet can be found here and the presentation here. How will we use this input? This input will be used to make revisions to the 60% Draft prior to the Fall Engagement Window and to help develop the engagement strategy and tactics to provide council with the most useful community feedback so members are able to confidently make community-supported recommendations about future drafts of the plan. City Council City Council Study SessionStudy Session Date: July 27, 2021 Number of Participants: 8 members and 7 staff Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: News for City Hall and city website At this council study session, staff presented the 60% Complete Draft East Boulder Subcommunity and 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Plans. Staff also presented key feedback from Planning and Transportation Advisory Boards. Council discussed potential impacts of the plan and how East Boulder may offer opportunities to implement citywide goals, particularly an increase in housing options. - 119 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 224 of 232 Top 10 Things to Know The recommended plan highlights the best things about East Boulder today – thriving industry, access to parks, trails and open space and a creative spirit. The plan will guide change over the next decade-plus to create housing and make mobility and other improvements for East Boulder to carefully evolve with even more wonderful places to live, work, and play. 1 Business Ensure East Boulder will still be the place for businesses, start-ups, industry, healthcare, and services to thrive and grow. Much of the land use will remain in place to protect local businesses and jobs. 2 Housing House more people by adding up to about 4,500 new housing units for people to live close to where they work. New housing will be in a variety of housing types (townhomes, condos, apartments and live/work units) in key areas of change and will be aor dable to a range of income levels. 3 15-minute Walkable Places Create lively destinations for new residents and existing works with strategic mixed-use redevelopment at key areas. These will be walkable from nearby business parks and residential neighborhoods. Focused areas for this change include both the east and west sides of Valmont City Park, the 55th and Arapahoe area and Flatirons Business Park. 4 55th and Arapahoe Station Area Re-envision the area around this important intersection as a unique mixed-use center with a blend of neighborhood-serving retail and restaurants; a variety of employment, and a ainable mixed income housing that has great access to transit. 5 East Arapahoe Bus Rapid Transit Emphasize the cornerstone of transportation investment in high frequency, high quality regional Bus Rapid Transit service along Arapahoe/SH7 connecting Boulder to communities to the east and I-25. 6 Mobility HUB! Provide new access throughout East Boulder to a network of strategically located mobility hubs with shared electric scooters and bikes, Ly and Uber pick up and dr op o , car share, and local transit service. 7 Annexation Seek annexation of the San Lazaro Mobile Home Park to ensure the residents have access to city services and benefits of being city residents. 8 Climate Commitment Reduce transportation-related greenhouse gas emissions through trip reduction, housing for workers, improved walkability. 9 Ped & Bike Connections Make improvements and new connections throughout the subcommunity including protected bike lanes along 55th Street and a finer grained network of streets and paths needed to support a more compact urban form and mix of uses. 10 Green Areas & Resilience Improve connections to Valmont City Park and identify opportunity sites to increase urban tree canopy and improve pollinator habitat. What We Heard Working Group members provided key feedback on the Draft Plan and Engagement Strategy: • Support for refining the engagement strategy to definitely send a hard copy mailing in the and around the subcommunity while advertising city-wide, and considering the best way to address business and property owner issues and including the community. • Support equal treatment of home owners, whether they own a mobile home or a traditional home. • Support for easily tracible and criteria for decision making especially regarding the areas of change. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? Staff planned to revisit the engagement strategy, especially regarding addressing property owners and reschedule the Monday, October 4 meeting. Staff planned to document the decision making process to be able to track how things evolved, i.e. why certain areas requests were taken out or selected for the catalytic sites. 120 How Do We Get There? Meeting #26Meeting #26 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) In July, the draft plan was shared with Planning Board and Transporation Advisory Board, as well as City Council to solicit their input and direction. This information was shared with the working group members for their impressions. Working group members also dove into engagement strategy and question refinement for the BeHeardBoulder questionnaire. 60% Draft Plan and Engagement #2 Date: September 22, 2021 from 1 to 2:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 13 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 1 community member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, the preceding Sun- day’s Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notice, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members - 121 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 225 of 232 ¯ BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB uuuuuuuuuuuulllllllllllllllddddddddddddddddddduuuuuuuuuuuuuuuulllllllllllldddddddddddddoooooooooouuuuuuuuuuuulllllllllllldddddoooooooooouuuuuuuuuuouldeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCoooooooooooommmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnniiiiiiiiiiiiiittttttttttttttttttttyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy mmmmu yun HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaalllllllllllllllllttttttttttttttttttttthhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh eaea VVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaaaaVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa mmmmmmmmmmmooooooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnntttttttttttmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmooooooooooooooooooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnnnntttttttttttttt aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaallllllllllllllllllllllmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmaaaaaaaaaaaaaaallllllllllmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmaalm BBBBBBBBBBBBBiiikkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeee PPPPPPPPPPPPPaaaaaaaaaaaaarrrrrrrrrrrrrkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeekeke VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaalllllllmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmoooooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnntttttttttttt m CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCiiiiiittttttttyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy PPPPPPPPPaaaaaaaaaarrrrrrrkkkkkkkkkkyy AAAAAAiiiiiiiirrrrrrrrppppppppooooooooooopppppprrrrrrrttttttt VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaalllllllllllllllllllllmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmooooooooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnttttttttttttttttttt PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPoooooooooooooooooooowwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwweeeeeeeeeeeeeeerrrrr rr SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSStttttttttttttttaaaaaaaaaaaaaaattttttttttttiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnntioatio FFFFFFlllllllaaaaaaattttttttiiiiiirrrrrooooooonnnnnnssssssssro GGGGGGoooooooolllllllfffffff CCCCCCCooooouuuuuuurrrrrrssssssseeeeeeeC BNSF Railroad Valmont Rd Pearl P k wy 55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport Rd63rd StIndependence Rd Foothills Pkwy61st StValmont Rd BNSF Railroad 3 4 1Draft - M ajor Areas of Ch an g e What We Heard Community members offered a wide-range of feedback including new ideas, comments, questions and concerns regarding and not limited to the following: • Greater range and mix of uses to increase vibrancy and activity, dining, walkability • New housing, esp if viable for those who work in the area • All the mobility improvements, multi-modal focus, car-light area • Maintaining charm, human-scale of buildings, careful consideration about where to allow taller buildings, setbacks comfortable at street level • Enhanced green spaces and landscaping. • Transit, mixed of uses, and other recommendations that address climate crisis • Ability for existing businesses to remain The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Open Houses, Community Meeting, and Office Hours - Summary Report How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. Check out the future vision for ! Pre-sorted StandardU.S. POSTAGEPAIDBoulder, COPermit No. 909 City of Boulder Planning & Development Services1739 Broadway Boulder, CO 80302 FoothillsValmont Arapahoe55th 63rdPearl H bouldercolorado.gov/projects/east-boulder-subcommunity-plan Check out the future vision for east boulder! Listed below are several opportunities to engage - Find the one that’s right for you, then visit and provide feedback on the city’s engagement website:BeHeardBoulder.org Open Houses If you are a property-owner, business, or resident, learn about what this plan offers you and ask questions specific to your area. Wed., Nov. 3, 12 to 1 p.m. Tues., Nov. 9, 5 to 6 p.m. Community MeetingLearn about the plan, ask questions and walk through how to provide feedback.Mon., Nov. 15, 6 to 7:30 p.m. Office Hours Drop-in for one-one time with staff to ask questions and share feedback. Check the webpage to book a time with staff. The East Boulder Subcommunity Plan draft is 60% complete and we would like your input! This draft plan focuses changes in key areas to create mixed use, walkable neighborhoods, add housing, and improve mobility throughout the subcommunity. It will inform decisions for decades. east boulder Subcommunity plan 122 How Do We Get There? Open Houses, Open Houses, Community Meeting, Community Meeting, and Office Hours and Office Hours Community Engagement Events In November, the 60% Draft Plan was shared by staff highlighing the major areas of change at two Open Houses, a Community Meeting, and multiple Office Hours events. The locations for these areas of change reflected community desire for increasing housing with 15-minute neighborhoods, better transportation, and support for local business. Attendees listened, and some voiced their point of view during these events and were also encourage to elaborate more via the BeHeardBoulder questionnaire. 60% Draft Plan Date: 11/3, 12-1 p.m.; 11/9, 5-6 p.m.; 11/15, 6-7:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 11/3: 21 community members, 7 staff; 11/9: 20 community members, 7 staff; 11/15: 40 community members, 14 staff; 10 community members attended Office Hours on different days Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: The city’s website calendar, this project’s webpage, Sun- day’s Daily Camera, postcard mailed to 5.5K people in and around the sub- community area, Planning E-Newsletter, press release, Next Door (citywide) and other social media, Channel 8’s Inside Boulder News, email to the East Boulder Working Group members, city boards & commissions: DAB, HAB, PB, TAB, OSMP, P&R, OSMP, WRAB, Pedestrian Advisory Board, a range of civic and community groups, and East Boulder mailing list - 123 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 226 of 232 CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCoooooooooooommmmmmmmm AAAAAAAAAAiiiiiiiiirrrrrrrrrrppppppppppppooooooooorrrrrrrttttttt VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaallllllllllllllllaaaaaaaaammmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmoooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooont PPPPPPPPPPPPPPooooooooooooooowwwwwwwwwwwwwwweeeeeeeeeooooooooooooweeeerrrrer SSSSStttttttttaaaatttttiiiiiiiiiiioooooottttSSSSSSSSSStttttttttttttaaaaaaaaaaaaatttttttttttttiiiiiiiiiiiiooooooooooooonnnnnnnnoooooonnnnon mmmmmmm BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBoooooooouuuuuuuuuuuulllllllllllllllldddddddddddddddduuuuuooooooooooouuuuuuuuuuuuulllllllllllddddddoooouuuuuuuu mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnniiiiiiiiittttttttttttttttyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy mmmmmmmmmmmmmm VVVVVVVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaaallllllllllllmmmmmmmmmmoooooooooonnnnnnnntttttttt mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmooooooo BBBBBBBBBBBiiiiiiiiiikkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeee PPPPPPPPPPPPPaaaaaaaaaaarrrrrrrrrkkkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeePPPPPPBBBBBBBBBBBiiiiiiiiiiikkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeee PPPPPPPPPPPPPPPPaaaaaaaaaaaaaaarrrrrrrrrrrrrkkkkkkkkkkeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeePPPPPPPPP VVVVVVVVVaaaaaaaaaaalllllllllllmmmmmmmmmmmmoooooooooooonnnnnnnnntttttttttttttt VVVVVVVVVVVVV CCCCCCCCCCiiiiiitttttttyyyyyyyyyy PPPPPPPPaaaaaaarrrrrrrrkkkkkkkkkkkkkCCCCCCCCkkkkkkkCCCCCCCCC FFFFlllaaaaatttriioooonnnnssssss at GGGGGooooolllff CCCCCoooouuuuuurrrrsssseeeeo Valmont Rd Pearl Pk w y 55th StreetArapahoe AveAirport Rd63rd St61st StIndependence Rd Foothills PkwyDraft - Transportation & C o n n e ctio n s P la n What We Heard Community members offered a wide-range of feedback, but not limited to the following: • Affordability of micro-mobility options • Importance of transit options in this area and need to increase frequency of routes (esp. 206) • Questions about mixed-use, types and affordability of housing proposed, annexation for San Lazaro • Desire for 15-minute neighborhood amenities like a grocery and pharmacy The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Open Houses, Community Meeting, and Office Hours - Summary Report How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. 124 How Do We Get There? Community Meeting Community Meeting in Spanishin Spanish Community Engagement Events 60% Draft Plan Date: December 3, 2021 from 5 to 6:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 15 community members, 1 Spanish interpreter, 5 staff Location: 5000 Butte St., Boulder Vista Village Community Center Advertising: Written content about the engagement event was shared directly through the two community connectors working on this project via social media and hardcopy flyers and the information was shared with working group members. - 125 - This event was delivered in Spanish and included a summary of the 60% draft plan, Q & A, and group discussions. Attendes shared key concerns about transportation and housing, as well as desired amenities for the area, especially for residents who live in the East Boulder Subcommunity at San Lazaro and Vista Village mobile home parks. They were also encouraged to to elaborate more via the BeHeardBoulder questionnaire in Spanish. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 227 of 232 126 How Do We Get There? Policy Roundtable Policy Roundtable DiscussionDiscussion Boulder Chamber of Commerce Staff shared major highlights of the 60% draft plan and solicited input from the Chamber of Commerce. Attendees offered their perspective on the issues that impact them the most like transportation, housing, and cost of commercial space. They also invited to elaborate more via the BeHeardBoulder questionnaire, if desired. 60% Draft Plan - 127 - Date: December 7, 2021 from 11:30 to 1 p.m. Number of Participants: 16 chamber members, 3 working group mem-bers, 4 city staff Location: 2440 Pearl St., Boulder, the Boulder Chamber of Commerce Advertising: This meeting was hosted and advertised through the Boulder Chamber of Commerce and the city’s staff and consultants were guests. Staff shared information about the event with working group members for observation purposes. What We Heard Chamber members offered a feedback, but not limited to the following: • Integration of housing to be compatible with industrial uses will need close consideration • Timing and responsibility for infrastructure improvements • Support for 15-minute walkable neighborhoods and new ancillary retail to serve existing workers and new residents • Suggestions for continued communication with and involvement of business and property-owners in implementation • Finding ways to support local existing businesses and commercial space affordability and use • Support for frequent, reliable, convenient public transportation The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: Open Houses, Community Meeting, and Office Hours - Summary Report How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 228 of 232 128 How Do We Get There? BeHeard Boulder Date: end of October thru mid December 2021 Number of Participants: 170 total respondents, ?? responses in Span- ish, 48% nearby neighbors, 11% East Boulder Subcommunity employees and business owners Advertising: The city’s website calendar, this project’s webpage, Be- HeardBoulder webpage, Planning E-Newsletter, press release, Next Door (citywide) and other social media, Channel 8’s Inside Boulder News, email to the East Boulder Working Group members, city boards & commissions: DAB, HAB, PB, TAB, OSMP, P&R, OSMP, WRAB, Pedestrian Advisory Board, Boulder Chamber of Commerce, a range of civic and community groups, and East Boulder mailing list 60% Draft Plan 60% Draft Plan QuestionnaireQuestionnaire Online Findings “What do you think of the recommendations in the 60% Draft Plan?” online questionnaire on BeHeardBoulder.org provided context on how 60% draft plan was influenced by community input to date regarding the the vision and recommendations. To complement the input gathered at these fall 2021 engagement events, participants answered 17 robust questions that provided quantitative and qualitative data about the plan’s big ideas on new mixed-use neighborhoods and imporvemetns, the balance of land use recommendations and options, and the mobility and connections plan. The questionnaire was available in both English and Spanish for six weeks. What We Heard • Generally, more respondents are supportive of the overall direction of the plan for East Boulder and each of the areas of change than those opposed. • Those in support generally noted support for walkable 15-minute neighborhoods, a diversity of housing types, and mobility improvements. • Those with mixed feelings expressed a range of viewpoints: some want to see a lot more change to integrate housing and others expressed concerns with certain aspects of the plan and hope impacts can be mitigated (i.e. parking, building heights, public spaces). • Those opposed raised concerns about loss of businesses, more traffic and congestion, incompatibility of residential and industrial uses. • Respondents were split on the balance of land uses – the highest number of respondents want to see more areas change to residential and mixed- use, followed by those wanting fewer areas to change, and those who think the balance is right. • A majority of respondents support the vision for the 55th and Arapahoe Station Area • There is a high level of support for the mobility plan, pedestrian, bike and transit improvements. For a full capture of responses, see the BeHeard Boulder report online. How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. - 129 - Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 229 of 232 130 How Do We Get There? Meeting #27Meeting #27 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) The purpose of this meeting was to review the draft summaries of the community input on 60% Draft Plan from recent engagement: Open Houses for Property Owners, a Community Meeting in English and a seperate one in Spanish, Office Hours, Boulder Chamber of Commerce, and a BHB Questionnaire. The Working Group members provided input on themes and key take aways of this information. Staff shared the upcoming schedule and tasks to get to a 90% draft plan. Impressions of Community Engagement and Planning for 90% draft plan recommendaitons Date: December 16, 2021 from 1 to 2:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 13 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, and 1 community member Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Planning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, the preceding Sun- day’s Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notice, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members - 131 - What We Heard Working Group members provided key feedback on • Discussion about feedback – not surprising and illustrated the range of viewpoints about the future of East Boulder; representative of the complexity of balancing future land uses • Issues around airport impacts and recommendations were clarified by new Airport Manager. • Additional analysis or information requested for the January meeting to review and finalize the land use map includes: a break-down of future unit types; staff recommendations for or against additional areas of change and rationale; height limitations or allowances; information about what can be recommended in the plan about housing affordability and tenure (rent/own). The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 230 of 232 132 How Do We Get There? Meeting #28Meeting #28 East Boulder Working Group (EBWG) The goal of this meeting was to finalize the Land Use Plan and consider other locations for land use changes in response to the community’s feedback from recent engagement. Working Group embers discussed the merits of removing and / or adding areas of change, place types, density and / height variations, as well as other topics. Staff shared the schedule and roadmap to adoption through boards and coucnil. Finalize 90% Recommendations Date: January, 2021 from 1 to 2:30 p.m. Number of Participants: 13 out of 21 working group members, 5 staff, 2 Spanish language interpreters, an additional Planning Board member and 2 community members Location: Meeting held online via Zoom’s video conferencing platform Advertising: This project’s working group webpage, the city’s website home page calendar, the city’s website engagement calendar, the Plan- ning and Development calendar on the Planning webpage, the preceding Sunday’s Daily Camera’s Sunday News for City Hall notice, and email to the East Boulder Working Group members - 133 - What We Heard Working Group members discussion highlights: • Agreement to keep the areas of change. • Wide-ranging discussion regarding place types with diverse housing types, as well as about height that inspired further refinement via a subcommittee in the upcoming weeks. • Housing and Commercial structure density should be around diversity of options that would be mindful and demonstrate a beautiful look and feel with letting light through and not tons of shade and dark cavernous experience • Many members expressed support for building heights above 3 stories. And to ensure Boulder can allow industry to grow along with integrating new housing into these areas. • Several members expressed concerns about exceeding 3 stories and up to 55’ across the board – describing issues with shadows, bulky buildings, and wanting to see a greater level of detailed plan before supporting additional heights. • Several members expressed that it would be a mistake not to allow higher density in the STAMP area to support those investments. • Acknowledge concerns and do not want to take away any ability there would be today to grant a height modification esp for a community benefit like permanently affordable housing. The full meeting capture and materials can be accessed online here: East Boulder Working Group How will we use this input? This information will refine the content of the 90% draft plan that will be shared boards and council in the winter of 2022. Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 231 of 232 To learn more, visit:To learn more, visit: www.bouldercolorado.gov/planning/east-boulder Email: subcommunityplanning@bouldercolorado.gov Questions? Comments?Questions? Comments? Attachment C 03.14.22 TAB Agenda 5 East Boulder Subcommunity Draft Plan Page 232 of 232